safari zone pokemon rejuvenation

Personal tools

• Create account

Navigation menu

• View source
• View history

Rejuvenation

• Rift Pokémon
• Field Effects
• Random page
• Recent changes
• What links here
• Related changes
• Special pages
• Printable version
• Permanent link
• Page information

Jeminra Woods

• 1 Location Description
• 2.1 Jeminra Cave
• 4.1 Zone 1 - Entrance Garden
• 4.2 Zone 2 - Ashen Forest
• 4.3 Zone 3 - Ashen Lake
• 4.4 Zone 4 - Cave & Beach
• 4.5 Zone 5 - Forest & Cave's End
• 4.6 Zone 6 - Flower Gardens
• 4.7 Zone 7 - Secret Island
• 5 Sidequests

Location Description

Places of interest, jeminra cave, zone 1 - entrance garden, zone 2 - ashen forest, zone 3 - ashen lake, zone 4 - cave & beach, zone 5 - forest & cave's end, zone 6 - flower gardens, zone 7 - secret island.

• Mainpage Templates
• Terajuma Island

Rejuvenation Wiki

Tms and hms list.

• View history
• 1 Protagonist
• 2 East Gearen City
• 3 Characters

BIGJRA's Walkthroughs

In-depth 100% guides for pokemon reborn & rejuvenation.

Pokemon Rejuvenation Walkthrough

S.S. Oceana

Oceana pier, gearen laboratory.

Left East Gearen City

Right East Gearen City

Chrisola Resort

Gearen park, sewers visit 1, game corner prizes, poisonheart badge, hquest 1: help starly, hquest 2: missing mother, hquest 3: hidden library, hquest 4: love letter, hquest 5: dangerous pokemon, hquest 6: battle me, hquest 7: wretched music, route 1 and goldenwood forest, goldenwood xen attack, junction bridge, amethyst cave 1st visit.

Sheridan Village

HQuest 8: Hidden Library 2

Hquest 9: stolen cargo, hquest 10: trade me, hquest 11: fetch an item, hquest 12: battle request 2, diamond punch badge - badge1.5.

Carotos Mountain

Diamond Punch Badge

Sewers visit 2, normality badge, 3 badge quests, route 3 and phasial cave.

Goldenleaf Town

Wispy Path and Goldenwood Forest Visit 2

Wispy tower.

Mirage Woods

Phantasm Badge

Wispy ruins, lost camp part 1, and floria side quests, mystery egg, akuwa town, xen battleship, terajuma shore.

Terajuma Jungle

Dewdrop Badge

Terajuma island surfing, terajuma jungle 2, kakori village and jeminra woods, dexoy attack, hquest 13: clear the way, hquest 14: bandit at large, hquest 15: building bridges, hquest 16: find it, hquest 17: battle me again.

Secret Shore

Floria Island Surfing and Side Quests

River’s end first visit, route 4 second visit, infested badge, route 6 and aquamarine cave, teila resort first visit, aquamarine cave 2nd visit, teila resort 2nd visit, river’s end 2nd visit -rend2, frozen over kristiline town.

Tower of Theolia

Glacier Badge

Kristiline Town

HQuest 18: Lighthouse

Hquest 19: take my quiz, hquest 20: defend me, hquest 21: research, hquest 22: , floria island rock climb, amethyst cave 2nd visit, lost camp pt. 2, carotos mountain 2nd visit, entering the mountain (kept it route), saving amber (kept it route), entering the mountain (gave it away route), saving amber (gave it away route), scaling mt. valor (both routes converge), valor summit, post-valor quests, lyric badge.

Forest of Time

Aevium (Past) 1st Visit

West gearen city sewers, west gearen city.

• HQuest 23: Generator Problems
• HQuest 24: House Sit
• HQuest 25: Hidden Library 3

Spector Battle Quest

Route 4 eight badge update, pulse badge, a few more quests, grand express.

Darchlight Woods

Route 8 and Azure Shore

Darchlight manor first visit, darchlight caves first visit, dream district east 1st visit, main street 1st visit, dream district west 1st visit, central square 1st visit, shopping district 1st visit, residential district 1st visit, story split 1, the nightmare medallion, darchlight manor second visit, nightmare city, trickery badge, route 9 first visit, rose theater first visit, judicial district, kimono girls quest, axis high university 1st visit, district of hope, aevium (past) 2nd visit, aevium (alt. future), aevium (past) 2nd visit part 2.

• HQuest 26: Missing Children
• HQuest 27: Classified Information

Golden Wing Badge

The aelita incident, a note about where love lies.

Scholar District

Lost Camp Pt. 3

Ana quest part 2, voidal chasm 1st visit.

Zorrialyn Desert

Sashila Village 1st Visit

Hospital of ruin (1st visit), sashila village 2nd visit.

Alamissa Urben

Blakeory Atheneum Tour

Aevium (past) 3rd visit, hquest 28: legend of the void, hquest 29: badland baddies, hquest 30: my sister fell…, hquest 31: i need to get stronger.

Sand Stream Cave

Zorrialyn Labyrinth 1st Visit

Grand dream tournament, rugged badge.

• HQuest 32: Poke Ball Conundrum
• HQuest 33: Forest Restoration
• HQuest 34: Mall Opportunities

Route 4 Thirteen Badge Update

Route 10 first visit, nastasia’s ship, zone zero pt. 1, zone zero pt. 2, eclysia pyramid, pyramid point badge, zone zero quests, do the dive (floria), do the dive (terajuma).

Kingdom of Goomidra

Zorrialyn Labyrinth 2nd Visit

Aquarium side quest, ana quest part 3, hospital of ruin (2nd visit), narcissa’s quest (final), department store and deino, zygarde 10% form, day 01: vs. melia, day 03: aelita’s departure, day 08: mc’s training, day 11: aelita’s return, day 15: melia vs. erin, day 18: mc’s day of training, pt. 2, day 29: graduation, diamond route, pearl route, axis high university 2nd visit, aelita school route, mc school route, axis high university 3rd visit, forgery badge, post v13 items, must evolve by level, must evolve by item, must evolve by friendship, must evolve by other means, starter choices, mystery egg choices, completely unobtainable, legendaries, pickup table, crest descriptions, chapter 1: shipwrecked.

To start, the “M” key toggles a speed-up of the game. The game will start off asking if you want to skip the prologue. Rejuvenation is a very story-focused game, so I recommend viewing it if it is your first time playing. If you do skip the prologue, jump ahead to the next section.

As soon as you’re done reading the Zorua and Pangoro story, take control of Maria and head downstairs to talk to Mom. Afterwards enter the bottom room on the left side of the first floor and head downstairs and interact with the summoning table.

Head back upstairs and talk to Dad in the top-left room. Then return to the kitchen to talk to Mom. After that go upstairs. After a brief flash and the sound of breaking glass, go back downstairs and talk with the mysterious figure. Head west back down to the basement to watch the cutscene.

After regaining control of Marianette, head down, east, and up through the hallway and watch the final cutscene of the prologue play out.

After either skipping the prologue or finishing the last cutscene, the game asks which difficulty mode you’d prefer. Personally, I would recommend Casual Mode for anyone attempting to do a more restrictive challenge run or anyone who does not have much experience with the Reborn-style Pokemon game. I would recommend Normal Mode to anyone looking for a challenge or who found Reborn’s difficulty adequate, and Intense Mode to those with lots of experience who found Normal / Reborn too easy, somehow. Regardless of choice, the game allows you to change your difficulty setting later if you want. I will be covering battles in this guide as they appear in Normal Mode.

Register yourself as a trainer, choosing among genders and six sprites.

Amanda will ask if you want to input a password. I don’t recommend using the password if you’ve never played the game, since this section contains many important story beats, but if you do want to skip ahead to the next section, the password is 4567, though you’ll lose out on potential relationship points with Nancy.

There are two other passwords you can input here. If you want to play as a legacy protagonist sprite, type 1111. If you want to play the game as a certain side quest character from later (Ana), type 9494.

Exit the first room and talk to Nancy. This is the first of instances that get you relationship points with characters, which affect how they view you. Thanks to Punch for collecting the information about these.

Any dialogue options which are not listed do not affect relationship points. (Search “Relationship Point” to see them all)

Relationship Point Choices:

• I’m fine. (Mom +2)

Once you’ve talked to Nancy and can roam, explore the S.S. Oceana. In this game talking to everyone and everything you see can be vital to discovering new Pokemon and Items, so it’s a good idea to talk to everyone aboard.

Heading to the stairs on the left, in the two rooms you can enter on the left side, there are two notches in the wall. Interacting with them, you can listen in on two conversations: one with unknown figures and the other including Nancy.

Head up the stairs three times to the right to talk to Cpt. Augustus. He’ll explain a few of Rejuvenation’s mechanics. Head downstairs and enter the double doors to the upper middle room. Talk to Nancy to get the banquet started, when you’re ready.

Once you regain control, follow the path and watch the events play out.

After either skipping the boat scenes or watching the cutscenes, talk to Tesla. Once you regain control, you can explore Oceana Pier.

Now is a good time to change some of your options. I recommend doing Text Speed Max and Battle Scene Off if you want the game to go quickly. For a bit more challenge, you can also change the battle mode to “Set.” I also recommend storing at least a few backups – save files can get corrupted.

Anyways, if you want to talk to the woman on the northeast pier, you can get an all-expenses paid trip to Hoenn, but it is a game over. Otherwise, there’s not too much to do here yet, so head into the gate on the north side.

The trainers won’t let you head west or east quite yet, so head into the building north.

The guy running in place on the left will offer to give you cinematic bars during important cutscenes if you want. Talk to the girl behind the counter to buy some basic products.

Gearen Lab Shop

You start with $1500. I recommend picking up at least a few Poke balls to catch some team members soon, as a full team is almost necessary to succeed in Rejuvenation, even as early as the first gym battle of this game.

Talk to Amanda at the top of the building to see a brief cutscene, then head up towards the door to meet Melia. Go through the door to meet Professor Jenner. You’ll then get to pick a starter Pokemon by interacting with it. If you talk to the rainbow-colored machine on the right side, it will randomly choose for you among the 24 starters.

Starter Choices (Pick ONE)

As in Reborn, Speed Boost Torchic is arguably the strongest choice, but all the starters can be useful in their own ways. The first gym specializes in Poison, so the Grass-type starters may be difficult to use at first. Choose whatever you want though!

You can quick save with ‘D’ in front of the Pokemon you choose and use ‘F12’ to soft reset for natures, IV’s, shininess, and abilities. All Pokemon in this game have a chance at hidden abilities and the shiny rate is increased to a little over 1/100.

Anyways, once you’ve picked your starter, head west for a battle with Aevium Scout Amanda! You can win or lose this battle.

League Scout Amanda (No Field)

Note that in this game you can press “S” to check the stats of all the Pokemon, as well as the weather / field / move effects in play to aid you in your fights. After the battle, she’ll give you 5 Poke Balls.

Head to talk to Jenner and you’ll fight:

Pokemon Trainer Ren (No Field)

After the fight with Ren, Jenner asks you to visit Route 1 to help Melia. He then gives you the Pokedex and the Cybernav! Head back downstairs and listen to Jan’s tutorial.

The EV training center can be accessed by talking to the woman on the right of the counter, but none of its training rooms are open right now.

When you’re ready, head back outside to start exploring East Gearen City!

This guide will not cover every NPC trainer, but know that as you explore Aevium there are many!

Patches of grass around Gearen City have opened, so consider catching some Pokemon to assist your starter.

Chingling can help in the fight against the gym dramatically, especially if you manage to evolve it. However, it is rare-ish here and can be found much more reliably later.

If you go west on the bottom street, you can find a GourmetTreat in a bush. We’ll want some of these later to get event Pokemon.

If you talk to the nerd on the east side of the bottom street, he’ll give you Reverse Candy. The tile to the left of the rightmost tree on this street has a hidden Oran Berry in it. Another Oran Berry can be found immediately below the machine thing on the right street, above Lacey.

If you go up to the north, left, and down, you can find an Elemental Seed one tile above the left of two trees. There is also a Resist Wing in the grass four spaces to the right.

Heading up to the park, you can find a Grass Gem one tile left of the rightmost bench in the park. Sneaking around the wall to the right, there is a Blue Shard in the side of the building, and on the other side, an Escape Rope in the wall. The tile one down and one right from the bottom right edge of the fountain has another Grass Gem , and straight to the left the third tile from the edge of the park holds a Super Repel.

You can find a GourmetTreat in the wall between two dumpsters on the north side of the city up one set of stairs, and Yellow Shard on the ground between the two dumpsters to the left of those. Another Yellow Shard is in the rightmost dumpster up another set of stairs.

Head out to the Oceana Pier. You’ll find a Nidoran M eating. Talk to it with a GourmetTreat for a battle.

The garden to the south is also now open, so you can catch level 5 Fletchling here by interacting with them. If you’re interested in winning even the “impossible” story battles, make sure you catch two, for their Quick Guard move will help us win one later. The bottom right grass tile here has a Sweet Heart, and there is an X Accuracy two tiles left and one up from there.

Head into the building on the west side that’s now unlocked. Talk to the “man” with the yellow hair, then exit the building and watch Buizel run by. This starts a quest we’ll complete later.

Back in East Gearen, to the left of the lab is the Velvet Building. In each of the buildings, people will challenge you to battles, so be warned. Head up to the first floor and talk to the woman in the middle. If you choose left, she’ll give you a Mineral Ball, and Steam Ball if you choose right. Also grab the Great Ball in the bottom left. If you enter the second floor, you’ll see a Pachirisu running wild. If you give it a GourmetTreat, it’ll battle you. There is also a Potion in the corner. Grab the Exp. Candy XS on the third floor.

Now go to the Emerald Building on the northeast side of town. Talk to a girl on the left side to learn about the mystery of the third floor. You’ll need to beat a trainer to access the upper levels. On the second floor pick up a Red Shard in the corner. Talk to a red-haired girl for a Full Heal , and get a Super Repel from an old woman. Enter the third floor to battle a level 5 Shuppet .

If you enter the Magnolia Library on the north side of town and pay $300 you can enter the back side of the library. By talking to the man in glasses you can use the shards hidden around the map for tutor moves. These aren’t very useful, but you can get them for your Pokemon if you want to.

Library Move Tutor

The building on the left of the library is the Gearen Help Center. We’ll be returning here later.

After doing all this you may be strong enough to complete the final quest of this area for now. If you try to cross into the northwest side of the city, a thug will force you to pay $300 or to battle him.

He uses two Level 12-13 Pokemon, so be sure you’re ready. When you win you can access the northwest area! (+1 Karma, a way for the game to track how much you help people)

Two tiles up and two tiles right of the grandma on the bench is a hidden Red Shard. Three down and three left of the cop in the top left is a Super Potion.

You can interact with a Nidoran in this map. Follow it to these locations:

• First encounter – northeast by Emerald building.
• Northwest by train station.
• East side of the city near bridge, next to dumpster.
• North side, south of library near some dumpsters.

After this encounter you can interact with it and battle it. Nidoran F is at level 5.

You’ll see grass around this part of the city too, with more Pokemon.

Catch a Female Jigglypuff to breed later.

Heading straight up from the entrance, to the left of the machine in the grass is a hidden Super Repel, and the bottom right tile in this grassy area contains a Poke Ball. The bush to the right has a hidden Resist Wing.

To the east, you’ll see a Super Potion near a tent. Here you’ll meet Mr. Luck – this is how you change your difficulty, as I mentioned earlier.

Down and to the left is a machine, one tile up there is a hidden Potion.

The center of the map has a row of shops. I usually sell the Resist Wings here to get some cash. Here’s where you get more GourmetTreats if you run out. We aren’t going to need any Reverse Candies in this game beyond the ones we find since the level cap is a hard cap unless you use Rare Candies to go over it.

East Gearen Market Shop: Top-left

East Gearen Market Shop: Bottom-left

Only during the daytime on weekdays there is one more vendor:

East Gearen Market Shop: Bottom-right

If you talk to the vendor on the top right, he’ll attempt to sell you Poke Ball’s at $400 each. While this may seem like a rip-off, once you buy four, he’ll give you a Voltorb!

If you enter the Shopping Emporium above the market vendors, there are a few shops open for business.

Berry Emporium Shop

You can pick up a few of each berry for the gym.

Poke Ball Emporium Shop

The Heavy Ball won’t be too useful for the beginning portion of the game. If you haven’t captured Jigglypuff or done the Nidoran events,Moon Balls can be extra useful, but the cheaper, normal balls also work fine. The right vendor is currently not in business due to an unfulfilled help quest, which we’ll get to later.

Heading down a street, three tiles east and one down from the bicycle shop door you’ll find a Pretty Wing. In a park to the right, two tiles left of a skinny tree is a hidden Repel. Heading east from here, in the upper right patch in the grass under some train tracks you’ll find an Antidote, and five tiles to the east of the corner of blue liquid below you, in the street, is a hidden Blue Shard.

On the southeast point of the city, if you go west past Karrina, you can find a Reverse Candy hiding in the shade of the tree.

Along the east side of the city, you should see Buizel. His trainer will show up. Win the battle, and Buizel is yours!

North from here, grab an Iron. Again, I recommend selling it as $4900 is a lot of money at this point in the game. Down and left from here, from the bottom end of the blue liquid, five tiles left is a hidden Revive.

Go up towards the Chrisola Resort in the northeast corner of town. Head east as you get up the stairs and follow the path to get TM83: Infestation. The two flower pots on either side of the door have hidden Paralyze Heal and Green Shard.

Enter the Chrisola Hotel Resort at the top of the map. Entering gives us a Relationship Point (Saki +1).

After you regain control, talk to a man in the bottom right for a Super Potion. Enter the right hallway. In one room you can get TM126 Whirlpool. In the hallway on the left, head into the open room at the top and interact with the tile down and right from the top left plant for $1500!

Head to the Casino level and talk to the red-haired fellow. They’ll flush their Coin Case down the drain so we can pick it up later.

You’ve probably noticed a few popups regarding achievements thus far. Complete them and you’ll earn AP, redeemable here. For now, we probably can’t get much but I recommend saving up for the HM Items as they’ll make your life a lot easier. The card items will allow you access to EV Training rooms in Jenner’s lab, so those are nice too. The Exp. All isn’t that necessary anymore in this game since there are lots of grinding options available. Anyways, talk to the girl on the right side to get an Achievement Card.

I wouldn’t recommend buying any of the first nine items until you get everything else. Golden Items allow us to use HM’s without needing a Pokemon in the party that has learned them. The Cards allow us to access EV training rooms. Exp. All is very helpful for grinding, but with the grinders and Exp. Candies, it may not be the most useful thing for its high price yet. The cards let you into the basement of the Gearen lab to do rapid EV training. When you do get access to each EV room, inside you’ll find the respective Power item: Power Anklet, Power Band, Power Belt, Power Bracer, Power Lens, Power Weight.

When I play, I tend to buy the Golden Hammer first, then begin collecting the Cards. I’ll buy the Golden Axe as soon as I get Cut, then finish with AP cards. Then I’ll buy the rest of the Golden Items as I need them, and the Exp. All when I have enough AP.

Head up to the top floor of the building, Rooftop. There is an Audino breeder up here: every time you beat them, you will get 3 Exp. Candy S. Combined with the hard level cap, these breeders make level management in this game a breeze!

Three tiles down and two to the right from the lamppost two to the left of the breeder is a hidden Oran Berry. Two lampposts down from the breeder, there is a hidden Resist Wing four tiles right and one up. Finally, from the right set of stairs to the helipad two tiles down and one right has a hidden Reverse Candy.

There are Pokemon to encounter here.

Chrisola Rooftop

Once you’re done, head back outside. Enter the Aqua Building to the southwest. On the first floor, pick up the Old Rod , as well as another Iron ! If you attempt to go to the third floor, you’ll enter a really impossible battle (Level 80!) given the tools we have now. I don’t recommend this unless you have the money and self-respect to spare.

Head to the bottom part of this area.

You can find a Heart Scale in the wall between two trees on the left. Two tiles right of the rightmost purple flower is a Tiny Mushroom. Enter Gearen Park below.

Gearen Park (Grassy Terrain)

The first tile below the really tall grass in the second column on the left of really tall grass has a hidden Honey. Straight down, another Honey is three tiles up from the bottom flower. In the left tile of the tree straight left from the bench here, you’ll find a Carbos. On the right side of the park, there is a hidden Rare Candy in the second empty spot among really tall grass from the bottom. Up from here in between a square of 7 tall grass and a purple flower is a Blue Shard , and 4 tiles up and 2 left is a Muscle Wing . Finally in the concrete on the bottom, in the center two tiles up from the bottom, is a Yellow Shard.

To progress the story, head east into Venam’s front yard, down from here a bit, and see a cutscene. Head to the Emporium to get a Pecha Berry? from the attendant. Give it to Venam.

• All me. (Venam +2)
• Maybe… (Venam +1)
• No, actually. (Neutral)

Head to the southeast of town and a cutscene will play. Afterwards follow Venam into the sewers. You’ll be teaming up with Ren here, who will heal your Pokemon after every battle. Additionally, if you try to catch Pokemon while with Ren, you’ll need to knock one of the two out in order to catch the other, which can be frustrating.

Anyways, there are lots of new Pokemon here:

Abandoned Sewers

Head left, and on the second tile from left at the bottom is a hidden Poison Gem. Head across the bridge and right to get a Great Ball. Go up and before crossing the bridge, there is a hidden Zinc in the bottom right corner. Talk to a bug catcher to get a Pecha Berry. To the right is a Bold Mint. Above the girl to the left is a hidden Potion and in the thing to the right is another Potion.

Heading back down and crossing to the left, if the guy flushed it at the Hotel, go left and all the way down to grab the Coin Case! The corner to the right and down has a hidden Reverse Candy.

Attempt to enter the room Venam runs into and it will lock you out. There’s an Antidote to the left.

Head back across the bridge, up and left to the generator room. Start the third, first, then second generator. Go back into the room Venam went into for a long cutscene and a battle.

Garbodor Garbage Crew (No Field)

• Toxic Spikes

Knocking out the Trubbish makes this a two-on-one. Any of your new Poison-types should be able to resist getting poisoned here, but really any strong STAB moves can take out the Trubbish. Ren’s Growlithe hits hard with Ember, plus he has two more in the back, so you shouldn’t really have to worry here.

Now’s a good time to mention all the prizes available in the game corner. While you can get them all right now with enough patience, it’s not necessary to grab everything right now.

Anyways, there’s a grand total of 120 coins along the ground in there, try to find them all. Otherwise, here’s what you can get here:

Game Corner Coin Shop

Game Corner Left Shop

Game Corner Right Shop

To get coins you can buy them or play the various games in the casino. Of these, Voltorb Flip is easily the most efficient once you know what you’re doing… but with the luck involved it will take quite a while still. I recommend getting Spoink for the gym and Hidden Power in order to spice up your early game movesets, but it’s up to you.

The attendant on the left is the lotto corner lady, who’ll pick one number a day and check if it matches your Pokemon’s, like in the official games. The prizes are as follows:

Loto Attendant

Anyways, once you’ve gambled to your heart’s content, there is a bit more optional stuff to do if you want.

In Gearen Park, talk to Melia for an optional scene for Relationship Points (Melia +3).

• You like photography? (Melia +1)
• What are you doing? (Neutral)
• I love photography! (Melia +2)
• I appreciate the art! (Melia +1)
• It’s not for me. (Neutral)
• Photography’s boring. (Melia -2)

Additionally, head back to Magnolia Library, and for a short time you’ll be able to battle Ren – it’s optional experience and money should you want it.

It’s time to take on Venam’s gym in East Gearen. This gym will require us to mix colors to make composite colors.

Take out the first trainer and learn the color combination we need to build is Magenta. To mix magenta, add red and blue.

In the second room, we’re going to make orange and green. Do red and yellow first, then check the machine. Then do teal and yellow to make green and move into the third room.

The trainer in the next room will tell you to make Orange, White, and Teal.

The first is red + yellow, and the second is green + red + blue. Finally, add just green + blue and we’re in.

Well, that would be all we have to do, but there’s a secret. If you mix brown, then white, then orange, you’ll get access to a secret area. A fun fact: the Seviper and Venipede boarded up gyms are versions of Venam’s gym from older versions of Rejuvenation!

After emerging, two tiles to the left of the top dumpster is a hidden Psychic Gem. Up the stairs all the way left is a hidden Blue Shard.

In the upper left corner here, you can find a hidden Rare Candy! One tile down and 4 right is a hidden Red Shard. Here too is a Seviper Egg as well as a Fresh Water hidden 4 tiles right of it.

Gearen Alleyway

Well, that’s about it for that area, so clear your team, equip all the good items you can take advantage of (Oran and Pecha Berries work well here), and save.

Punk Girl Venam (Corrosive Field)

• Venam’s Kiss
• Water Pulse
• Poisonpowder
• Poison Fang
• Shadow Sneak
• Venom Drench

Venam’s Kiss: Poison | Physical | 75 power | 100% accuracy | 10% chance to poison, super-effective against Steel-types.

Honestly, this one isn’t too bad. If you’ve picked up Chingling or Spoink, they can wreck the house here. Marshtomp, my starter, helped as well, though Mud Shot gains Poison typing on the field. Ultimately this is not too bad and if you’re really struggling with an under leveled team you can push them to the Lv. 18 cap and win by sheer stat advantage.

After the battle, you’ll be rewarded with the PoisonHeart Badge ! She’ll also give you TM102 Poison Sweep! This is a new move that can be useful in the early game.

Post-Gym Quests

Some quests have opened, everything in this section is optional though.

Return to Gearen Lab. The girl by the PC will gift you an Aevian Feebas from Jan! How nice of him.

Head to the Magnolia Library. Talk to the guard of the stairs to the right. As you have a badge, she’ll let you pass.

Upstairs, you’ll find a Black Belt who will offer to teach more tutor moves for shards.

Library 2F Move Tutor

Of these, Super Fang can be useful for catching Pokemon, and Dual Chop can give you coverage against Dragon types if you really need it.

Talk to the girl on the right. This is Zumi, and she’ll start us on a Pokedex collection quest. We’ll be back once we catch a Dedenne for her.

Head into Venam’s house south of the hotel. If you head upstairs, you’ll find a Poison Barb.

Back in Gearen Park, now you’ll be able to give a treat to Gossifleur for a battle!

Head back to Gearen Lab and talk to the girl sitting by the computer on the left. Now that we have a badge, she’ll ask for some help with an online fangame league. She’ll then give you a Badge Card. Talk to her again and agree to help.

Your first battle is against Falkner.

Gym Leader Falkner (Glitch Field)

• Echoed Voice

I am using Cyndaquil and Onix. Use Ember and Rock Tomb and you should come out on top. If you win, you’ll get a Virtual Badge. That’s all she needs for now, we’ll come back after we have two badges.

One shop has updated inventory now that we have a badge. Head to the Shopping Emporium.

Poke Ball Emporium Shop: New Items (1 Badge)

Love Balls are a very useful ball for their price, just pay attention to the gender of what you’re trying to catch.

Now’s a good time to start taking on the Help Center quests, so head into the help center. You’ll be approached by Ayuda, who’ll give you a quest to collect Zygarde cells. He’ll give you the Gather Cube to begin this quest. We will finish the help quests first, then get the cells.

Start at Gearen Lab. Talk to the black-haired girl next to Nurse Joy. Go to the southwest dock on the Oceana Pier. Defeat the trainer here, and witness a beautiful scene. Talk to the girl in the lab again.

Claim your reward at the help center: $890, and Potions! (+1 Karma)

Start at Petal Salon in the Shopping Emporium, talk to Sasha.

Next, go to Aqua Building 2F and talk to the girl. Return to Sasha and talk to her.

Go to Velvet Building 3F and talk to the southwest girl. Return to Sasha and talk to her again.

Go to Emerald Building Lobby and talk to the red-haired person. Return to Sasha… again, and follow her into a building in Oceana Pier. Defeat a trainer with a Lv. 19 Lopunny!

Claim your reward at the help center: $550. (+1 Karma)

We can also go back to the Petal Salon for one free haircut, which boosts friendship. Helpful for friendship evolving Pokemon like Chingling. It will cost $1500 after the first and it can be done only once a day.

Start at Gearen Lab. Talk to the backpacker on the left side. Then, talk to the mother sitting at the park bench in Leaflet Garden in the northwest side of Gearen.

Next, talk to the receptionist at the Chrisola Hotel, then talk to Karrina in south-east Gearen. Return to the backpacker and answer his questions.

Claim your reward at the help center: 5 Great Balls and 3 Timer Balls. (+1 Karma)

Start at Oceana Pier Gate: 2F. Talk to the man upstairs and get a Love Letter.

Buy 1 Burn Heal from the bottom left vendor of the market, then bring both items to Cameron on the east side of the Petal Salon. Return to Eric at Oceana Pier Gate 2F and talk to him.

Claim your reward at the help center: $350 and Nugget! (+1 Karma)

Start at Oceana Pier, and head right. Make sure you have a good water or rock type or two. Fight a double battle against two level 15 Litleo, and one level 25 Pyroar. If it is too tough for, now you can leave and try again later.

If you win, accept Litleo in your team!

Claim your reward at the help center: $350 and Super Potion! (+1 Karma)

Start at Chrisola Hotel. Make sure you have a good team near or at the level cap and go to rooftop.

Wanderer Novae (No Field)

• Fury Attack
• Sand Attack

This is a tough battle to be sure, and this won’t be the last time you’ll face her. If you can’t really win with your team right now don’t worry, you can come back later to finish this one.

Anyways, all that’s left is to claim your reward at the help center – $350 and Pichu! (+1 Karma)

Talk to the receptionist at the Chrisola Hotel and agree to go to the basement.

Dance Prodigy Rorim B (No Field)

• Teeter Dance
• Dizzy Punch
• Quiver Dance
• Signal Beam
• Draining Kiss
• Featherdance
• Revelation Dance

Be careful of Ludicolo, rain boosted Bubblebeams can hurt. Vivillon too can be threatening if it sets up. This battle isn’t super hard with a good flying type or two, or probably most well-rounded sixes.

• You should stop. (RorimB -1)
• Yeah, he’s a jerk. (RorimB +2)
• The other guests…? (RorimB +1)

Upstairs, talk to the bell boy in the left hallway, and the girl in the top-left room in the right hallway.

Return to the help center to get your reward: $1100 and a GourmetTreat , but also TM119 Magical Leaf! (+1 Karma)

Now we can start looking for Zygarde Cells!

ZCell 001: East Gearen City

ZCell 002: Oceana Pier

ZCell 003: Chrisola Rooftop (Daytime Only)

ZCell 004: Gearen Alleyway (through Venam’s secret tunnel)

Once you’re ready to leave, head to the northwest part of town and enter the train station. Inside the station, you’ll meet up with Tesla, who’ll buy you a ticket and give you Potions. Talk to the grandfather in the station and agree to help him, then board the train.

The tree to the left of the second red flower from the train has a hidden Potion. Grab the Super Repel and the Jolly Mint above.

You’ll see a Whismur nearby. If you give it a GourmetTreat, it’ll battle you!

ZCell 005: Route 1

Head north and enjoy a great cutscene montage with Melia. Once you regain control, interact with Drifblim.

• It was no bother! (Narcissa +1)
• It was a complete bother. (Narcissa -1)

You’ll get an HP Up. Another free $4900! Grab the nearby Potion as well and talk to the Furfrou lady for another Potion.

Goldenwood Forest

There are some trainers south to battle. When you’re ready, head north into Goldenwood Cave.

Melia will join your party here.

Goldenwood Cave

Woobat is good for the next gym.

To the right, one of the rocks contains a hidden Red Shard. The tile right of a skinny tree above the steps has a Tiny Mushroom, and the top left rock as you head down the left stairs has a Blue Shard. The top left rock in the area past the bridge hides a Potion, and if you head up to the top area on the right, one tile down and three right of the skinny tree is a Tiny Mushroom, while another Tiny Mushroom is a tile left of the top of two red flowers on the right. Heading back to the top, the rock below Leavanny has a Great Ball. If you can, do the optional battle against Mars here.

Culvier Clan Mars (Cave Field)

• Light Screen
• Iron Defense
• Double Team

Fire and Flying moves obviously work great here if you can stall out the Light Screen and/or avoid Iron Defense bulk. If you do manage to succeed, you’ll get a Star Shard and a Sewaddle !

If you follow Melia, you’ll appear in a small room. Interact with the rock at the top for a PP Up! I don’t recommend using this on your weak moves just yet, either save it or sell it for $4900.

Make sure you’ve caught everything you care to in the whole Goldenwood Forest/Cave area, as we won’t be able to come back for a little while.

Anyways, heal your team and talk to Melia.

• I will cherish it too! (Melia +5)
• It was a good time. (Melia +2)
• it was okay, I guess. (Melia -1)

She’ll then challenge you to a battle.

Pre-Leader Melia (Golden Forest field)

• Baby Doll Eyes
• Double Kick
• Defense Curl
• Brutal Swing
• Ancient Power

Your second-stage starter should be able to make short work of it, especially paired with Geodude who resists nearly all her attacks, or Nidorina, who can hit hard with Double Kick. Just be careful to not let Togepi buff itself up with Ancientpower too many times and you can make it through.

As soon as Melia leaves, head back out through Goldenwood Cave. In the briefcase, enter 3845 for an Ability Capsule. In this game you can choose from any ability a Pokemon has. Then enter 6489. You’ll get the Snag Machine and 10 Poke Balls! Just like in Colosseum and XD, all you must do is use Poke Balls on opponents’ Shadow Pokemon to catch them. Go ahead and catch the first grunt’s Shadow Meowth.

Pair up with Melia and head south. Fight the west grunt to capture Shadow Finneon. Melia won’t battle with you but will heal your Pokemon if you talk to her. A grunt towards the bottom side of the lake will have a Shadow Cacnea. Head to the bottom part of the lake when you’re ready.

Team Xen Eli and Sharon (Golden Forest Field)

• Wing Attack
• Confuse Ray
• Feint Attack
• Smokescreen
• Fury Swipes

A weak early game team, but you’ll have to get used to the doubles format present in much of Rejuvenation. Murkrow is the hardest hitter, while you’ll have to be careful about the status spreading from Glameow and Stunky.

Team Xen Zetta (Golden Forest Field)

• Shadow Snorunt Level 14.
• Self-Destruct
• Flame Wheel
• Quick Attack
• Hidden Power: Fighting

Start by capturing Snorunt. Quilava and Meowth should not be too threatening at this phase as you should have type coverage but watch out for Minior getting off a Rollout or self-destructing. Type: Null is bulky at this point in the game, but if you can status it, you’ll be able to whittle it down.

After witnessing a scene and going north, you’ll be able to fight Rift Gyarados.

Dimensional Rift Gyarados (Rift Field)

• Thunder Fang

This is the first of the Rift fights in Rejuvenation. Essentially it has shield bars like Max Raid Battles in Gen 8 Pokemon. You must deplete the shield before you can do damage. Luckily though it has no way to recover lost stats, so being able to use a move like Growl, Charm, or Noble Roar can really help here. Putting it to sleep is a good way to do this, with the added benefit on this field of draining health while asleep every turn. Making it too weak to knock out your Pokemon is the key to victory. (Winning: +1 Karma) However, the plot will progress even if you lose.

A couple quick, optional things:

First thing we can do is talk to the grandfather in the train station, who’ll give you a Exp. Candy S.

Head back to Mei and Ayuda to claim your reward for getting all five cells so far: TM49 Echoed Voice !

Return to Jenner’s Lab and head upstairs. You’ll need to battle Madelis’ Houndoom as Melia, using Togepi. It requires a LOT of luck to win. (Winning: +1 Melia Relationship Point). Losing still progresses the game. After a lot of cutscenes, you’ll be back outside.

Chapter 2: Redemption

Head outside of the lab and talk to Karrina. She’ll want us to go to the Junction Bridge on the left side of the city, so accept fast travel.

Head into the lab to battle Dr. Jenkel.

Mad Scientist Dr. Jenkel (Factory Field)

• Misty Terrain

Either partner will do well here, his Frogadier hits hard with Water Pulse and Misty Terrain boosted Icy Wind, while her Grimer can smack super effective STAB on each with Knock Off and Poison Fang. Low stats including abysmal speed prevents Musharna from doing much damage - stall out the screens from the Munna if you need to, take out the Munna and hit it hard with STAB moves and you’ll be just fine.

After the battle, you’ll be gifted TM94 Rock Smash! Use it outside, down and to the right, and you’ll see a Blitzle. Give it a GourmetTreat and it’ll battle you! On the way out, head into Jenkel’s lab one more time and pick up 6 Cell Batteries! Make sure you save three of them for a quest in chapter 8.

To the right of Junction Bridge: the sewer stairs there will now be open. Here you’ll find a Rare Candy. Also:

ZCell 006: Gearen Sewers

Exit through the top. A dumpster on the right has a Reverse Candy within. At night, you can go into the alleyway area. The purple flower in the center has a Super Potion, in between the dumpster and table on the left is a Red Shard and two tiles right and two tiles down from there is a hidden Telluric Seed . The dumpster just before the stairs contains a Green Shard, and the tile between the two stacks of really tall grass hides a Super Repel.

ZCell 007: Gearen Alleyway (Only accessible at night)

Go up and give one of the Munna a GourmetTreat to catch it if you want.

One more quest we can do now takes place at the Chrisola Hotel.

Enter the room in the right hallway on the right, with Minccino in it. Talk to the old lady and agree to find Minccino.

Head out to the lobby and find it near the elevator. Then enter the left hallway and you’ll see it right away on the bottom side. Follow it left and around, and you’ll see Team Xen Grunts take it away!

Go to Gearen Park and fight the Grunts on the east side of the park.

Return to the old woman, who’ll let you battle to catch Minccino!

Especially if you’ve been catching all the Pokemon so far, you probably will have enough AP to get the Golden Hammer. This makes it so we don’t need to teach Rock Smash to any Pokemon in order to smash rocks!

There are Pokemon in trees in the next area. If you want, bring a Pokemon with Headbutt to the next area, either Seel or Litleo work great.

This is all we can do in the city for now, so buy a $300 ticket to take the train east to Route 2!

• You guys alright? (Venam -1)
• Cheer up, guys… (Ren +1)
• … (Neutral)

There’s a Carbos right and down from the red flower on the left as you enter. The grassy spot in the middle of dirt right from Meganium hides a Green Shard.

Remember to to get Dedenne to continue Zumi’s quest. The next gym is fighting type, so most of these are going to be decent options for now.

Head down the stairs and go up at the fork. Left of a red flower is a hidden Relaxed Mint, and one tile down from the right patch of two tall grasses bordering the river is a Red Shard. Back down and right from here, the rightmost isolated grassy tile before the bridge has a Blue Shard.

There are a few more encounter types we can find here with our new field moves.

Each tree is either a “low” tree or a “high” tree. Low trees have more infrequent encounters, but typically the rarer Pokemon. North of the bridge you’ll cross the right tree is a low tree and the left tree is a high tree. Be wary of Pineco’s Self-Destruct. Diglett will be available much more easily in the next area.

You can talk to the Aipom across the bridge to catch them instead of worrying about Headbutt. We’ll want to catch two Aipom here for a trade later.

If you talk to Kecleon, he’ll sell you stuff. We’ll be back for a side quest with him later.

Kecleon Market Shop

You can also find a GourmetTreat in the rightmost patch of grass up in the area up from Kecleon, as well as:

ZCell 008: Route 2

Cross the bridge to the left, four tiles left of the bottom of the bridge is a hidden Blue Shard . Just up the stairs, two tiles left of the bottom red flowers is a hidden Rose Incense. In the upper corner three tiles right and two down from the guy there is a hidden Friend Ball. If you talk to the painter here, he’ll wish to see Cherrim. We’ll return to this quest later.

Heading back and to the right, there is a gold healing star, useful as we won’t have to run back to the city to heal anymore. To the south past the fisherman, the tile down and left from the second red flower contains an Ability Capsule.

After you’re done, enter Amethyst Cave.

After a conversation with a shady figure, you’ll have control in the cave.

Amethyst Cave

Go left. Two tiles down and one left from the lady hides a Nugget. To the left pick up the Quiet Mint, and the Mineral Ball in the bottom right part of the nearby cart. Down from here, the divot in the wall contains a Green Shard.

Head to the right, and downstairs. This is a new area technically with different encounters.

Amethyst Depths

Again, Xatu is another good choice for the upcoming gym.

The wall below the second Joltik contains an HP Up. Talk to Ren.

• Is that strange? (Ren +1)
• What about them? (Neutral)

The rock below him contains a Potion, and one tile down from the box to the left is a hidden Antidote. Crossing the bridge, the bottom left box of the set on the right contains a Green Shard. A rock below here contains a Resist Wing, and there is a Blue Shard three tiles down and one tile left.

Head downstairs. The boxes directly left of the healing star contain a Revive. Grab the Blue Shard. Then cross the bridge to get a Modest Mint. The tile at the top above the metal tracks contains a Fire Gem. You can give a GourmetTreat to catch Lunatone . Activate Panel 1 while you are here, we will activate 5 more for a quest later.

Heal and save, then head up. Pick up the Rift Dex to learn about Rift Galvantula. Partner up with Ren or Venam and take on Rift Galvantula!

Dimensional Rift Galvantula (Corrupted Field)

• Toxic Thread
• Struggle Bug
• Cross Poison
• Sucker Punch

This one isn’t too bad, though the Joltik are annoying with their Electroweb attack. Unless you have priority, you’re going to end up going last, so have something with enough special defense to take their Electric/Bug/Poison attacks and hit back hard. Venam and Ren are both worthy partners here.

• You think I can do it? (Neutral)
• Where do I go next? (Ren +2)

Back in the city, two optional things we can do now: first, talk to Zumi in the library, who’ll give you the Advanced Pokedex if you caught Dedenne. She’ll also send you on the next mission to get Drifloon.

Second, if you go to the Chrisola Hotel, our travels to Route 2 will prompt the girl in the first room in the right hallway to give you Shinx!

Anyways, back in Amethyst Cave, we can head north. Smash the rock and pick up the hidden Red Shard in the rail below. The wall behind a rock to the right has a Super Potion, and the second minecart above contains a Mineral Ball. The rail to the left of this minecart and one tile up contains a Green Shard. To the left, the wall down from the rock to smash is a Zinc, and the machine above here has a Mineral Ball. The wall to the left of the leftmost machine contains a Reverse Candy.

We can’t really access the meadow yet, so head right and up. Talk to the hooded guy then get a hidden Electric Gem in the right rock. In the next room, the wall immediately on the right contains a Genius Wing. Two tiles down and three left from the first rock smash is a hidden Reverse Candy. On the right side of the room, the top box contains an X Attack. Head through the southeast exit.

A box to the right contains a Repel. Down and to the right, the right side of a drill machine contains an X Defend and the last rock contains a Rock Gem. Go immediately to the left in the next room to get a Mineral Ball in the wall. Follow the path until you meet Nim!

In the altered dimension, solve her difficult puzzles and prepare for a battle.

Apprentice Nim (Psychic Terrain)

• Ancientpower
• Cosmic Power

The Solrock and Lunatone can be frustrating with Rock Slide, but anything speedier can knock them out without much difficulty. Inkay won’t be that much of a threat, so you can probably do well by letting it sit there while you beat up on the other side. Hidden Power is boosted in this field, so if you have it on your special attackers, especially those with type advantages, you’ll be fine.

• Yes (Nim +2)
• No. (Nim -2)

She’ll give you the Room ID Card! When you are back in the cave, the wall to the left of the bottom stairs contains a Super Potion, and the one above and right of the top stairs contains a Reverse Candy. Head into Sheridan Village to the north.

Listen to a cutscene with Aelita and the Elder. At the moment it costs money to heal here, so we’re gonna start by heading all the way north into Sheridan Arena. Then knock on Keta’s door at the very top, then enter the inn back in the village. Head upstairs.

• I will. (Aelita +3)
• Why me?? (Aelita -1)

Now healing is free, so we can explore Sheridan Village now.

Enter the first house and talk to a girl. This opens a quest for way later.

Go left to enter the shop.

Sheridan Village Shop

Enter the shop on a weekday morning and you’ll see Beth and her Miltank. Talk to her to get a free Moomoo Milk sample, then her shop will open. Note that Berry Juice can be a pretty good hold item at this stage of the game. It is only open on Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and Sunday Mornings.

Sheridan Village Drinks Shop (1 Badge)

You can sneak around the back of the shop, if you do, talk to the shop owner from behind to get a Super Potion! A tile left and up from the backdoor on the outside is a hidden Tiny Mushroom.

You’ll notice a trucker up from here: this is Truck Guy. He will take us for free between Sheridan and Gearen, so take advantage of this instead of paying the train fee whenever possible.

Head east. Above the boxes is a hidden Ability Capsule. Enter the inn. Talk to a girl in the lobby to get a Sweet Heart. Talk to a girl in the first room on the left in the vertical hallway and take on her quest. The woman on the right in the hall will offer to teach you a few more moves for shards:

Sheridan Village Move Tutor

There is an Audino breeder towards the top: every time you beat them, you will get 3 Exp. Candy S. Once you’re ready, we can take care of some side quests.

At some point, level your Cherubi to Level 25 so that it evolves into Cherrim. On Route 2, in a camper in the far northwest part of the route, show the guy here your Cherrim for a Miracle Seed.

There is a day care in town. Take your Jigglypuff and any other Pokemon in the Fairy egg group there and breed to get Igglybuff. Then, trade it with a girl in the inn to get a Smoochum holding a Twisted Spoon!

Talk to the truck guy and have him take you back to Gearen City. In Jenner’s lab, use the Room ID Card to get the Exp. Share! Read the note, then talk to Melia’s wardrobe to get the Audition Tape. Plug it in to the computer to watch a lore cutscene if you want.

Head into the Gearen Lab and go to Jenner’s lab. Head to the left and talk to Professor Hawthorne. He wants a Dex that has seen 100 Pokemon. This is an easy goal if you haven’t been avoiding all the trainers and optional battles. Grab either the Elekid egg or the Magby egg and read Jenner’s journal if you want.

Talk to him again, and he’ll request a dex with 350 seen. You might not have this yet but once you do, he’ll offer you the other of the Johto baby eggs.

Return to Sheridan Arena at the top.

Sheridan Arena

Head up and talk to the Swablu flying overhead for a battle. Return to Keta’s house and talk to him in his garden.

• I am. (Keta +2)
• But i just got here… (Keta -2)

Amethyst Grotto and Sheridan Help Quests

After accepting Keta’s quest, head all the way out of the village and go back all the way through Amethyst Cave. In the second room, interact with this box of plants, then head north. Go to the west side of the room, where you’ll see a man getting assaulted by Solrock. Challenge it to a battle and catch it to proceed.

Continue through the cave. Once at the entrance, head west until you see a red rock. Touch the stone, and a door will open. Enter and go downstairs. On the left above a tree is a hidden Moon Ball .

Amethyst Grotto

On the right side, two tiles right and three tiles above the rock smash is a hidden Red Shard. A rock smash above hides a Heart Scale in the left side of a red tree. On the left, above the stage thing, in the middle of a red tree is another Red Shard.

Once you’re ready, talk to the spirit of Keta. He will give you the Soul Stone. Then exit and watch the scene and fast travel back to Sheridan.

Returning to the inn in Sheridan you’ll be given $8000 for saving the guy.

Now is a good time to do the Sheridan Village Help Quests. The help center is in the upper right part of the village.

Start outside the help center and talk to the backpacker. Truck to Gearen, then go to the Chrisola Hotel and talk to Karen in front.

Head to Dr. Jenkel’s lab and watch the scene. Go to Gearen Park and talk to Karen. Enter the library.

Pick up the green book behind the pillar at the entrance. Enter the main chamber and pick up the blue book. We can encounter Pokemon here, but there’s only 1 type: Unown!

Pick up the purple book nearby. To the right there is a 2-tile space without a bookshelf on the bottom, one tile up from the right one contains an Ether.

Go right for the orange book and up for the red book. Also:

ZCell 009: Hidden Library

Go down. Pick up the lime book, and TM63 Embargo.

Head back up and go all the way up, picking up the sky-blue book.

Head up. Next to the door, there are candle things. The second from the top on the right contains a hidden Charcoal!

Follow Karen into the north room. On the left, pick up the golden book. On the right, pick up the lemon book.

Now that we have found nine books, head back to where we saw Elgyem flying by earlier. Interact with the bookshelf it’s on and place the books inside. A level 1 Elgyem will then battle you!

Head back into the upper room and talk to Karen. While she’ll get the Mega Ring, you’ll get the Ancient Book. This will allow you to read Garufan prophecies. Check out the ones on the wall, if you’re interested.

Head back to Sheridan Village when you’re done and talk to the backpacker.

You can choose to give him the book or not. I recommend giving him the book since we can get another later, and if you choose to, you’ll get Blue Moon Ice Cream!

Claim your reward: $950 and Water Stone ! (+1 Karma, +1 Karen Relationship Point)

Use the trucker to get to Gearen City, then go to Oceana Pier. Head to the southeast, then follow the guy into the warehouse.

If you try to go north, you’ll get shocked, and your Pokemon will faint. The key here is to transform the Factory field into Short-Circuit via battling the Electrike trainer in the southwest and getting it to use Discharge. Once you’ve done this, head through the middle arrows.

Venam will join you for a battle. Once you’ve won, she’ll leave.

Before we leave the warehouse, interact with the panel to switch the direction of the middle tile, then head right. Grab TM09 Venoshock then head back to Sheridan.

Claim your reward: $950 and five GourmetTreats . (+1 Karma, +1 Venam Relationship Point)

First, grab one Aipom from your PC. If you didn’t get one yet, go to Route 2 and interact with them. Then go to Sheridan Arena.

Talk to the girl with blue hair, then trade for Pancham.

Claim your reward: $1920 and Rare Candy ! (+1 Karma)

Start by heading through Amethyst Cave to Route 2.

Pick up one of the blue item balls. If you have 50000, you’re welcome to pay for the item, but if not, you’ll get teleported to the THIEF’S DUNGEON!

After talking to the grunt and getting out, memorize the map on the wall. If you don’t take the path outlined, you will get destroyed… Enter the door that corresponds to yellow to get an Ice Stone, or Dusk Stone depending on random chance.

Escape, and return to the help center. Talk to the guy to get Blue Moon Ice Cream.

Claim your reward: $1890, Casteliacone! (+1 Karma)

Prepare your team and talk to Novae at the inn at night.

Wanderer Novae and Dancer Rorim B (Forest Field)

• Disarming Voice
• Feather Dance

This is a tough one, two of her party members are already fully evolved and hit hard. Again, feel free to save this for later if you must.

After the battle, return to the help center. Your rewards: $1600, and Clobbopus. (+1 Karma).

Real quick there’s another quest we can do. Take the truck back to Gearen and enter Karrina’s hideout near the sewers. Talk to her, and she’ll send us on the gang fight quest. Head to Route 2 and enter Amethyst Cave.

Head up, and beat the guy at the end to get Houndour!

That’s all we can take care of for now, so head back to Sheridan to see Keta.

As soon as you’re ready, talk to Aelita on the battlefield

Sensei Keta (Forest Field)

• Gale Strike
• Flame Burst
• Bullet Punch
• Flame Charge
• Poison Sweep

Gale Strike: Fighting | Physical | 60 power | 100% accuracy | Guaranteed critical hit if user is under 50% HP | On Forest Field, power is boosted x1.5 and deals additional Grass-type damage.

This battle is the first to really show you how well the trainers compensate for their type disadvantages here – almost everything has a Dark or Rock type move. Scraggy is a good dud to leave out, especially if you can paralyze it – it doesn’t do enough damage to really be threatening at least compared to his other Pokemon. Combusken can be tough once it outspeeds you, but also has Protect so it might be smart to focus your attacks on the other Pokemon. A very tough fight but you have lots of team options to make it more possible.

Sensei runs off instead of paying up a badge. Follow Aelita into the waterfall cave.

• Yes. (Aelita +1)
• No. (Aelita -1)

You’ll team up with Aelita here, so she’ll heal you but catching wild Pokemon is a bit tougher.

On the left, past a rock smash, is TM121 Fire Spin .

Once you cross the bridge to the right, prepare for battle and talk to the robotic looking thing. It will challenge you and has a Shadow Ponyta!

Head through the door, pick up a hidden Full Heal in the barrel to the right, and battle the Xen Grunts. The second grunt will have a Shadow Vanillite. The third has a Shadow Bonsly. Defeat SEC and his Flareon, then pick up the Red Shard hidden in the barrel to the right.

If you head to the right, grab the Ultra Ball in the left side of the machine as you go. The bottom left of the four barrels contains a Reverse Candy . Down from here, you can grab TM43 Flame Charge. Observe the passwords written all over the walls in this floor. There is a Synthetic Seed as well as a Fire Stone if you follow the path to the right. Right now, this will evolve Pansear.

SEC will require you to input a password to move on. The passwords are, in order, BEAUTY, IDOL, SHADOW. Talk to it a few more times and it will challenge you with a Shadow Quagsire.

Once you’re ready, go up the elevator and head towards Madelis’ Palace. Go inside when you get the chance to, and you’ll team up with Keta.

Head into the left room. Grab the Hyper Potion on the left and Revive up above. At the top of the room, grab the Yellow Key.

Head back out and go into the right room. Talk to Sharon to get the Green Key and grab the Fresh Water in the top right. Talk to Mime Jr. in the top right to take it with you.

Go back and enter the top left room. Grab the Red Key.

Finally, enter the top right room. Make sure you grab the Up-Grade, Dusk Ball and the Blue Key.

Head back out into the foyer and insert each key into the keyholes on the walls.

Head up, then up again. You’ll now have to fight Madelis.

Xen Executive Madelis (No Field)

• Magical Leaf
• Dazzling Gleam
• Flamethrower
• Energy Ball
• Miracle Eye
• Aura Sphere
• Shadow Chill

This one doesn’t have to be won, though it is very doable. Winning grants +1 Karma and +1 Relationship Point with Madelis. This battle looks rough, but you’ll have Keta on your side, so it’s functionally a 12 on 6. A rock type can demolish half of her team, and Keta’s fast fighting Pokemon will help you out. Two of them have fake out, so when you get to Mewtwo, try to take advantage of those turns to deal heavy damage to Mewtwo. Mewtwo also takes damage every time it attacks thanks to Fever Pitch, so take advantage of that and dish out as much damage as you can as soon as her other Pokemon are all wiped out.

Afterwards, head into the door behind Madelis’ chair, and go down the lift.

We haven’t had enough legendary battles with only one gym badge quite yet, so follow Aelita up and grab the Rift Dex Info.

After a brief scene, you’ll be taken into a rift space. Talk to Volcanion and answer its question and the battle will begin!

Dimensional Rift Volcanion

So, you’ll probably be faster than this guy. With only 110/80 on the physical side, it’s not too hard to whittle its shields, then its entire health bar down with some decent STAB moves.

Once you’re free, head to the gate in Sheridan, and enter the spring.

Spring of Purification

Pick up the Magical Seed up from the entrance. Head up and talk to the pair.

• Are you ok? (+1 Karma)
• Who’s Vivian? (Neutral)

Once you leave the shrine, Keta will ask you to fast travel to Amethyst Grotto. If you’re ready, feel free. Otherwise, we now have up to 7 new Pokemon we can use by purifying them! Shadow Pokemon in Rejuvenation have moves they can’t normally get, for example Ponyta has Fell Stinger and Bonsly has Shift Gear. To purify, keep the shadow Pokemon in your party and run around, or use the Purify Chamber in the PC.

One more thing we can do: head into the house in the bottom right of Sheridan. Gothitelle will battle us!

Crescent’s Gothitelle (No Field)

If you win, you’ll be able to pick up Gothita behind!

Head into Amethyst Grotto ready for the REAL gym fight.

Well, that’s about all we can take care of at this point.

Head back to Amethyst Grotto with a fully healed team. The Spirit of Keta will be able to give us a badge, so let’s challenge him.

Sensei Keta (No Field)

• Magnet Rise
• Hidden Power Water
• Will-o-Wisp

Compared to Novae, this battle won’t be too hard but is still scary. Gallade hits hard and is fast. In general, you want to try to set up on one of the weaker Pokemon like Roselia or Larvesta, if you can, it won’t be too awful.

After you win, you’ll get the Diamond Fist Badge! This enables you to cut and puts our level cap at 30. He’ll also leave behind TM103 Stacking Shot.

Talk to Aelita upstairs and agree to sleep.

Chapter 3: Tainted Light

Eldest will give us Super Potions. From Route 2, head into the city. If you’ve completed Karrina’s Amethyst Cave quest, you’ll get +2 Aelita Relationship Points. Two tiles to the left of the tree to the left of Venam’s house contains a hidden Repel.

Make your way to the sewers. Talk to Amanda for a battle.

Trainer Amanda (No Field)

• Sleep Powder
• Hidden Power Fire
• Thunder Wave
• Stacking Shot
• Aromatherapy
• Dragon Tail

This is a surprisingly tough battle, namely due to Miltank. Once it paralyzes your Pokemon and starts stomping, it’s hard to get off a hit sometimes. Putting Miltank to sleep long enough to knock it is one way to win this one. Anyways, after battle, she’ll give you HM01 Cut !

• I’ll get it done! (Karrina +2, Aelita +1)
• I’m kinda scared… (Karrina -2)

Enter the sewers and head to the back, cutting along the way.

• Hi Lucha. (Venam +1)
• You’re Venam’s friend? (Venam +2)
• Have we met? (Neutral)

Chrysalis Courtyard (Grassy Terrain)

All of these will also be available to catch later.

After Venam asks you to figure out how to get in, read the inscription to the right: Password #3: 8187. Head over to the left side and enter the left hole in the hedge to get a weird key. Use it on the first gate. Then go through the hole on the left and open the second gate from behind. Talk to Venam at the door, then sneak in the window.

Answer the questions as you like. When you regain control, head upstairs and talk to Marianette to get her to join your party! Talk to her in every room of the house for background info. Enter Indriad’s room by talking to the maids guarding it.

He’ll send you on three trials. Before we do that though, talk to the maid in the entry room and she’ll give you a bonus trial we can do while completing the others.

Take the downstairs left door to the Hedge Garden. Essentially a Dusknoir will warp us back if we ever turn around, so make sure you’re always following the red ivy to continue. We can come back without Dusknoir in a bit to get all the items.

• Yeah, I am. (Marianette -1)
• It was nothing… (Marianette +2)
• You flatter me… (Marianette +1)
• Say it again. (Marianette -2)

Afterwards you must fight a servant!

Servant Moya (Grassy Terrain)

• Shadow Punch
• Brick Break

This can be tough, but Marianette’s Pokemon do help out.

• It was cool. (Neutral)
• Calm down. (Marianette -3)
• You were a great help! (Marianette +3)

Enter at the top and save Luca.

• You’re growing. (Marianette +2)
• Yeah, you are. (Marianette -2)
• You can change that! (Marianette +3)

Back in the maze, from the bottom: A path in the southwest leads you to a Normal Gem. A dead-end to the west says Password 1 is 7896. Another dead end in the bottom right leads you to 2 Exp. Candy M’s! Two more towards the middle of the maze give us a PP Up and two Super Potions . Another in the northwest corner is an Elixir. Towards the end is a Sitrus Berry. You’ll also find the first optional maid, Lara, so defeat her to continue that quest.

Now follow the right path through the mansion. In the dining room, talk to Marianette, you may randomly get a chance to give her an Oran Berry. This gives (+7 Marianette) Relationship Points.

Exit to the right. If you hug the left wall and go through a secret passage, you’ll see another inscription. This one says Password 2 is 3135. Head up and beat the second optional maid, Yara, hiding in the left corner.

At the top, you need to navigate two pieces onto the colored tiles, but the buttons control both pieces. Carefully use the walls to your advantage to solve this one. Three times and you’re done: save Lenny.

• To instill fear. (Marianette +2)
• Who knows? (Marianette -1)
• It’s a fun hobby! (Marianette -3)

Next, head back out the way we came in through the courtyard. Talk to the maid in one of the gardens to the south, Deandra, for a battle.

We’ve now fought all three maids, so return to the one in the main room. She unlocks all the doors in the mansion! Head through the door on the left and go up. Inside you’ll find a Full Heal, Reverse Candy, Ability Capsule, and Elixir. Talk to Marianette while you’re in here and ask about a box to fight a Bronzor. Finally, return to the room we woke up in and go through the upper doors. You can’t go through with Marianette with you, so we’ll have to come back when she’s not with us anymore.

Head back into the courtyard and enter the Absol statue.

• I’ll be fine! (Marianette +1)
• HURRY AND FREE ME! (Marianette -4)
• It’s okay, stay calm (Marianette +4)

The first two rooms are not too hard, grab the Max Repel while you’re at it. In the final room, you just must push the colored statues onto the respective tile without getting caught by Tangrowth, then guide Tangrowth to its own tile.

• You did well. (Marianette +4)
• You cut it kinda close… (Marianette -2)

If you have at least five points with Marianette up till now, you’ll get the following dialogue choice:

• It’s okay Marianette. (Marianette +8)
• I don’t know… (Marianette -12)

Now that Marianette is no longer following us, we can go through the path in our room again. Enter the three passwords (7896, 3135, 8187) in the machine, then head through the frozen prison to speak with Anju.

To get an item, tell her the truth here, though this item doesn’t do anything unique for us yet. To do so, tell her the world is safe, Sheridan is safe, but Hiyoshi is destroyed. If you do answer truthfully, she will give you Anju’s Pendant!

Exit and return to the mansion. Before we proceed, exit all the way out to Gearen to pick up what Aelita dropped: 3 Super Potions, 4 Exp. Candy M, 2 Exp. Candy S, 2 Chesto Berries, a Cheri Berry, and Protective Pads. Back in the mansion, in the main doors, there is an Audino breeder, and each time you win, you’ll get 5 Exp. Candy S .

As soon as you’re ready, follow the path up from here.

Child of Light Marianette (Blessed Field)

• Hyper Voice
• Multipulse (Water)
• Multipulse (Fighting)
• Multipulse (Ice)
• Stomping Tantrum
• Dragonbreath
• Shadow Ball
• Multipulse (Steel)

Multipulse: Type is the same as the user’s held Plate (like Judgment) | Special | 65 power | 100% accuracy | On Blessed Field, power is boosted x1.3.

Overall, what is said in the gym guide is good advice. The first thing you must be cautious of is Delcatty, who likes to Baton Pass +2 in both defenses to Chatot or Drampa, who can then boost and go on a rampage. A move like Roar is a good counter for that. Otherwise, a decently rounded team should be able to deal with most of the Pokemon here - four are dual types with varied weaknesses.

Once you win, you’ll be awarded with the Normality Badge! Our new level cap is now 35. Enjoy the following cutscene.

Chapter 4: Isolation

Start at East Gearen. Return to the sewers where the mansion was, then head to up to grab TM42 Facade ! Head outside.

Go talk to Shana in the Gearen Lab to continue the Johto quest. You’ll now have to fight Bugsy with the starter you picked and a few more Pokemon.

Gym Leader Bugsy (Glitch Field)

• Night Shade
• Poison Sting
• Comet Punch
• Fury Cutter

A couple Flame Wheels from Quilava plus a Rock Tomb from Onix made this one simple on the Cyndaquil path. After this, you’ll get another Virtual Badge ! This will finish her leg of this quest.

The Poke Ball shop in Gearen has two new balls now, which can be useful for low catch rate water types like Basculin.

Poke Ball Emporium Shop New Items (3 Badges)

There’s also a few new berries now.

Berry Emporium Shop New Items (3 Badges)

There are a few areas we can now access with Cut. Head back out into Sheridan Village and cut the tree next to the shop and pick up TM54 False Swipe . This can be extremely helpful for catching Pokemon going forward.

We can also get more drinks!

Sheridan Village Drinks Shop New Items (3+ Badges)

Head back down into Amethyst Cave and make your way to the first room from Route 2. On the northwest side, there are some rock smash boulders blocking your path. Smash them and emerge in Pom-Pom Meadow. Cut the trees down here to get access.

You can find infinite Yellow Nectar in the pots, and TM133 Mud Shot at the top.

Pom-Pom Meadow

As soon as you’re ready, head to Route 3, west from Sheridan.

Route 3 Gate Shop

The top tile to the right of the river contains a Honey, and to the left of the RV is a Quiet Mint.

Talk to the guy in the trailer across the bridge. Since we have two virtual badges, he’ll offer the third leg of the quest – we’re battling Whitney.

Gym Leader Whitney (Glitch Field)

• Thunderpunch

I had Quilava, Onix, and Qwilfish, so I took advantage of Clefairy to have Qwilfish set up Toxic Spikes, letting Onix easily wall Miltank and Jigglypuff. After winning, you’ll get the third Virtual Badge.

That’s not all, he’ll then offer you the next challenge, this time against Morty.

Gym Leader Morty (Glitch Field)

• Perish Song
• Will-O-Wisp
• Charge Beam
• Dream Eater

This battle sharply increases the difficulty for the Cyndaquil route! I ended up relying on RNG to win to some extent. Essentially, use Eevee and Onix to take out Misdreavus and Haunter, switching to avoid Perish Song and Curse damage. Mismagius can be taken down with Eevee, Onix, Qwilfish working together, then save Quilava for Gengar, where you must use Smokescreen and pray all his Hypnosis and Ice Punch miss long enough for you to finally take it down. I recommend attacking first with Thunderpunch so that gets disabled by Cursed Body instead of Fire Punch. If you succeed, grab your fourth Virtual Badge. That’s all we can do with him for now.

The girl here is the Move Deleter, should you need to remove any moves.

Route 3 North

You can also interact with Surskit dancing on the pond surface.

The leftmost cut tree hides a Sitrus Berry behind.

On the other side, head down and to the right until you come upon a market. All the events and shops here can only be accessed during daytime. Talk to Aelita during the day.

• I’m starving… (Aelita +2)
• No distractions! (Neutral)

If you go with the first option, you’ll get Vanilla, Chocolate, or Strawberry Ice Cream .

Route 3 Left Shop

We’ll eventually need Sachet and Whipped Dream to evolve Swirlix and Spritzee from earlier. We’re also eventually (like, 3 or 4 more badges, but still) going to want 10 Sweet Hearts for a quest, so go ahead and get those.

Route 3 Upper Right Shop

She’ll also rarely have Blue Moon Ice Cream to sell. Ideally, we want to get a few of each for a side quest later.

The flower above this vendor contains a hidden Green Shard. Down and to the left is TM117 Pay Day! This move, in conjunction with Pickup, is the most effective way to farm money in this game. Hidden behind it is a Star Piece.

Head down from the shops. Just before the grass turns lighter, in the right gap in the tall grass, there is a hidden Sassy Mint. Follow the path around to the right. Heading back into the darker grass, two tiles up from the lighter grass on the left is a hidden Blue Shard. Head up. Behind the tree below the RV is a hidden Rare Candy, to the left one tile of the center of the tree. Enter the open RV and talk to the hiker for some Rose Tea.

Route 3 South

Head down till the grass changes color twice. In the tall grass all the way right is a hidden Super Repel. Down from here the grass will change again, the grass patch four right and two down from the trainer contains a Red Shard. Up the stairs to the left of the waterfall is a Mystic Water! Down from the stairs, the last red flower before the color changes again hides a Super Potion. Crossing the bridge here, two tiles down from the left of a pair of two tall grass tiles hides a Honey.

We’re going to explore the cave on the other side of the route now, so add a Pokemon to your party with Flash. If you don’t have it yet, it’s at the Game Corner in East Gearen.

Head up to the top of Route 3 and go to the left and into Phasial Cave.

Phasial Cave Main Areas (Cave Field)

Old Rod encounters are the same as outside.

Downstairs, the rock at the top contains a Rock Gem. To the left, above the pond, in the 2 tile alcove at the top, the right contains a Magical Seed. Pick up the Ability Capsule on the ground to the left. Defeating the trainer down from here, head down and right. A rock at the bottom will contain a Steel Gem. Up, left, down and, left, there is another pond. The rock at the top right has a Reverse Candy. Head to the left when you can: going left and up you’ll find a Mineral Ball hidden in the top pillar. Head back to the right. There is a shining object on the ground in the middle with the pillars: it is the Ancient Wing. The pillar to the left of this has a hidden Green Shard in the top left. There’s a Blue Shard to the right. Hug this wall on the right and go down until you see a small rock, in it is a hidden Sun Stone. A small pillar further down on this wall contains a Red Shard. Head up the ladder here, the rock on the right contains a Grass Gem. Exit to the south!

Attempt to enter Goldenleaf Town to the south. Then, interact with the tent near the campfire to the north.

• A Gym Battle! (Ren +1)
• Wanna see the sights~ (Ren +1)
• No reason… (Ren -2)

When you’re ready talk to Aelita for a battle.

Student Aelita (Forest Field)

• Sitrus Berry
• Power Up Punch
• Night Slash

This isn’t going to be that tough of a battle - her team is mostly not fully evolved and doesn’t yet take advantage of the full power STAB moves. Hawlucha can be dangerous if it gets off a couple Hone Claws, so make sure your best Pokemon to take it out isn’t surprised by Flying Gem boosted Bounce. Electric, Psychic, and Flying types will overall succeed here if you’re stuck.

Enter Goldenleaf town at the bottom!

Defeat Sariah.

We need Drifloon for Zumi’s quest, later.

The villager down from the gate here offers tutor moves.

Goldenleaf Town Move Tutor

If you beat the garden guardian at the bottom of town, he’ll let you into his garden. Check the middle normal grass tile, and right fence post on the bottom, for a Moon Stone and Rare Candy respectively. Pick up the Rash Mint too.

The pumpkin to the left of the entrance to the town contains a Honey. The red flower to the south of Ren’s house contains a Ghost Gem, and to the left side of the house here one tile south of the red flower is a hidden Dark Gem. North of the Pokemon Center is a pumpkin, one tile above is a Red Shard. To the left is some tables - the bottom left has a Super Potion on it, the top right has an Ability Capsule. Cutting a tree to the left leads us to a hidden Big Mushroom. Finally, on the top hill of the town the rightmost blank space contains a Rawst Berry.

Goldenleaf Shop

Inside Ren’s house, read Reina’s diary then check the couch for $500.

Check out the graveyard at the top:

ZCell 010: Goldenleaf Town

The tall grass straight left from here contains a Chesto Berry.

Enter the Forgotten Path to the northeast. Two tiles left and two up from the sign is a hidden Green Shard. A blank tile on the left side of the grass towards the top contains a Super Potion. Grab TM39 Rock Tomb by cutting the tree and climbing the vines, and get a hidden Super Potion on the right side of the middle portion of the tower.

Forgotten Path

ZCell 011: Forgotten Path

The top tree in this set to the left of the cell has an Ether in its top right tile. Above from here the three out of four splotchy tiles right before the stairs contain Burn Heal, Great Ball, Ghost Gem.

This is all we can do here for now, so head back to Goldenleaf Town.

Cut down the cut-tree in the upper right of this image and head up in the middle behind the waterfall.

There’s nothing else we can do here till we get 4 badges though, so head back outside.

Talk to Narcissa at the gym, then upstairs in her house. Head to the west of town to reach Wispy Path.

Head into Wispy Park up the stairs at the bottom left. To the left of the tree immediately to the left and up a tile is a Tiny Mushroom. On the other side, one tile below the corner in the road is a Lemonade. Grab the Reverse Candy on the right.

ZCell 012: Wispy Path

Talk to the guy up here, then to Espurr . It will let you do a variety of fun things with it; each increases your friendship with it. Choosing to give it ice cream, especially Blue Moon Ice Cream, raises it by a lot. Once you’ve gotten its friendship high enough and try to leave it will join your party. (+1 Karma)

Head down the stairs and around to the right. In the top right of the park, you’ll see a little pumpkin up above - two tiles up and one right is a hidden Ghost Gem. Head to the left, you’ll see a big pumpkin on the ground. One tile left, and two right and two up, you’ll find a Careful Mint and a Rawst Berry. The right tile of the green tree below contains a Green Shard. Down from here, the empty spot on the right with a tall grass in all four directions contains an Ability Capsule. The tiny tree below contains a Hyper Potion.

Head into the gatehouse on the left side and you’ll be recruited by “C” to take care of the Dimensional Rift, but only after a 3v3 battle with his three bug types.

International Police “C”

• Swords Dance
• Thunderbolt
• Hidden Power Grass

Orbeetle can be annoying if it puts you to sleep, so have a way to account for that. Ariados isn’t hard to take down but make sure you don’t let Galvantula sweep after a Charge Beam or two. Fire types will do well here!

Goldenwood Forest (2nd Visit)

First thing we’re going to do is head into Goldenwood Cave. We couldn’t get here with Rock Smash before, but now that we can, go ahead and pick up the Rare Candy and Nugget ! Your Pokemon should be able to now beat the Leavanny trainer, if you haven’t yet.

Outside the cave, head right as soon as you can. Two tile directly below the first tree is a Chesto Berry. Down the stairs, the top left tile by the river is a Nest Ball. Four tiles right and six down from the sign is a hidden Ether. Across the bridge two tiles up and two tiles left from the first blue mushrooms you see is a PP Up. The middle tile in the bottom on the left by the water is a GourmetTreat . Heading right, there’s a grove in the top right: below the skinny tree is a hidden Great Ball. Down from here there are two sets of red mushrooms: above the second is a Reverse Candy. In the former garden below the second accessible tile from the right on top has an Oran Berry. To the left and up from here, a tile above the leftmost red mushrooms before the stairs contains a Persim Berry. Go up the first stairs then left. Two tiles right of the leftmost red flower is a Sitrus Berry. Pick up the Guard Spec. below.

Head up to where you fought Zetta. Once you’re ready, interact with the dimensional rift to engage Gyarados.

Dimensional Rift Gyarados (Forest Field)

• Phantom Force

If it is too hard now, you can come back any time before the fifth gym. Take it out, and C will thank us. (+1 Karma)

As soon as that’s over, enter Wispy Tower from the top of Wispy Path. On the right, below the middle of five trees in the middle of the street is a hidden Bold Mint. Head in.

• I accept! (Aelita +2, Narcissa +4)
• I dunno… (Aelita -1, Narcissa -2)

Once that’s done, head back into the Pokemon Center and talk to Aelita.

• It was nothing.. (Ren +2, Aelita +2)
• Kinda uncomfortable. (Ren +1, Aelita +1)
• Uhh what’s happening? (Neutral)

After a scene you’ll be taken into a battle. Head upstairs to talk to Aelita and sleep, then defeat the three Xen grunts downstairs disguised as Ghost types. Upstairs, head into the room at the top. When you regain control, beat the trainer.

• How’d you know? (Neutral)
• I want to go home. (Mosely -2)
• Time to whoop ass! (Neutral)

We’re going back to Wispy Tower. Enter Wispy Tower and go through the newly revealed path. After talking to Geara, Mosely and Narcissa will join you.

Forsaken Laboratory

Note that the grunts here have some Shadow Pokemon, but we can’t catch them with a broken snag machine. Sad.

Enter the left room to get a Revive. The room next door will give us a password, UNBOUND, to enter on the right side of the area. Do so and enter the room, battling the guy and getting the next password: SOUL. To the right is an Ether , then enter the password and continue. Talk to the screen in here.

• Gregory? (Neutral)
• Sirius hid this. (Neutral)
• You seriously didnt know? (Mosely -2, Narcissa -2)

Interact with the screen and choose one of the two top answers to not lose relationship points. Back in the main room, head up for a battle.

Team Xen Eli and Sharon (Short Circuit Field)

• Mystical Fire

It’s been a while since we’ve had to fight this pair, but it’s luckily not too much worse this time. Their main strategy here relies on moves that slow down your Pokemon, by stat-lower and paralysis. Tangela and Lickitung are slightly bulky, so bring out your own bulky party members to bring them down and save your faster Pokemon for Honchkrow and Mismagius and you’ll likely be alright.

After the fight, make sure you heal, then return and go downstairs and through the door. Go up and you’ll fight Geara!

Xen Executive Geara (Short Circuit Field)

• Shadow Claw
• Dragon Breath

This is a tough fight. You’re gonna need to break the barriers, but luckily your own Ghost and Dark moves are boosted by the field, so that should help. Burning it and lowering its special attack may be the key to victory since it is fast enough to take out your Pokemon quickly. You can also whittle its HP down by burning/poisoning/leech seeding it and anticipating what move it will use and switching to a Normal/Ground/Fairy type.

• Shadow Bone
• Sludge Bomb

This is a well put together doubles team. Persian will probably hit first and Marowak will probably hit last and probably knock one of your mons out, so plan your turn 1 attacks accordingly. Morgrem and Clefairy are very effective at stalling, but you can try to time knocking them out so that the screens run out. Haunter and Masquerain hit hard but if you have set up any of your Pokemon you may be able to succeed!

When you’re back in town, you can proceed to the gym immediately, or go tackle a side area real fast.

Head back to the top of Route 3 and enter the clearing on the left. Cut down the trees.

Put the wing we found into the statue.

Ancient Kingdra (Forest Field)

• Dragon Pulse

This might be a tough one! If you have some way to lower its special attack do it, though note that Snipe Shot will often crit. Luckily its first turn and every turn that rain ends it will probably use Rain Dance, so that’s your chance to mess with it via paralysis or stat drops. It doesn’t have any way to heal.

Once you succeed, head north across the bridge. Grab the Telluric Seed to the right.

If you enter the left house, there’s a Steam Ball on the ground. Talk to the scientist in the top right, then he’ll let you into the other buildings. The bottom right building contains an Itemfinder! Helpful to find hidden items. Feel free to use it to find any of the previous hidden items if you haven’t obtained them yet.

Start using it around the woods. In total, you’ll find: A Clever Wing, Repel, Black Flute, Genius Wing, Green Shard, Ether, Zinc, Pretty Wing, and Moomoo Milk.

If you haven’t yet gotten Flash from the Casino, we’ll need it for the next quest. Once you have Flash taught to a Pokemon, enter the upper right house.

ZCell 013: Mirage Cave

Grab the cell and TM66 Payback .

Head up and agree to use Flash, and a battle will ensue.

Pokegang Crobat (Cave Field)

A good Rock or Steel type with high defense can effectively wall this battle. If you manage to win, you’ll get a Zubat afterwards!

Once you’re ready, exit to Sheridan village. There’s one more side quest we can do here. On the south side of town, you’ll see a Sawk and Throh standing by a woman. After a scene and a fight with a trainer, you’ll have a chance to catch Throh!

Talk to the trucker to head back to Gearen City - we’re going to make a pitstop with Zumi. For catching Drifloon, she’ll give us 3 Exp. Candy M . Talk to the blue haired girl, then pay to enter the main part of the library. In the room on the left, talk to the girl in here to do a quiz. If you answer all the questions correctly, you’ll get a Thunderstone! The answers are brown, Goldenwood, and Goldenleaf.

After you’ve left Narcissa’s house, talk to the Audino breeder next to the Pokemon Center for a repeatable battle against 3 Audino. Each time you win, you’ll get 5 Exp. Candy S .

Enter the theater and talk to Narcissa

• This will work. (Ren +2)
• I’m unsure… (Ren +1)
• It’s a stupid idea. (Ren -2)

After learning of your challenge, enter the door on the left.

Backstage Theater

Yamask and Duskull might be helpful for our upcoming gym battle.

Enter the door on the left, then talk to Mimikyu and read the sign. As the NPC says outside, follow the lit torches through the dungeon. Although it may feel like you’re going in circles, just keep following the torches until you finally pass through a mirror and get to the heal and PC stars. Head through the door.

• Go ahead, Ren. (Ren +4)
• No. (Ren -4)

Pokemon Trainer Ren

• Secret Power
• Ominous Wind
• Hidden Power Ghost
• Spiky Shield
• Water Pledge

This is an easy battle to be honest. Flash and Dazzling Gleam temporarily nullify the field if you don’t want to be overwhelmed by his Ghost and Dark moves. Once you’re done with Ren, say no to his question for maximum relationship points, then head up and get ready to face Narcissa.

In the auditorium, head down and grab the items: Super Potion, Rawst Berry, and Rare Candy. When you’re ready, take on Narcissa.

Leader Narcissa (Haunted Field over Forest Field)

• Spectral Scream
• Hidden Power Fighting

Spectral Scream: Ghost | Special | 65 power | 100% accuracy | 60% chance to raise user’s Defense by 1 stage | On Haunted Field, power is boosted x1.5 | Turns Blessed Field into Haunted Field.

As you can see, Narcissa’s team is very tanky and will not hesitate to burn and sleep you to death, so make sure you have counters for these things in place. Her Mismagius is fast and with the field hits like a truck, so you must find a way to live a hit. Flame Charge is boosted by the field and given Ghost sub-typing, so if you use that move it may allow you to sweep. Alternatively, if you have Flash, use it! It’ll remove the field for two turns. Just be aware she can turn it back by using Spectral Scream.

Once you’re done, you’ll get the Phantasm Badge and TM30 Shadow Ball! Now we can level up to 40.

Head into Wispy Ruins.

Chapter 5: Imprisoned

And head back out. Now that the people of Goldenleaf have decided to change their ways, they’ll give us some stuff if we talk to them around town: a Super Potion, a Revive, a Full Heal , and some Dusk Balls!

Enter the house near the garden and talk to Snubbull! The person will let you have it now that we have 4 badges. Enter the bit of Wispy Ruins by cutting the tree next to the gym. Step on the tile, then enter the newly opened 4-badge gate door. Inside the chest is a Big Nugget ! Head into the graveyard at the west of town at night with a GourmetTreat, and you’ll find a Misdreavus!

Now, head back into Wispy Ruins. Enter the stairs and watch the scene, then go up in the cave. After going up again, a couple of Shuppet will drop you into a pit.

Wispy Chasm

Our goal here is to trap all the Shuppet into corners. There’s one in the southwest - after it moves for the first time, go down, left, down, up, right, right. Now go up to the west middle area where you’ll see another. Once it moves for the first time, go down, left, down, then right until you can’t anymore, then up. Also, grab this Max Repel while you’re here.

Head down from here, hidden is a Yellow Shard. You’ll see a Phantump wandering around. It is vital for an event later that you get a female one here, so reset if it’s not. Head all the way north afterwards, and past another Phantump, enter the 2-badge gate. In here, you’ll get a Dawn Stone!

Loop back around to the middle, around where the NPC is with the crazy hair. Head up and to the right and grab the Cleanse Ta g, then follow Shuppet down and up into the middle. Get it to go back through the big loop counterclockwise, then follow it. It should now be on the upper path, so follow it right and get it to crawl into the small path in the middle, then talk to it.

Go up through the center and head left to grab the Calcium. Head up and chase the last Shuppet. For this one, get it to the platform in the upper left, then to the platform to the right, and down. Talk to it, then return to the middle of the north side and the Shuppet will let you pass. Before climbing the ladder, go up and enter the 1-badge gate to get a Dusk Stone ! Head up and through the ladder.

ZCell 014: Wispy Ruins

Head to the right. I recommend healing sometime soon, there’ll be a few battles upcoming. Once you’re done, return, then go up. Follow the path until you reach a larger room. Hop your way past all the rocks on the right, then you’ll enter a double battle against some Wild Pokemon. This is an easy fight if you have strong and fast Pokemon.

Proceed to Route 4!

Welcome to Route 4, a sprawling nature preserve. All over there are items scattered about, and they refresh once a day. Different items will be present each day.

Route 4 Entrance Area

There are also Kricketot and Misdreavus in the areas to the north of where we start at certain times of day.

Talk to Aelita and Nim at the bridge to the south. Cross the bridge to the north, and Nim will join your party.

Route 4 Central Area

You’ll also notice that there are Pidove, Hoothoot, Cubone, as well as Flabebe and Emolga in this area!

Interact with the stone den to the right of the bridge for a scene and to get 5 Rift Fragments. These will allow us to catch Shadow Pokemon from within the dens, when we weaken them to 25% HP. They have shields like the rifts we’ve fought so far! Not fighting or defeating it gives 250/500 for common/rare dens respectively, while catching gives 500/1000 respectively.

RIFT DEN 1 (< 8 Badges): The common encounters in this den are Graveler, Nuzleaf, Solosis , and Tropius . The rare ones are Bonsly, Meowth, and Finneon.

Head back to the left and let Cairo break the rock. You’ll get a Moomoo Milk. Head up.

• You okay, Nim? (Aelita +1)
• You’re acting weird… (Neutral)

RIFT DEN 2 (< 8 Badges): The common encounters in this second den are Tranquill, Wailmer , Dunsparce, and Vullaby . The rare ones are Chatot , Snorunt, and Cacnea.

To the right of here, at night, you’ll find roaming Wooloo. To the right under the bridge, you’ll find that TM45 Attract is at the bottom.

Enter Cairo’s house. He has a shop set up.

Cairo’s Shop (<8 Badges)

Crests are unique held items that give the species in question unique strengths to make them better. As you can tell from the two on display, they’re generally given to Pokemon that are otherwise bad. The bottom of this file has details on what every crest does!

Get the Bike Voucher for now if you want, but otherwise start saving up Rift Essence. If you accumulate exactly 10000, talk to Chespin and Cairo will let you have it! You can check with the Gather Cube the exact amount you have.

Head up. There are Duskull roaming here at night. Try to head into Akuwa Town to the north for a battle with Nim.

• Stealth Rock
• Zen Headbutt

Our second encounter with Nim sees her Pokemon with much stronger Pokemon with stronger Psychic attacks, but they’re still no match for a decent team. Good dark types and Pokemon that resist Psychic and/or Rock will do well here. Most of her Pokemon are slow and she doesn’t have any speed control, so if you can outspeed and cripple one or both of her Pokemon per turn you’ll likely find a way through this one.

Enter Akuwa Town and go with Aelita to the old man. We will explore Akuwa Town in a bit, but there are some quests we can do! Skip the following section to proceed through the story.

Head to the left, and sneak through the gap in the fence. Enter Lost Camp and talk to Maman. She’ll quest us with finding kids to populate the camp, and if you talk to her again a few times, to upgrade the land. The land upgrades total $2500 for the first wave, so do this if you have the money.

She won’t upgrade further until we’ve found four children - so let’s go ahead and start finding them. They’re located all over the world map, so we’ll be taking a brief tour to get them all. A truck driver in Akuwa Town can take us to the previous towns. Five lost kids are reachable for now:

• Andrew can be found in Abandoned Sewers underneath Gearen City by crossing the first bridge north, then the first bridge west, then the first bridge down in an alcove at the bottom.
• James can be found by entering Spring of Purification from Sheridan Village. He’s on the right.
• Marissa can be found on Wispy Path in the upper right corner of where Espurr played with you.
• Matthew can be found on Route 3, the second bridge from the bottom.
• Cybur can be found on Route 3, next to the mystery egg vendor.

These are the only five we can get before we get a few more HM’s, so return to the Lost Camp and there’ll be a few new things we can do.

First, Maman will let us donate again. Donate another $2500, and the camp will be upgraded for a second time! Exit and return.

A few orphans will sell you stuff in camp!

Lost Camp: Andrew Shop

Lost Camp: Matthew Shop

As an aside, if you want quick AP, we can use Matthew’s stones to fill out a lot of categories Fill up a team with Pickup mons (pickup points), then catch lots of Pansage/Pansear/Panpour (catching points). Alternatively, breed them (egg hatching points and walking around points). Catch any shinies you find as well (catch shiny points). Then, using money you’ve gotten from selling Pickup items (selling points), buy stones from Matthew (buying points) and use them to evolve each of your monkeys. (evolution points and evolve-by-stone points).

Return to Gearen City, and exchange the Bike Voucher for a Bicycle! Gotta go fast.

I recommend also at this point buying the Golden Surfboard and, if you have the AP, the Golden Claws. We won’t be able to come back here for a little while after getting surf, so if you don’t want to burden your party, get the surfboard now.

Level up Slugma to Level 38 to get Magcargo. Add it and Emolga to your party, then head back to Route 2’s trailer to get Charcoal and Magnet, as well as TM96 Nature Power!

There’s one more quest we can do. This will get us a very strong Pokemon, but if you’re not interested, go ahead and skip to the Route 4 section.

Go back through Wispy Ruins to Goldenleaf Town, then take the truck to get to Sheridan Village. We’re gonna take the female Phantump we caught and breed it at the day care. Of what we have, male Cacnea, Oddish, Bellsprout, Sunkern, Cherubi, Slugma, and Shuppet are all good choices for partners if you have them. Once you get a Phantump egg, make sure it doesn’t hatch, and walk to Route 3.

This will only work during the daytime, but return to the Route 3 market, and talk to the boy in front of the old man. He’ll offer you a trade of the mystery egg he just got for your Phantump egg.

The mystery egg is unfortunately determined as you start your save file, so it cannot be re-determined by save resetting. Anyways, the mystery egg will be one of these Pokemon: Azurill, Aron, Absol, Togepi, Sneasel, Dhelmise, Aevian Litwick, Axew, Mienfoo, Pawniard, Trapinch, Mudbray, Cottonee, Darumaka, Hatenna, Starly, Tyrunt, Larvesta, Mareanie, Stufful, Rookidee. These will all be available at some point later in the game (though not necessarily this version), so don’t fret if you don’t get your favorite right now.

For now, head back to Route 4 through Wispy Path.

Now we can explore Akuwa Town a bit. Itemfinder at the entrance to the town will get you a Super Repel. There’s an egg in the bottom right corner of town. Once it hatches, you’ll get Ducklett! There’s also wild Pokemon in the grass.

Head up to the gym area, but before you go in, directly head east. Behind a tree you’ll find Jessibelle, the sixth of nine lost kids who you can send to the lost camp. To the left of the gym is a Modest Mint.

Enter the house to the north of the trucker:

ZCell 015: Akuwa Town

Talk to Aelita and then enter the Pokemon Center and go to the back to get a Defibrillator, then use it on the old guy. Head down to the beach area – here you’ll be able to fight wild Corsola. You’ll also find TM135 Brine. Hidden on the beach is a Soda Pop.

Head up and up the ladder you’ll see here and grab:

ZCell 016: Akuwa Town (ignore the Ditto!)

At this point we will not be able to come back for a bit, so make sure you’re ready with all the Pokemon you want to catch on this island for now, and every quest you wanted to finish.

Once you’re ready, head into the Aquarium/gym and go into the backroom. You don’t need to win this one for the record…

Blacksteeple Castle

Blacksteeple is one of my favorite sections of this game, but its very story driven and has relatively few battles, items, wild Pokemon and the like. I’ll be telegraphing every move you must do during this part of the game, but I also do believe it’s more fun to play this part without referencing any guide unless you get stuck. We won’t be able to come back later (at least in this version), so it might be a good idea to scan this section after you’re done to ensure you don’t miss anything. As a note - the outdoor section in the middle will be referred to as the courtyard, the east section will be the quarry, and the left section will be the fields.

We’ll wake up in the cells. Go to sleep.

• How did you? (Neutral)
• You know, the usual. (Saki +1)

Exit the only way you can, then make your way outside and to the east to the quarry. Head down into the mines and talk to Saki.

Accept the fast travel, then talk to everyone in the mine. Once you do, the bottom area will open. Beat the trainer, then head to the sigil at the top of the mine.

• Where’s Aelita? (Neutral)
• Are we done here? (Aelita -1)

Exit Neved’s office and head back down the stairs and head all the way up into the colorful door. Talk to the crew, then exit the room. If you go into the battle room and exit to the right, you can access some grass with wild Pokemon.

I recommend catching everything here, in particular Cramorant, who we can’t get later on.

Head back to your bed and get some sleep.

Head on out and talk to the crew. Enter the door in the southwest corner, talk to the left guard to access the shop.

Blacksteeple Castle Shop

Talk to the right guard, then head into the courtyard. On the right-side upper level, you’ll find a kid, battle him to get the Mining Kit.

Enter the quarry again and talk to Adam.

• I won it. (Neutral)
• I stole it. (Adam -1)

All those glowing rocks around can be mined for items, just like in 4th gen. The item probabilities within are as follows:

Mining Probabilities

These items can be nice to pick up, but you’ll be able to get them all over the story so don’t stress too much right now. Once we can revive fossils, I will mention them all at once, but feel free to mine at your leisure. If you save in front of a rock and press F12, you can reset the items within.

Break all the rocks, talk to Adam, and use the Blast Powder he gives you. Head left and talk to him again.

• Calm down. (Adam +1)
• You’re useless! (Adam -2)

Beat the trainer. After all that, head into the battle room.

Now you’ll control Emma for a bit. Make your way through the path and all the way to the right. After the first minecart goes, head left and up the hill to talk to a robot for a battle. Push it into its spot, then repeat with the robot to the left. Finally fly over the pit at the bottom and fight the third robot and push it into its place.

Head into this room, then interact with the computer.

Head out and watch all the scenes. When you regain control, it’s time for 3v3 battles in the battle room. The first two are easy, however the last is against Emma.

Hooded Girl Emma (No Field)

• Nature Power
• Poison Powder

These three can all be threatening in their own way but choosing the right three will net you the victory easily.

Next, enter the library on top of the stairs, and read the purple bookshelf. Then head to the garden area to the left of the courtyard. Go up at the tree at the top, to reach a secret area.

• It was barely a riddle. (Neutral)
• I was stumped. (Saki +1)

Enter the hut to talk to the crew.

Back in the garden, walk up the stairs on the right to interact with the crew by the sigil. Then reenter the castle and talk to Valarie at the dining hall.

In the prestige room, talk to the candelabra then the bookshelf.

Next, you’ll play as Emma again. Head to the battleship first. Then sneak your way through the courtyard and then the castle to reach the third floor. Enter Neved’s room, then the room to the right.

Back outside enter the library and talk to the wide blue bookshelf on the left. Then talk to the bookshelf in the middle, then beat the trainer.

There’s an impossible battle coming up as soon as we do the next cutscene, so make sure if you want to win add Fletchling with Quick Guard to your party.

Enter the secret garden area again and enter the hut. After a lot of scenes, head back to the secret garden and down the stairs. Push through the false wall, then again on the right.

• We’re getting out. (PianoLady +2)
• I’m here to help. (PianoLady +1)
• We’re screwed. (PianoLady -1)

Go right and up.

Xen Executive Madelis (Cave Field)

• Bullet Seed
• Psychic Fangs

Be wary of Cinccino, as its 5-hit rock blast is boosted by the cave and tail slap hits hard. Her Houndoom and Salazzle can hit hard but if you can shut them down with a strong Rock or Water type, you’ll be ok.

Outside, Nancy will join up with you! Beat the guards as you go. She has a Level 65 Sylveon (!) so you shouldn’t have to worry much. Once you get to the courtyard, head back up to Neved’s office.

• Are you okay? (Aelita +3)
• I looked for you… (Aelita +2)
• We gotta get to the top! (Aelita +1)
• No time to catch up! (Aelita -1

Follow the stairs all the way up and prepare for battle. Aelita will join your party for this one.

Xen Executive Neved (No Field)

• Drain Punch
• Hidden Power Ice
• Volt Switch
• Razor Shell

Neved has a team that’s entirely above your level cap, but you also get to effectively 12 on 6 him with Aelita on your side, so it’s not too tough of a fight. Manectric is insanely fast and likes to one-shot Aelita’s Pokemon, so take it out quickly if you can. Crippling Crabominable with a burn or attack lower might be a good strategy while you clean up the left side. Watch out for Barbaracle too which hits surprisingly hard. Anyways, just keep up the pressure and make sure the fastest mons is out, then you and Aelita should be able to win.

Madame X (No Field)

This is one of those ‘impossible’ RPG battles. Ultimately, you’re supposed to lose this one obviously, but if you’re crafty, the game will acknowledge your victory should you manage to succeed with +1 Karma.

Decimation is a priority move, but it ignores abilities. Hence, we have to use Quick Guard! Decimation has 20 PP and Quick Guard starts with 15. TWO Pokemon with Quick Guard can drain its PP with Quick Guard, then watch it struggle to death!

Whether you win or lose, watch the next scenes play out.

• You came to save me? (Neutral)
• Thank you… (Neutral)
• I could’ve done it myself. (Aelita -1)

Goodbye Blacksteeple Castle!

We’ll wake up on the ship with Adam.

• Don’t feel guilty. (Adam +1)
• Maybe so. (Adam +2)

Grab the Poke Ball at the table to get Mawile.

There’s an Audino breeder in here, and each time you win you’ll be given 5 Exp. Candy M .

Exit the room and head down then to the right.

• It’s okay. (Melia +2)
• I don’t know… (Melia -1)
• … (Melia -1)

Your Snag Machine will finally be fixed! Reenter the interior and head down the stairs to the right to grab the Dull Key! We’ll be using this a bit later.

There’s also the Akuwa town merchant here:

Xen Battleship Shop

Head up the stairs, and then up the stairs at the top. Follow Melia to the battle room for a fight.

Enigma Melia (Factory Field)

• Gilded Arrow
• Petal Blizzard
• High Horsepower

Gilded Arrow: Type is the same as the user’s secondary type, unless the user is single-typed or their secondary type is Dragon or Fairy, in which case the type is the user’s primary type | Special | 80 power | 100% accuracy | Increased critical hit rate.

Melia has added three more Pokemon since last time, but her team is nothing too much for us, especially after Madelis and Neved.

After you win, head out to the deck and talk to Melia again.

Once you beach, you’ll have to battle two rangers. Winning grants +3 Melia relationship points, while losing takes away -3 Melia relationship points.

Back on the ship, head up the two ladders to reach TM136 Assurance. Head down from the ship, and you’ll see a Pyukumuku on the shore.

Terajuma Island

Hidden on this beach is a Grass Gem. Talk to Nim at the bottom.

• Are you okay? (Nim +2)
• We’re ready to go. (Neutral)

Go to the east. Pick the two Passho Berries . Use the itemfinder on this side to find Soda Pop and Fresh Water.

Some optional content will require us to have 5 total Spice Powder eventually, so buy them here. You’ll see a guy here who will offer to boat us back to Gearen City for a price - a way to go free will open up a bit after the upcoming gym fight, so I would recommend waiting unless you need something from Floria Island for the fight.

When you’re ready, head into Terajuma Jungle to the north.

• I’d accept too… (Braixen +2)
• Wanna do a test run? (Adam +2)
• Can you two stop? (Neutral)

You’ll be free to explore Terajuma Jungle after a few cutscenes.

There are also Hoppip flying around in the mornings. Via itemfinder, on the right side pick up a Sitrus Berry. Towards the left is a Fire Gem.

Once you’ve gotten a feel for the middle area, talk to the group of your friends, specifically Melia, on the left side. We’re going to have to take the long way, so head into the left path and into the cave.

• Four, is that enough? (Melia +1)
• What’s a badge? (Melia +2)
• Can’t I just swim? (Valarie +1)

After a brief conversation there’s just one thing left to do for this section!

Once you’ve healed, talk to Valarie outside for her gym battle.

Water Show Performer Valarie (Water Surface)

• Sparkling Aria

Aquabatics: Water | Status | Raises the user’s Special Attack and Speed by 1 stage each.

So, this is the first hard gym battle, at least from my experience. Ground moves do nothing (even Mud Bomb/High Horsepower for some reason), so for Qwilfish and Lanturn you have to think of something else. Her Qwilfish and Floatzel have Swift Swim, so they will normally outspeed you and hit hard. Lanturn and Primarina are a bit slower but if you let them get off Aquabatics (special Dragon Dance) then they can steamroll your team. Watch out for Dewgong, too, whose Hydration ability allows it to heal all the way up to full every turn with Rest. If you can get past the first two fast attackers though, a strong physical set up sweeper might be able to get through the rest of her team. An alternative is to transform the field: 2 uses of Sludge Wave turns it into Murkwater, which takes away some of her advantages and can help a Poison-type oriented team, though she can turn it back with Lanturn and Dewgong’s Whirlpool.

• You’re strong… (Neutral)
• It was pretty even. (Neutral)
• Ez. (Valarie -2)

Chapter 6: Nimpossible Predicament

Head back to where you had the battle, then talk to Melia to get HM03 Surf!

First thing’s first: we can now explore all the bodies of water we want with Surf. There’re just a few things we can do on the pier and shore areas, then we’ll continue in the jungle.

Start back at the first island map, where the shop is.

Surf up to the top on the right side. Itemfind for a Blue Shard.

ZCell 017: Terajuma Island

Surf up at the bridge, on the left of the fence. Itemfinder points us to a Lemonade. We can’t do anything with the house, so head west one screen to Terajuma Pier.

Go all the way to the left, then down. Surf down from here. Grab the Red Shard. Afterwards, return to the jungle.

Once you’re ready, enter Jirukala Cavern and surf around. On the right, a rock will hide a Rock Gem . We can’t rock climb yet, so exit to the left. Go down and left.

After the scene, grab the 3 Oran Berries, and the Dusk Ball.

Jungle Shop

Once you go inside the ranger station, meet with the group to the right. Head back out, then go up at the first place you can. This map has a slightly different set of encounters to that we’ve already seen.

Deep Terajuma Jungle West

Cross the bridge to the right, then head down to grab a Full Heal. Go all the way up to Melia. You’ll then have to battle the Carnivine, though you can’t catch it. Outcomes give Relationship Points: winning grants +1 Melia, losing grants -1 Melia, running grants -2 Melia.

Follow her to the right. Itemfind for a Tiny Mushroom and grab the Sitrus Berries and Oran Berries. Save/heal before you head right, because a cutscene is about to take us into a battle!

Xen Executive Geara (Forest Field)

• Slash and Burn
• Flare Blitz
• False Surrender
• Spirit Break
• Sludge Wave

How did Geara level up/evolve his Pokemon in the altered dimension and get a Krookodile? Who knows? Anyways, this is a tough fight for sure, especially as he uses the field well. His Krookodile and Persian each have boosted Grass moves, so be careful to not send in slower water types. Marowak and Grimmsnarl can be pains if you let them set up, so setting up rocks can help tremendously here. Overpower him with stronger mons that counter his and you’ll be fine.

As soon as you’re done, we’re back in a rift. Grab the Rift Notes: Code Sarpa . Heal and switch out your party, grab the pulse notes, and get ready.

Dimensional Rift Carnivine (Rift Field)

• Dragon Rush

Another battle with a Rift. This one tries to wear you down with Coil boosts, so burning or otherwise keeping its attack low will be useful. Wear it down defensively before too many Coils or switch to special moves if you must. Even with its ability Ice moves are good, as are Bug, Flying, Dragon, Fairy.

Enter the house here and grab the Focus Band. I recommend adding it to something on your team that isn’t holding an item - might as well give your team an extra edge. Outside hidden is a Tiny Mushroom.

Exit and go to the right. Go down, as we can explore this upper area. Itemfind for a Great Ball, Wacan Berry, and pick up:

ZCell 018: Terajuma Jungle

On the right you’ll find a Brave Mint as well as a hidden Super Repel.

Exit north to Kakori Village.

Talk to the characters at the village. You’ll get a +1 Melia Relationship Point if you’ve already helped take out Rift Gyarados in Goldenwood Forest for the second time.

This moment clears some of the vines in the jungle, so we’re going to head back down to grab a few things quick. If you don’t want to catch more Pokemon or get some items, jump to the next section now.

Before we start, grab a Dunsparce from the Pokemon Center PC.

Re-enter the forest and talk to the first girl from the top. She’ll tell you she wants someone to watch her Growlithe. Like Espurr, we’re gonna need to get some affection with it. The fastest way to do it is to talk to Aelita below:

• Join me! (Aelita +1)
• Nope. (Neutral)

Then, play ball with her and Growlithe… 31 times. Once you’ve done this, tell it to follow you, then try to leave the forest to the north and you’ll get Growlithe! (+1 Karma)

Head left a map and enter the Weather Institute. The guy in the top right will trade for your Dunsparce a Castform! You can do this infinitely if you want, in fact.

Head back out and go down. Here you’ll see a Vileplume in the ground. Sprinkle the Spice Powder on it, and it will attack. Itemfind for a Tiny Mushroom, then cross the bridge to get 3 Leppa Berries ,3 Pecha Berries, a Tanga Berry, and Blast Powder. Save this one!

Head left a map, then go down. After taking out another Vileplume with Spice Powder, you’ll have access to Quick Powder and another cell.

ZCell 019: Deep Terajuma Jungle

Head up then all the way left. On the bridge, a girl will get upset at you and request 20 Sitrus Berries. We will be able to buy them in a little bit. Make your way to the northwest side of this map, get the hidden Bug Gem, then go into the clearing.

Just like the Pom-Pom Meadow back in Floria, here’s another meadow with another form of Oricorio to be found.

Hula Meadow

Grab two Oranguru if you can - one will be traded away later. In the pot, you can find infinite Pink Nectar. That’s all we can do here, so head back to the jungle. There’s still one thing left to do before we proceed into the village… bet you weren’t expecting a legendary Pokemon so early, were you?

Exit the jungle south to return to the pier. At nighttime, Surf in the bottom section of this area, and you’ll be able to interact with wild Phione for a GourmetTreat! Return to the village to progress the story.

In the town, itemfind around for 2 Tiny Mushrooms. In the top left, use another Spice Powder on Vileplume to get to a hidden… Tiny Mushroom.

Enter the third house from the left, on the upper row of houses below the cliffside. Talk to the woman, and she’ll run off to the Xen Battleship. We’ll get to her once we have an easier way to get to the pier from here.

Kakori Village Shop

Also, in the mart, if you’d like, trade in your Up-Grade with a girl to get Scope Lens! We’ll get another Up-Grade shortly, so don’t worry about this one.

There’s an entrance to the Safari Zone in the northeast side of town, so go ahead and enter for $3500.

You’ll get 800 steps and 30 Poke Balls per run. I recommend grabbing a Level 35-38 Pokemon and a lot of repels - most of the 1% encounter Pokemon (not Wobbuffet, though) are higher level than the rest, so you can parse for them via repels.

Jeminra Woods: Area 1 (Middle Left)

Jeminra Woods: Area 2 (Down Left)

There is a Jolly Mint in this area.

Jeminra Woods: Area 3 (Up Left)

Jeminra Woods: Area 4 (Up Middle)

Jeminra Woods: Area 5 (Bottom Right Labyrinth)

Get two Spinda - we will be trading one away later.

You can also find: a Rare Candy, a Reverse Candy, Hyper Potion, Tiny Mushroom, Super Repel, Friend Ball in this area. We can’t access the island to the east yet, but there’s one more area we can reach for now.

Use the Spice Powder on the Vileplume in Area 5, then follow the path up and right across the rocks.

Jeminra Cave: Corrupted Area

We can’t battle our Pokemon yet, therefore, we can’t purify this cave quite yet. We’ll get back to it. That’s about all we can do here.

Back at the gate, if you managed to survive the suffering and find a Chansey, show it to the girl for the Oval Charm! This will help us find eggs in the day care more often.

We actually have access to Route 6’s grass at this point, west of Kakori. There is also a hidden Star Piece out here.

Head into the Ranger HQ. On the right, you’ll find a tutor.

Ranger HQ Move Tutor

Talk to the guy in the top right and give him 5 Oran Berries to get the Wailmer Pail!

Enter the hallway at the top. In the community rec room, a girl will give you a Weakness Policy . In the room above that, grab the Up-Grade then talk to the girl in the corner.

If you’ve done all the other virtual badge battles, she’ll let us continue the quest.

Gym Leader Chuck (Glitch Field)

• Focus Energy
• Power-Up-Punch
• Triple Kick
• Pin Missile
• Focus Blast

If you’ve chosen Quilava, switch right away for Steelix: one Curse and one Gyro Ball should be able to outplay Primeape. On Poliwrath you want to get Qwilfish in for Toxic Spikes, then let Jolteon finish it off. Steelix and Quilava should be able to handle the rest!

Talk to her again to take on Jasmine.

Gym Leader Jasmine (Glitch Field)

• Flash Cannon
• Metal Sound

Immediately switching to Steelix to get off some curses will easily get you through Magneton 1 and Skarmory - then you should switch to eat the HP Fire. Knock out Magneton 2 with Miltank and Qwilfish, then let Qwilfish go off on Steelix. This should leave Typhlosion to finish Steelix and one shot Scizor, despite the Occa Berry. Once you win, you’ll get the sixth Virtual Badge.

In the third room from the right in the hallway, grab the Escape Rope.

In the upper hallway, head left, and you’ll go through a cutscene with Melia (+2 Melia Relationship Points, +2 Aelita). Return to the HQ and enter the last room on the left. After that, head back outside and go to Route 5.

Grab the Red Shard on the path, and the White Flute on the right just before the shore.

Surf north to get to Valor Shore.

Valor Shore

Make sure you heal, then head onto the island.

Xen Executive Zetta (Ashen Beach Field)

• Icicle Crash
• Thunder Punch
• Dragon Dance

This is an easy battle compared to Valarie. That said, watch out for Type: Null, who can live thanks to Eviolite and set up to hit you hard. Also, potentially threatening is Typhlosion, whose Nature Power turns into a +3 Attack Meditate.

After the battle, head up.

ZCell 020: Valor Shore

Head up to Valor Mountain and watch the scene.

You’ll be placed back in Terajuma Jungle, so return to the south entrance.

We’re gonna be battling some “Dexoys” here, which are Level 45 Deoxys with Thunderbolt, Psychic, Shadow Ball, and Flash Cannon. Obviously, they’re tough to take out, but in a pinch, you can find a strategy. Head to the west first, then the east.

• I’m alright. (Melia +2)
• Could be worse. (Melia +1)
• Terrible. (Neutral)
• So.. We’re on our own? (Melia +1)
• Well, that sucks… (Neutral)
• Can we ask again? (Melia +2)

Enter the room to the left.

• Get me out. (Melia +1)
• I have a Relic to get. (Neutral)
• A + A = B - B + 3. (Venam +2)

Now is a good time to do the help quests.

Kakori Help Quests

Enter Terajuma Jungle and head south onto the hill and talk to the hiker. We’re gonna need to find 7 black shards around the forest.

• Immediately right of the hiker
• In the map to the left, next to the stacks of wood by the Timburr
• Heading left across the bridge and to the left, north by the broken bridge
• South -> west -> north across the bridges from #3
• North from #4, in the meadow
• In the bottom left side of the map where you fought Valarie
• Near the water at the bottom side of the entrance map

After you’ve gotten them, head back to the hiker. He’s now cleared the vines, so you can progress through the jungle easier!

Head into the cave in the water below, which is now opened. Grab the TM51 Steel Wing and Blast Powder.

Return to the help center to get $4326! (+1 Karma)

Head to the weather institute in the jungle. Talk to the girl near the Venusaur on the left.

Head to Route 5 and enter the empty shack on Valor Shore. We’re gonna need to find the Xen grunt hiding on each floor.

• 1F: In the middle stack of books
• 2F: In the box in the upper right corner
• 2F (#2): In the books in the center
• 3F: In the trash can on the top
• 3F (#2): In the horizontal lines of the bottom right big machine
• 3F (#3): In the pot on the top left

On the fourth level, grab the Good Rod!

Talk to her on the fourth level, and you’ll have to battle. You’ll be taken back to the weather institute.

Head back to Route 5 and all the way down the ladders again to pick up another Blast Powder.

Return to the help center to get a Bulbasaur egg, a Rare Candy, and $5000! (+1 Karma)

Head to the lumber yard in Terajuma Jungle and enter the building. Talk to the guy on the right, then Gurdurr. Head west to the bridge, and we’ll have to battle.

PokeGang Conkeldurr (Forest Field)

• Timburr, Level 25.
• Timburr, Level 35.
• Timburr, Level 45.
• Timburr, Level 55.
• Timburr, Level 65.

This is another double battle with one tough enemy at the very end. Luckily, even at level 75 all the enemies are somewhat slow, so if you can boost your offenses with a somewhat fast mon you might be able to one shot it with something super effective. You can use the easy first two Timburr as an excuse to set up a lot of entry hazards and/or set up with moves like Dragon Dance. Either way, come up with a strategy to take it out.

Once you win, head west and go up to the broken bridge. Enter, then catch Rowlet in there. This is also where the Mossy Rock is located. Hidden is a Red Shard as well.

Return to the help center to get $4890 and a Sun Stone! (+1 Karma)

Head to the ranger shack in the southwest corner of the jungle. Talk to Roggenrola, and it will follow you.

Exit the jungle towards Kakori, fighting AA Grunts along the way.

Heal at the Kakori Pokemon center, then talk to the guy in the top left.

After one battle, return to the help center to get $4255. (+1 Karma)

Time for another battle with Novae. Get your best team and head to the Valor Shore.

Wanderer Novae (Ashen Beach)

• Earth Power
• Close Combat

This is the hardest battle of hers yet. Almost all her Pokemon have really deep coverage! Passimian can hit hard if given the chance to bulk up even once, and Vikavolt takes lives if you let it attack. Not to mention speed demon Lycanroc probably able to take out at least one of your team members at will. Not a ton of synergy or a central strategy though. As before getting a team with near perfect synergy that counters each of her mons and you might sneak out a victory. You can also wait till the next level cap if you want to make this one easier.

Anyways, return to the help center to get $4500, 10 Reverse Candies, 10 Max Repels, and 10 Super Potions. (+1 Karma)

If you’ve done all the help quests, your reward is access to the safari zone garden. We’ll get this to a bit. Enter the door that the AA grunt came out of.

You’ll be entered into a 6v6 double battle, but if you can take Novae you should be able to handle this one. Grab the TM57 Charge Beam and the Center Keys here, as well as an Exp. Candy M.

That’s it for the help quests.

Now, one more quest we can do. Enter the Xen Battleship, and the girl from earlier will be here. Talk to her, and she’ll run to the deck. After you talk to her again, she’ll go into the main room. Finally, follow her to the very top through Augustus’ room. That’s all we can do here for now, so back in Kakori, enter the house of the girl who we took to the boat, and she’ll give you a Destiny Knot.

Now that we have the Good Rod, there are a couple new Pokemon we can obtain in these areas.

Terajuma Pier

We can also now access the special island in the Safari Zone:

Jeminra Woods: Special Beach Area

Grab the TM123 Self Destruct while you’re here!

We’re now gonna go find Rorim B.

Head back to Terajuma Jungle and enter the Hula Meadow. Rorim B will battle you!

Dance Prodigy Rorim B (Forest Field)

• Hidden Power Rock
• Dragon Claw

This battle isn’t really meant to be hard, and once Bellossom and Ludicolo are taken out, a good Rock Slide can clean up his whole team. You can do it! Get the Sky Relic.

Accept the fast travel. Talk to Rorim B, and he’ll take you to the Secret Shore.

Head into the wetlands.

• It smells here… (Melia +1)
• Let’s have a picnic! (Aelita +1)
• Crawli needs our help. (Neutral)

Sheridan Wetlands

If it is raining outside, you can find stationary Gastrodon to fight. Note that you can also find many Absorb Bulbs by interacting with them in this area.

A Dusk Ball, Revive, and a Pearl are hidden on the first island.

To the right, you’ll see a brown book on the ground. If you gave away your Ancient Book , here’s where you can get a new one. Otherwise, leave it here for now.

Maneuver up on the first island to where you can access the water from two points. We can’t do anything from the left yet, so surf up from the right. Head to the right island and cut the tree, accessing the water on the north side of this island. Head up to the next and talk to Melia.

Surf west from here and grab the Pretty Wing. Head up and enter the lab.

After a cutscene, head to the west. We must do an arrow puzzle.

• Take the left upwards arrow above Aelita.
• Head up and take the rightwards arrow.
• Head down to the downwards facing arrow.
• Fight a trainer with a shadow Masquerain, so catch it if you can.
• Press the panel.
• Head back right to the upwards arrow.
• Go right to the rightward arrow.
• Fight the trainer here, who has shadow Chinchou.
• Up to the upwards arrow.
• Leftwards arrow at the top, and you’ll have made it out.
• Press the green panel.
• Surf to the up right.
• Go up on the upwards arrow.
• Take the upwards arrow in the upper left.
• Press the panel here.
• Enter the rightmost downward arrow.
• Take the bottom left downward arrow.
• Go up one tile, then right. You’ll fight a trainer with a shadow Baltoy.
• Return to the bottom, then get back to this area. Instead, take the upward arrow to the left of the trainer.
• Leave the blue panel alone, and head up.
• Press the purple panel then take the rightward arrow.
• Ignore this pink panel and go down.
• Press the orange panel.
• Go up onto the leftward arrows onto the pink -> blue -> orange path and we’re done!

There are Pokemon in here.

Wetlands Laboratory

After this, surf across to the right.

• Head up in the only possible path.
• Take the right facing arrow on the right side.
• Head down and activate the orange panel.
• Return to the area by the barrels on the right.
• Head up into the Xen grunt, who has a shadow Galarian Stunfisk.
• Head to the left on the pink panel, and fight the grunt.
• Head left, and go downward arrow all the way on left.
• Head left into the green arrow path.
• Take the upwards green arrow.
• Take the left upwards arrow that takes you to the left.
• Activate the pink panel and fight the grunt.
• Head down and activate the blue panel.
• Head right, up and right, then up and right to get to TM73 Thunder Wave!
• Head back down, left, left up, and from here return to the upper left region as we’ve done before.
• Instead, take the upper right upwards arrow that leads to the upper right.
• Take the rightwards arrow that takes you through the pink path and we’re out.

Heal, and we’re going to fight in the next room.

Pokemon Trainer Ren (Factory Field)

• Wild Charge
• Extremespeed

Another tough battle with Ren - his team is almost fully complete, with only Scyther left to evolve. His team, or at least the last four members, are extremely fast, so you must find mons that can live his attacks and dish it back. Cacturne likes to lay spikes. Be careful of technician Scyther which can hit hard, and protean Greninja as always.

Afterwards, enter the hidden cave. After a cutscene, we’ll be taken back out to the entrance of the forest. Accept the fast travel to head back to Kakori.

Rorim B will now take us to Oceana Pier from Terajuma Shore for free, so now is a good time to return.

Talk to Rorim B at Terajuma Pier, and you can return to Oceana Pier.

Talk to Dragonite in Oceana Pier. He’s lost some letters, so we’re going to help pick them up for it. The first is immediately up and left from it. The second is left behind some trees. The third is in the upper left corner between some dumpsters. Give them back to get a Thunderstone!

Talk to the woman with the cart by the Gearen City Entrance. She’ll offer you a Link Heart for $10000. This will evolve a trade evolution for us, so I recommend grabbing it now.

Enter the Magnolia Library and talk to Zumi upstairs to get our next quest. She’s looking for Pyukumuku, which we already have. She’ll give us 6 Exp. Candy M. Our next quest is for Mareep!

The Shopping Emporium has new wares for us now that we have five badges:

Poke Ball Emporium Shop New Items (5 Badges)

Berry Emporium Shop New Item (5 Badges)

Buy 20 of these to give to the girl on the bridge if you’d like.

Next, head to the basement of Chrisola hotel. Surf to the dark patch in the water at night and use a GourmetTreat to get Totodile! Also, grab the Water Stone.

There are also a couple new items in the AP shop.

AP Shop New Items (5 Badges)

Enter the Abandoned Sewers Real quick for some new Pokemon.

Take the train to Route 1. Head into Goldenwood Forest and surf to the left.

Goldenwood Forest/Cave

ZCell 021: Goldenwood Forest

Head further up and enter the clearing here. Pick up TM78 Bulldoze, and grab:

ZCell 022: Secret Shrine

Back outside, surf up for a hidden Muscle Wing.

Head into Goldenwood Cave. Surf left at the top to go down to the basement level. Smash the rock below to get a Revive. Hidden in here is a Big Root.

Up at the top you’ll find Dylan, who you can send to the Lost Camp! He’s our seventh lost kid out of nine.

ZCell 023: Goldenwood Cave

Exit to the Goldenwood Grove. Head to the right, then surf up.

ZCell 024: Goldenwood Grove

Head to Wispy Path, then to Goldenleaf Town.

Head to Wispy Tower’s outside and head to the east. The guy won’t stop us anymore, so we can explore this area.

Wispy Tower (Outside)

Head up, and you’ll get Berry Ice Cream from Karen. TM118 Pin Missile is here as well. The area beyond is Wispy Ruins, but we can’t explore much as we don’t have Rock Climb yet. Return to the town.

Talk to Dragonite in the square - it’s lost its letters again!

The first is south of the pair of houses, in the southwest corner of the town. The second letter is on the hill south of the cemetery. The third is in the grass area at the bottom. Finally, the fourth on the hill to the right of Narcissa’s house. Once we have all four, talk to Dragonite to get TM113 Brutal Swing!

Enter Wispy Ruins through the statue, then head into the right door. Open the 5-badge gate to get a Cursed Candle !

Exit and go to Route 3.

Route 3, Phasial Cave, Moon Field

Enter Phasial Cave from the top. Surf up in the corner to get TM146 Razor Shell! Surf down in the bottom left area and talk to the girl to get the Troupe Flute! This will help us on the Poliwag quest we can begin in a bit.

Head west to exit onto Moon Field. Pick up TM127 Beat Up. Use your Itemfinder here for a Nest Ball, Star Piece, 2 Dusk Balls, and Max Repel.

Come here on a Saturday night and you’ll be able to get a Moon Stone and catch a Clefairy without having to wait for the 1% encounter. Also here is TM58 Sky Drop, a hidden Dusk Ball, and:

ZCell 025: Moon Field

Now, we’re going to start the Poliwag event - head back to Wispy Path and use the flute on the Poliwag #1 there.

Head back to Mirage Woods, and surf down on the long spit. The blue flower to the right has a hidden Rare Candy, and below, is TM48 Round.

Head to Sheridan and go to the Spring of Purification. Here you’ll find Poliwag #2.

There’s a cell at the arena area if we surf to the right, but only can be found at night.

ZCell 026: Sheridan Arena

Head up to the daycare and surf to the west. Here’s a Treecko ! Surfing to the south you’ll find a Timid Mint as well.

While you’re here, add the extra Spinda to your team.

Next up is Amethyst Cave.

The second room from Sheridan contains hidden Rare Candy and Red Shard.

Enter the room shaped like an upside-down V. Around the room you’ll find a hidden Blue Shard, Reverse Candy, Red Shard, Mineral Ball. Here, you’ll find Panel 2, which you can activate to advance a side quest for the future.

ZCell 027: Amethyst Cave

Head out to Route 2. There are now Ambipom instead of Aipom here. Surf north of Kecleon’s shop at the top to grab TM46 Thief. Fitting.

Talk to the lady with the Meganium, and since we have five badges, she’ll let us have Chikorita for the Spinda we got.

At the top of the route, surf all the way up and we’ll reach a new area!

River’s End

Use your Itemfinder all around - you’ll find Elixir, Revive, Ability Capsule, Repel, Link Heart, HP Up, Tiny Mushroom, Green Shard, Yellow Shard, Blue Shard, PP Up, and Fresh Water.

Surf up to the top, above the house, where the Golden Trees are. You’ll find an Electrike here during the day, give it a GourmetTreat for a battle!

The door is locked for now, but we’ll be back after our next badge. Surf out of here to the north to return to Goldenleaf Town and take the truck to Akuwa Town.

Enter Route 4 from Akuwa Town.

Head all the way to the entrance by Wispy Ruins. Surf up at the top of the mountain: you’ll find Teddy here, the eighth of the nine lost kids for the Lost Camp side quest. There is also another den here!

RIFT DEN 3 (< 8 Badges): The common encounters in this second den are Herdier, Crabrawler, Pachirisu, and Chimecho. The rare ones are Rhyhorn , Vanillite, and Purugly .

Head north to cross the leftmost bridge: surfing here leads us to the fourth den.

RIFT DEN 4 (< 8 Badges): The common encounters in this second den are Lotad, Gastrodon, and Palpitoad. The rare ones are Mantyke and Frillish.

That’s all that we can do here for now. You might have enough Rift Essence to grab those crests if you haven’t gotten them yet.

Head back to Akuwa Town.

There’s nothing to do in Akuwa Town yet, as all the people are still gone. Surf east, as you do, pick up hidden Blast Powder, Poke Ball, Health Wing on the islands. First, surf east to Route 11.

Hidden on the first island is a Dire Hit. Grab the Red Shard , then talk to the Xen Grunt… He wants 10 Sweet Hearts. Buy them from the Route 3 Vendor if you haven’t yet, then return.

Beat the grunt, and you’ll be engaged in battle with a level 40 Jynx!

Starting to the south, use your itemfinder on the islands to find HP Up, Adamint Mint, Red Shard, Blue Shard, Jolly Mint. Pick up the Ether. To the right, you’ll find Poliwag #3!

On the island south of here, you’ll find

ZCell 028: Route 11

Anyways, grab the Max Repel and enter the cave on the east side here.

Seabound Cave/Evergreen Cave

Catch two Sandshrew here, we are gonna trade one away in a bit. The water encounters we can access in just a little bit. Nothing else we can do here yet.

Head out, and up to Evergreen Island north of Route 11.

Evergreen Island

Talk to the Octillery here to battle them.

Attempt to enter the forest, and Nana will stop you. She’ll invite you to her home, so head in. She’ll give you the Mysterious Emblem. This will also give you access to a PC and bed, which we’ll be using a lot in this section.

Grab something from the PC with Blizzard, and something with either Magnitude, Earthquake, or Bulldoze. The best choice is training a Castform to 35 for Blizzard, and any Pokemon who’ll learn the Bulldoze T.M. Also, grab something with Heat Wave, Flame Burst, Lava Plume, or Eruption. Salandit from the safari zone also has one of these.

Then, surf to the cave in the middle here and use Blizzard in a battle. After the field has changed, use the ground move, and a path will open. Enter and surf to battle Lapras!

Heal at Nana’s house again, then pick up a hidden Heart Scale and enter the cave to the right.

Use the fire move in battle, then surf across. Exit the southeast ladder to get:

ZCell 029: Evergreen Island

Enter again and take the ladder down. We can’t yet do the strength puzzle portion, but we can explore. Beat the trainers then grab the X Special. Hidden is a Zinc, Rare Candy, and Full Heal. Hop into the hole all the way at the bottom. Grab the DeepSeaScale then head through the hole. We can’t do anything in this area yet, but we will come back. Head back up the ladder twice. Jump down the leftmost hole to get DeepSeaTooth. In this path you’ll find the Icy Rock. That’s all we can do for now without strength, so head back out of the cave.

Finally, enter the forest.

Evergreen Forest

There are also Swablu that fly around here. There is a stationary Stantler to the right in the forest, as well as Buneary . Catch two for a trade!

There are lots of Snowballs on the ground we can pick up. Hidden around the entrance areas are a Max Repel, and Genius Wing. Head up and to the right for a Dusk Ball on the mountain.

Head back to the middle area. Hidden as you head up and to the dead end on the left is Ice Heal, Ice Gem , Paralyze Heal, Hyper Potion, Zinc, and Genius Wing. Surf across the pond we passed earlier. Hidden on this path is Resist Wing, HP Up, Rare Candy, and Magical Seed. At night we can battle stationary Snorunt.

Head back down and surf back across the pond. Go up and right to find a hidden X Special. Finally go all the way up to the spring and grab the Max Repel. Whether you got Anju’s Pendant or not, the Mysterious Emblem will allow you to enter the spring of preservation at the top.

Enter the spring and talk to the Piplup for a battle.

One more thing we can do in this area for now: evolve one of your Buneary via happiness into Lopunny, then trade it with the person on Evergreen Island for a Shroomish.

That’s all we can do in the Route 11 area.

Take the boat to Terajuma, then surf up in this spot to return to where we got Valarie’s badge, and get Poliwag #4. Head up to Valor Shore and surf up for Poliwag #5.

Head up and talk to Dragonite! He’s lost all his letters again. The first is on the island immediately to the right. The second is on an island around a loop dead south of Dragonite. The third is dead east of the second. Finally, the fourth is on Route 5 in the grass on the left. Talk to Dragonite again to get a Shiny Stone.

Return to the Terajuma Jungle, and find the girl who wants the berries. Give them to her and you’ll be able to buy some mulch.

Terajuma Jungle Mulch Shop

That’s all we can do for this massive load of quests, so head back to Crawli’s gym.

Enter Crawli’s gym in the ranger HQ once you have prepped your team. Talk to Holly at the entrance, then enter one of the caves and talk to her again - and our challenge will begin.

• Push the first log on the left to the left
• Push the second log on the left up
• Push the third log up, and you’ll battle wild Pinsir!
• Hop the center of this log, then go up and hop over the next center of the next log
• Talk to Ariados in the bottom corner, then talk to Holly at the top
• In this new room, hop over the log on the left side then talk to Ariados.
• Push the log above on the left to fight another Pinsir.
• Hop over it, then smash the rock smash rocks in the area.
• Talk to the Ariados on the right side, then push the log on the upper left side up one space
• On the right side, push the bottom log down. Push the other log to the left, then up as far as it can go.
• Follow this vertical log to the top, then push it left, then up
• Push the bottom horizontal log up again, then climb the stairs and hop across
• Push the log on this platform up
• Return to the platform, jump to the right side, then jump all the way across the platforms to the left on the logs we have now put in place, then talk to Holly
• Head up, then hop to the left and talk to this Ariados. Up and to the right you can find:

ZCell 030: Kakori Gym

• Head back all the way down, and to the right. Climb the stairs by the teleporter
• Push the log off the platform down, then use it to cross to the middle platform. Approach the tile that sticks out, and if you’ve found all the Ariados, an event will play.
• Jump across and enter.
• Talk to Holly, then get onto the bridge. Go to the right and surf down to grab Bug Memory. Back on the bridge, take the leap of faith!

Down in the bottom floor, you’ll find tutor.

Kakori Gym Move Tutor

Talk to Aelita at the top, then head in. Flying around in here are wild Yanma, which you can catch. It can be useful for this fight if you want to go train it up due to its strong AncientPower and Air Slash. Anyways, pass Crawli and head into the cave at the top. Head left and then follow this path down to get:

ZCell 031: Kakori Depths

Anyways, if you head outside the gym, there’s an Audino breeder by the Pokemon Center. You’ll get 5 Exp. Candy M each time you win. Once you’re ready, return to Crawli’s chamber and stand across him!

Gym Leader Crawli (Forest Field, Raining)

• First Impression
• Liquidation
• Storm Throw
• Throat Chop

Barbed Web: Bug | Physical | 75 power | 100% accuracy | Hits both foes in a Double Battle | Increased critical hit ratio. If the target’s side of the field already has Sticky Web, sets a layer of Spikes.

Ho boy, this is a tough battle if you’re not prepared. Crawli’s team plays in doubles and basically has everything stacked for it - a field that boosts almost all his Bug moves and gives Slash a grass typing, rain that nullifies fire types entirely, and a well-structured team built around speed control. Ariados will be +1 attack and immune to damage for its first turn, but you can do the same with a Telluric Seed. After Galvantula dies, he doesn’t really have anything that is inherently speedy - so if you can find a way to get rid of or ignore the sticky web, you’ll be able to wear him down. Rock Slide is great here - everything bar Escavalier will go down to it handily.

You can also take advantage of the rain! Swift Swim will help you negate the speed loss from the Sticky Web, plus rain boosted water moves. Alternatively you can duke it out on Rainbow Field by changing the weather to sunny.

Once you’ve triumphed, claim the Infested Badge for Pokemon up to level 50.

Head outside and talk to Melia and Valarie.

• I sure did. (Melia +2)
• It was a tough battle… (Neutral)
• I lost. (Melia +4)

That’s it for this part!

Chapter 7: A Teila Fire and Ice

After you’re ready, head west out of Kakori Village to Route 6. We already had access to the grass, but:

There are also wild Krabby crawling around. Surf north and use itemfinder for a Pearl.

Enter Aquamarine Cave and talk to Melia and Valarie.

Aquamarine Cave

Talk to the guy at the bottom of the entrance to get TM05 Roar. Use itemfinder around this room to get Max Repel, Elemental Seed, and Water Gem.

Enter the room to the south. Use itemfinder to get 3 Blue Shards, 2 Escape Ropes, Synthetic Seed, and Rock Gem. Use your blast powder on the mining rock on the right side: below it, pick up Aquamarine Ore, Water Stone, as well as hidden Reverse Candy and Rare Candy. Talk to Valarie to the left. Having this conversation at all grants (Valarie +1 Relationship Point). Also:

• I love water! (Valarie +1)
• Water kind of scares me… (Valarie -3)
• Pretty indifferent. (Neutral)

Surf down at where the fisherman is. Surf west and enter this cave. After the scene, enter this door.

Hidden in here is Red Shard, 2 Blue Shards, and Max Repel. Grab the Water Gem on the beach and go up. Surf across to talk to Saki, and you’ll have to battle 6 Sharpedo.

Surf to the left to find:

ZCell 032: Aquamarine Chamber

Head back out and to the left. Heal, then exit the cave for a double battle!

Pokemon Rangers Sam and Alex (Beach Field)

• Dragon Hammer
• Dynamic Punch

This team together relies heavily on the presence of Pelipper’s rain - if you can switch it to sun, their strategy will suffer. A combination of Rock Slide, Blizzard, and Discharge can take out most of their team, but honestly, their team is so slow you should be fine here once you get strategy going.

Pick up hidden Pearl and Calcium. Head west to enter Teila Resort!

Head up and grab the planted Occa Berry. Useful for a certain gym battle later. This building here is another ranger center, with a shop:

Teila Ranger Center Shop

Enter the hot springs to the north. This is where you can use the PC and heal in this area, like in FRLG. There is also hidden Blue Shard and Fresh Water.

Head out and follow the beach line to the north. Pick up the hidden Full Heal and the Lax Mint.

Go down towards the villa all the way in the southeast. Outside, then inside this building, you’ll find:

ZCell 033: Teila Resort

ZCell 034: Teila Resort

Head around the house to the left of this one to find an Elixir. The guy inside this house will offer to trade your extra Oranguru for a Passimian!

Head around to the house in the southwest, and behind it you’ll find a Rare Candy. In the area near the house above this you’ll find a Hyper Potion.

There are some shops towards the center.

Teila Resort Left Shop

Teila Resort Middle Shop

Teila Resort Right Shop

Head into the building with the gym sign at the top. Talk to Tesla and Melia for a while, then talk to the guy in the bottom left corner with a fighting type in your team to get a Muscle Band! then head into the upper left room to find:

ZCell 035: Teila Resort

If you talk to the girl in the left side near Tesla, she’ll offer your Pokemon massage packages. The cheapest is $1500, the next is $3500, and the last is $6500, which comes with 3 Fresh Waters and 3 Revives! Each sequentially increases your Pokemon’s happiness, though if you want to get it up quickly, I still recommend the friendship berries or Blue Moon Ice Creams.

Next, we must go find Amber, Tesla’s kid. Re-enter Aquamarine Cave and head back down to the bottom level. Head up once you reach the large room, climbing some stairs to do so. Talk to the sleeping girl here. She’ll request we go get back a CD that Venam stole from her so… we’re heading to Kakori Village.

Now that we’ve visited the resort, all the warp panels in the Ranger Center’s we’ve visited so far are functional, making it easier than ever to travel around Terajuma! Enter the Teila Ranger station and take the warp panel to HQ, then visit Venam in the speaker room. Talk to her, then head back to sleeping Amber in Aquamarine Cave.

After the cutscene, jump down the hole. After another scene, we’ll get control.

Pick up the hidden Ether and Fresh Water. We’ll be back with Rock Climb later, so head to the west to get back to the basement floor. Interact with the slimy rock slide thing here to head back to where we’ve been. Make your way back to Teila Resort!

Return to the massage room to talk to the group. Then, exit and head to Tesla’s Villa. It’s the furthest up building on the left side of the resort.

• This is Tesla’s house… (Venam +3)
• Can I help? (Venam +1)
• Gross. (Venam -1)

Enter the room up and to the right.

After a lovely cutscene, it’s time for a double battle. Head upstairs and in the door. Melia will be our partner.

Venam and Saki (Glitch Field)

If only one of the two trainers you fight had explosion on all four of her Pokemon (and one TWICE!). This is sort of a gag battle, so bait out the explosions and you should be alright.

After the battle and the following conversation, head up in the hot spring. Then talk to Tesla in her kitchen.

She’ll offer you food - choose whichever you like. If you want something sweet, you’ll get a Strawberry Cake! If you want something relaxing, you’ll get a Rose Tea! If you want something rejuvenating, you’ll get an Herbal Tea! If you want something sour, you’ll get a Razz Berry Tart!

• Thank you… (Tesla +2)
• I don’t know what to say… (Neutral)
• … (Tesla -3)

Tesla will give you her Yacht Keys.

…. And that’s about it for wholesome. After Amber interrupts, you’ll be taken into the hallway. Follow her into her room and talk to her.

• Are you okay? (Neutral)
• Stop being a child. (Amber -3)
• I’m here to help. (Amber +2)
• Whats next? (Neutral)

Then, attempt to exit to the southeast. Team Xen invades again!

Battle your way through the grunts. The first grunt has a Shadow Mankey, and the second has a Shadow Teddiursa.

Make sure you heal before heading outside. You’ll be thrown into a double battle.

Xen Executive Madelis and Team Xen Bartz (Water Surface Field)

Strangely, I recommend taking out Madelis first. Her Pokemon go down easily to anything physical (Rock Slide, MVP as always) and Cradily isn’t much of a threat. Sharpedo can be really annoying with super boosted Surf’s if you let it get off Speed Boosts. The grunt’s Heliolisk can be particularly annoying with both of its field boosted moves and since Ground moves do nothing here, but you should be alright with a bit of planning and spread moves. Winning is not required but grants (Amber +1 Relationship Points).

After a frustrating scene, you’ll wake up in the house again.

Before we proceed, there are just a few things we can do right about now that we should take care of, including our first non-Phione legendary Pokemon!

Skip to the next section after this one if you want to progress the story.

Return to Rorim B, and from there, to Gearen City. The Poke Ball store has added wares, yet again.

Poke Ball Emporium Shop New Item (6 Badges)

If you want to buy Friend Balls go ahead, they’re not too useful though.

Take the bus to Goldenleaf. Surf south at Route 3 to return to River’s End.

Attempt to enter the house here for a cutscene. After talking to Matthew Vasile, enter the train to the left. He wants us to do a quest for him in the Wispy Tower ruins. He’ll also give you the Lab Key.

Enter Wispy Tower, and talk to Sariah. She’ll give us 3 Ethers and start us on a quest for later on. Head down the stairs and make your way to the upper left room. Surf north and use the key.

Talk to this tablet and you’ll be engaged with a puzzle. Here is the solution:

Enter the pathway to the north, and you’ll be taken back to Matthew’s lab. He needs us to retrieve a Magnet, a Poke Ball, and an Up-Grade. Poke Balls can be obtained in stores, we’ve found two Up-Grades so far (and potentially traded one away), and we were given a Magnet on Route 2 by showing a guy our Emolga.

Get the items in your bag, and return. The Pokemon inside will run off. Buy some balls and return to the room in the Wispy Tower lab. You’ll get to battle Type: Null!

Exit, and add Null to your party. We’re also going to want to evolve it soon, so I recommend stocking up on friendship berries. Head back to River’s End and talk to Matthew at his house. Evolve it into Silvally and head back to the Forsaken Laboratory, to the room where you caught it. He’ll give us the Poison Memory! We’ll be finding the rest as we continue in the game.

That’s all there is for this quest - so head back to Teila Resort.

To progress the story, enter the living room of Tesla’s house. Talk to Melia. Then board the boat.

Head west, and Melia and Venam will head towards the T.M. shop. The mart and center are in the upper left area.

Kristiline Town Shop

Enter the T.M. shop in the southeast. After a scene and a lesson with Jenner, head up towards the Isle of Angels.

Cross the ice and enter the Church of Theolia.

• Yes. (Melia +1)
• No. (Venam +1)

Grab the 2 Yache Berries.

Head up and heal and use the PC if you need. Head upstairs into the Tower of Theolia!

All of these can be gotten later, so don’t worry if you don’t want to or can’t get them now.

Grab TM79 Frost Breath on your way up 2F. Head up, battling the maid, and seeing the scene on the stage. Head up into this next room.

Defeat these maids, and head into the next room.

After an outside portion, you’ll meet Kreiss. It’s your choice whether to free him. If you do, you’ll be rewarded with TM101 Rock Climb! Head out to the top after this and follow doors through to the next cutscene. Fight the two maids.

Now, there’s a little bit of bonus story content we can get at this point. Backtrack a few rooms, and curtains will be moved so that we can access a new path. Head up to see the scene.

Return to where we were and enter the door. Continue through the path and through the doors. After the cutscene at Teila, talk to Cera for some advice, and heal. At the battlefield, head left to grab a Hyper Potion and the top right for a Max Revive.

You can exit if need be but go ahead and prepare for the battle ahead!

Gym Leader Angie (Icy Dimensional Field, Hail)

• Aurora Veil

Cold Truth: Ice | Special | 95 power | 100% accuracy | Hits both foes in a Double Battle | Inflicts Torment on the target | On Frozen Dimensional Field, power is boosted x1.5 | Turns Dimensional Field into Frozen Dimensional Field.

If you managed to make it through the Novae battles, Valarie, and Crawli, this is the first battle of the game you might really suffer. Part of the problem is just how many things are stacked against you that you must overcome - Icy Dimensional Field, which is difficult to change and can be changed back with a single move, the hail which chips your team down while powering up hers, that her team (even Crabominable with its seed!) is exceptionally speedy, they like to set up Aurora Veil, so you need to break it. Trick Room if you can find it, Drought/Sunny Day and a way to change the field (Heat Wave, Flame Burst, Lava Plume may be your only options) are decent ways to build yourself an advantage. You can also take advantage of the field yourself, as Ice and Dark moves are buffed.

The scene at this point splits a lot and depends on whether you saved Kreiss. If you did, it’s straightforward - he’ll freeze Angie, and you can exit into a melted Kristiline Town. Here, Kreiss will give you the Glacier Badge!

If you didn’t save him, head into 5F, and you’ll be taken onto the long staircase. Head all the way down, and Valarie will save the day. Here you’ll get the Glacier Badge, and Kreiss will now give you the T.M. for Rock Climb if you didn’t save him earlier.

The Glacier Badge lets us Rock Climb and gives up to Level 55 Pokemon.

Head outside the church if you didn’t save Kreiss. Regardless of your choice, you’ll be given a choice to fast travel back to Teila. We’re gonna do some stuff here in Kristiline, so I recommend not accepting the offer.

Chapter 8: Those We Lose

Back inside the church, you’ll find:

ZCell 036: Church of Theolia

Outside, pick up TM07 Hail. On the beach below there is a hidden Icicle Plate.

Surf down at the Isle of Angels.

Isle of Angels

The big island to the south hides a Magical Seed, Ice Gem, Max Repel. If you have 10 Occa Berries to trade, the fisherman here will trade you a Deepseatooth or a Deepseascale. We already have one of each, though.

A smaller island contains a hidden Dive Ball, another has a Rock Gem. Grab the Shed Shell on another island.

Reenter the town.

Use your Itemfinder around the town to get Blue Shard, Rare Candy, Soda Pop, Green Shard, Red Shard. In the house on the northeast, take the other door to get:

ZCell 037: Kristiline Town

Pick the Occa Berry in the northeast.

In the bottom left of town, you’ll find:

ZCell 038: Kristiline Town

Kristiline Ranger Center Shop

Kristiline Town Restaurant

A girl in the dock on the east side will trade you an Alolan Vulpix for your Alolan Sandshrew!

Cross the bridge to the south part of Kristiline. Inside a building is another guy in the virtual badge quest!

Gym Leader Pryce (Glitch Field)

• Icicle Spear
• Lovely Kiss

Pryce is an easy fight with the Cyndaquil route - Typhlosion and Jolteon will do most of the work: use Miltank to wall, Qwilfish to get up entry hazards and if you can make sure Jolteon prevents Dewgong from setting up its defenses and its special attack with Stockpile thanks to the field you should be set. Get the seventh Virtual Badge!

Gym Leader Clair (Glitch Field)

• Double Edge
• Draco Meteor

Next up is Clair. I thought this one was easy actually: Jolteon with Wish and Hidden Power Ice easily takes both Dragonair and Ampharos, as well as Gyarados if you can weaken it a bit first. Letting Gligar take out Rhydon and cripple Gyarados with Jolteon taking care of the dragons left only Kingdra, who can easily be taken down by Miltank and Qwilfish! Win for your eighth Virtual Badge! Garret will also then give you 25 AP points!

Talk to the other guy in this house. Give the Aquamarine Ore to the guy for a Prism Scale!

Enter the museum for $500 and talk to the director. He will send us on a quest to Goldenleaf Town, so we’ll take care of that as soon as we return.

To proceed the story a bit, head into Amber’s room and talk to the crew. We must return to the Sapphire Museum in Kristiline Town. If you retrieved the painter, now you can choose a sculpture and get paid $10000. There is a Cherish Ball in the trash to the right.

Head upstairs and read about Regice.

• Yes. (Aelita +2)
• Uh… (Aelita -1)

Student Aelita (No Field)

• Sky Uppercut

Her team focuses on a lot of fast, hard hitting Pokemon that can U-Turn out if need be. They’re all frail bar Gliscor though, so if you have the bulk to survive hits across your team, you can take them out. Not a noteworthy fight after Angie, to be honest.

To continue the story, skip ahead a few sections to Carotos, Pt 2. Otherwise there’s tons of optional content that is now open to us!

Head into the help center - it’s time for some Help Center Quests!

Kristiline Help Center Requests

We’ll be exploring some new areas with Rock Climb throughout these quests, so I recommend reading to at least check what new areas you can explore. If you haven’t yet gotten it, the Golden Claws from the AP center are useful here!

Talk to the ranger on the boat dock of Kristiline Town to get the Lighthouse Key .

Take the ranger teleporter to Terajuma Shore, and surf around to the lighthouse. Enter, and go up.

Read the note, and remember the code ends in 67.

Head all the way north to Route 5 and enter this lighthouse. Read the note, and remember the code starts with 98.

Enter Aquamarine Cave from the west, and head into the cave with the big door. Rock Climb up to get TM20 Safeguard !

Go to where Amber fell into a hole. Jump down, and surf to the right. Rock climb up here.

Hidden up here is Green Shard, Rock Gem, Blue Shard. There is also a visible Sea Incense at the top, and a Link Heart towards the center at the bottom.

Make your way to the ladder in this area and go up. Fresh Water , Water Gem , Dive Ball are hidden here. Exit this room at the top to reach the Secluded Shore. Talk to Dylan, then head up. Here you’ll find Poliwag #6!

Enter this lighthouse and go up. Read the note to learn that the Ampharos are in Jirukala Cavern!

Exit, and head up. We can explore this new bit of Route 6 if we want. Here you’ll find Kingler and Hoppip, but also:

ZCell 039: Route 6

Add something to your party with Headbutt, and return to the area above where we fought Valarie in Terajuma Jungle. Enter Jirukala Cavern here, and rock climb up.

In the trees here, you can headbutt! You have an 11% chance each to get 3 Oran, Sitrus, and Leppa Berries , but also an 11% chance to get Greedent , 22% chance to get Skwovet, and 33% chance to get Applin !

Pick up Green Shard, then, on the right, grab Modest Mint and TM131 Bullet Seed then head down.

Enter the password 9867 into the door. Beat the grunts, then the ranger will take the Ampharos back.

ZCell 040: Jirukala Cavern

Completing this quest also gives us access to some stationary water Pokemon for GourmetTreats - but only at night. Head to Terajuma Shore to get Staryu, to Route 6 to get Clamperl, and Route 5 to get Slowpoke.

While we’re up on Route 5, Rock Climb here to get a Adamant Mint, and access to Jeminra Cave but without the need for Safari Balls. Grab the TM144 Cross Poison inside.

Rock Smash one of the rocks here, and use Purify in the battle. Any Pyukumuku we’ve found so far should have it. Then, exit the cave and re-enter through the Safari Zone. Surf through the cave. Chase Wimpod into the bottom left corner for a battle!

Return to the help center to get: $6245, Revival Herb, and Mareep. (+1 Karma)

Head outside and enter the house in the top right of town. Talk to the guy here. The answers to his quiz are: 4, Calmness, and 5.

After…that… head back to the help center to get $10000. (+1 Karma)

Head into Aquamarine Cave, and head to the large open basement room.

Head west from where Amber’s bed was, then surf to the west side of the room. Beat all the AA grunts in here.

Return to the help center to get $4000 and Mystic Water.

Head outside and talk with Dr. Jenkel. We must find and talk to 7 people all around the island.

• Enter the house directly to the left of the dock bridge in Kristiline. Talk to the old lady.
• Enter the Kristiline mart, and talk to the girl in the aisles.
• Enter the south middle villa in Teila Resort, and talk to the lady on the left side.
• talk to the hiker hiding behind the south left villa in Teila Resort.

While you’re in Teila, notice that there is a new Move Tutor on the east side:

Teila Resort Move Tutor

• Enter the construction hut in Terajuma Jungle and talk to the guy on the couch.
• Talk to someone in the middle house in the row of houses in Kakori village.
• Talk to the other person in the same house.

Then, head outside… After getting teleported, claim your rewards: Exp. Candy L and Up-Grade. (+1 Karma)

Take a teleporter to Terajuma Shore. Surf up to the left of the shoreline, towards the strange house. Talk to Jenkel, then enter.

Defeat the first few trainers, then grab the Data Drive.

Head up, and you’ll have to battle 6 Inkay ranging from Level 50 to 90. Really, if you don’t let the 80/90 ones set up on you with Superpower, you’ll be able to come out ahead.

As a result, we now have access to the move relearner in Sheridan Village! Talk to the sister for a free Heart Scale.

Now that we have the Data Drive, take the teleporter to return to Ranger HQ, and go into the hallway room 2nd from the right.

Head up twice and interact with the upper left computer to battle Porygon!

Return to the Kristiline Help Center to get your reward: Inkay! (+1 Karma)

For completing all five, you will be gifted Eevee! (+1 Karma)

That’s about all we can do on Terajuma Island alone, far as side quests are concerned. The boat can take us all sorts of places, including Gearen, Akuwa, and Secret Shore. Anyways, first, we’re going to go to the Secret Shore. Again, this is optional, so skip ahead if you want.

Enter Xen Lab again and take the teleporter here to get to the back room. Enter the cave. Surf to the right to find a hidden Link Heart. Then, head back to use Rock Climb. Enter the cave up here to get TM81 X-Scissor! There’s also an Up-Grade in the bookshelf.

Leave the swamp and return to Gearen Help Center. Now that we’ve found 35 Zygarde cells, Mei and Ayuda will give us the Soothe Bell! This can cut down on the number of friendships berries we need to use from now on. Our next target is 45.

Enter the Magnolia library and talk to Zumi again. Now that we have Mareep, we will be given an Aevian Mareep as well at 6 Exp. Candy M. Our next quest is for Toxel.

Remember that impossible fight in the Aqua Building? Well, I was able to beat it at this point, so why not give it a shot. Not essential to get done now, but if you can, why not.

Challenger Mercury (No Field)

• Thunderwave

You could use the Kadabra and Abra to set up a sweeper, or just use something that can live Alakazam’s two attacks and hit hard. A Shedinja can also work - let it get paralyzed by Abra, then Alakazam can’t touch it, though Kadabra can. If you win against her, you can get Star Shard 2.

I recommend taking another trip to the AP shop. If you haven’t gotten the Exp. All or the Golden Axe, Hammer, Surfboard, and Claws, do so ASAP. On deck will be the Golden Driftboard and the Golden Gauntlet.

Head to Sheridan Village, and enter Route 3. Using Flash if you want, head back to the Poliwag area of Phasial Cave. Now that we’ve found all six, we can catch Poliwag!

Head back out and into Goldenleaf Town. Enter Narcissa’s Gym and talk to the guy at the front. Make your way all the way back through Backstage Theatre and enter the mirror.

Enter this door at the top, then interact with the painting up here. Follow Mew out of the room, through the mirror to get the Odd Key, and to the Lost Castle.

Here, we’re going to want to read all the books and keep track of all the numbers. Head up the stairs and talk to Dusclops, and enter the following: 0044, 6677, 3645, 9043, 7171. Enter the next room and get ready for a series of battles. It’s a gauntlet of 3, but nearly everything that is used is ghost, psychic, and/or dark type, so you should be able to take them out with ease with the right coverage. Shatter the bubble.

Return to town and enter the eastern house. Talk to the guy and send him to Kristiline Town. Then, enter Wispy Ruins through the Wispy Tower area entrance. Climb the rocks and head down the ivy into Wispy Chasm.

Wispy Chasm Depths

Head all the way down, picking up hidden Dark Gem as you go. Around the bottom is the 6-badge gate. Open the chest inside to get Scraggy!

In the chasm room, head towards the middle then go down to get a Rare Candy and TM65 Shadow Claw. Surf across up above to get to the 3-badge gate. Open the chest to get a Shiny Stone .

Head back up the ivy, enter the room on the right, and go back down. There is a hidden Yellow Shard, Ghost Gem, and Reverse Candy Grab the Poke Doll when you go down. Surf to the south to get to the 7-badge gate. Open the chest to get an Odd Keystone.

Exit the ruins and make your way back to Akuwa Town. Enter Evergreen Forest and climb the rocks to get an Icy Rock .

Head to Route 2 and enter Amethyst Cave. Start by going to the room up from the first, where there is water and where we got a cell and activated a panel once upon a time. Head down from the panel and rock climb to get TM01 Work Up.

Next, enter the room to the right of this one, and rock climb down next to the waterfall. Talk to April, then activate Panel 3 to the right. Grab the hidden Rock Gem, Steel Gem, and Water Gem. Head down from here and talk to April again.

ZCell 041: Amethyst Cave

Return to the entrance of the cave from Route 2. Take the stairs to the right, then head across the first bridge on top. Rock climb here, pick up the hidden Zinc, and head in.

Amethyst Cave (Rock Climb Areas)

Exit on the bottom doors to the left to meet Alisha, the ninth and final lost kid for the Lost Camp! There is a hidden Carbos here.

Back up from here, grab the Elixir and enter the cave on the left.

Security Drone Regirock (Crystal Cavern Field)

Not impossible if you can lower its attack with a burn or something similar!

Activate Panel 4, then head to the upper right door and enter for a similar battle!

Security Drone Registeel (Crystal Cavern Field)

Grab the Moon Dial and activate Panel 5 here, then head down the ladder on the left. Grab hidden Rock Gem, Super Repel, and Ether.

Talk to the ex-Xen Grunt in the open area. Head down the ladder here and activate Panel 6 on the right.

Head down and rock climb down from here. We’re gonna need to smash the crystals in this new area somehow: the wild Geodude have Magnitude and can do it, alternatively, if you have the Bulldoze T.M. then you can use that. Once you succeed, head down to the bottom of this area and interact with this crystal for a chance to catch Aevian Lapras!

With all six panels activated, head back to the Xen grunt and activate the machine. The Xen guy will head up, so grab the hidden PP Up and climb the ladder. Grab the Rift Notes and prepare yourself.

Talk to the Grunt and save in front of the statue. Talk to the grunt again, and you’ll have to fight:

Lingering Regret Nancy (Mountain Field)

• Hidden Power Fairy
• Strange Steam

This is an easy team to beat if you were able to beat Angie! It doesn’t really have a ton of good answers for a solid Steel / Poison move core.

Dimensional Rift Chandelure (Mountain Field)

This thing has Protean, so if you can swap its type away from fire, it will actively take damage from the field. A team of six that can survive its attacks can wear it down easily, especially if any of your mons have a lot of Sp. Def. With its 100 base speed, it will outspeed most of your Pokemon, so Trick Room trivializes this fight.

Exit at the top and talk to Manny. He’ll give you a Shiny Stone. Hidden around is a Rare Candy, Elixir, Iron.

At night, you’ll find:

ZCell 042: Cliffside Grave (Night ONLY)

Interact with the grave at the top and insert the Cursed Candle we got a while ago to obtain Litwick!

Return to the basement level to talk to April. She’ll give us the Phase Dial! Head in and go up.

Chaotic Fusion Solrock (Crystal Cavern Field)

• Solar Flare

It’s easy with a good super effective move! Now you can use the Phase Dial to fuse your own Solrock and Lunatone.

That’s all we can do in this area for now.

Now, we should have found all nine kids. Ctrl + F the phrase “lost kid” in the guide to get any that you missed. So, head back to Route 4, and enter the lost camp.

Donate the last $7500 to Maman. After a scene, head back outside and take the truck to Sheridan Village.

Head up to Sheridan Arena and head up to the house formerly belonging to Keta.

Talk to Texen in the lower room, then choose your team of three in the upper room for a battle.

Gym Leader Texen (Big Top Arena)

Luckily Aelita’s team is pretty good here: Quick Guard support and Reflect will basically guarantee you a win. Win and head into Carotos Mountain. Talk to Aelita at the HQ, then head down right to the elevator. Head over to fight SEC for the last time and catch his Shadow Slakoth.

Corrupted Cave

You’ll also find Alolan Grimer and Garbodor walking around in certain parts. Aelita will join us!

Hidden in the first map is a Poison Gem and 2 Super Repels . Follow the path down and to the left. Talk to the maids, and defeat Deborah.

After this scene, follow Aelita into the room to the left, then climb the vines to enter the room to the right. Observe the position of the blocks.

Set the blocks in the left room into this position, then enter the door. Enter the newly revealed room and prepare for a fight.

Ancient Kingdra (Blessed Field)

• Origin Pulse
• Luster Purge
• Ice Beam / Aura Sphere / Mystical Fire (Random)

Luckily, not too bad. If you beat the one in the ancient forest you can do this one. Lowering its special attack can be key. If one of the randomly generated final moves counters your team you can reset for a different one.

Enter this next room. Across this bridge is the alignment we need to set these blocks into. A solution (thanks Elucidative!):

• Pangoro left all the way, down all the way, right 2, up 2, right 3, up 3
• Zorua left all the way, down all the way, right 2, down all the way, right 3, down 3
• Apple right 4, up 2, right 3
• Chimecho right all the way (it’ll be stopped by the Zorua), up all the way, right all the way, up 2, left all the way
• Zorua left 1
• Budew left all the way (it’ll be stopped by the Zorua), up 3, right all the way
• Zorua right 1, up 3

Head east and battle Esther, then take out another Kingdra. Enter the door to the right. Head down the stairs, then out the bottom. Follow the path to get TM86 Grass Knot.

Head down the stairs to the west for an optional challenge.

• Pink Shellos left, down all the way, left all the way, down 5, left, down all the way, right, down all the way
• Starly up 1, right all the way, down 1, right 2, down 6, left, down all the way, left (it’ll be stopped by the Apple), down all the way, left 1
• Apple right 1, up, right 1, up 7, right, up 7, left all the way, down 5, right 1
• Omanyte right 1, up 3, right, up 7, left 3, up 1
• Lopunny up, right, up all the way, left, up 3, left 7, up all the way, right 1, up 7, right, up 7, right 4, up, right, up
• Shinx left 2, up all the way, right, up all the way, left, up 3, left 9, up 5, right 1
• Pink Shellos right 5, down all the way, right, down all the way, left, down 3, right all the way, up 2
• Blue Shellos up 1, left all the way, down all the way, right, down all the way, right 5, down all the way, right, down all the way, left, down 3, left all the way, up 2
• Starly right 10, up 2, right all the way, up, right 2, up all the way, right all the way, up 1
• Darkrai up, left 2, up 5, left 1
• Slugma left all the way, up, left all the way, down, right 1, down 5, left all the way (it’ll be stopped by Darkrai), down 5, left 3, up
• Darkrai right 6, up all the way, right all the way, down all the way

Up from here in the newly opened area, you can touch a statue to fight Zorua!

Then, head back up and take note of each of statue placement - we’re going to need to move each into that spot upstairs yet again. The solution:

• Omanyte right all the way, down all the way, left 1, down 4, right 7, up 3
• Zorua down 1, right 2
• Pangoro down 8, left 4, up
• Starly right 2, down 2
• Zorua left 1, down 1, right 1, down all the way (it’ll be stopped by Aelita), left 7, up all the way
• Starly right 1, up, right all the way, up all the way, left 2, up 8, right all the way, down 2
• Chingling up, left 3, up 8, left all the way, down, left 2
• Darkrai right all the way, up all the way, left 2, up 8, left 1
• Apple down 1, left all the way (it’ll be stopped by Darkrai), down all the way
• Darkrai right

Enter the newly opened area at the top.

There are encounters here in the water.

Garufa Ruins

Deborah will mock you here but tell her “from the start” to progress.

We’ll end up back in Sheridan. Head into the village proper and talk to Aelita to progress.

• But why? (Aelita +1)
• A good decision. (Aelita -2)

Accept the fast travel, step on the pad, and enter the left room. Exit the room and surf across to the right and go all the way down the vines and out. Itemfinder around here to get a Moon Stone! Step on the pad, then go up. Head up to the battlefield.

Chamber of Awakening

Angie’s Right Hand Man Cera (Corrupted Cave)

• Precipice Blades

Luckily, because of the field, Groudon will get Poisoned. If you can deal just enough damage for it to get knocked out here, you’ll be fine.

You’ll then get the Magma Stone but be presented with a choice. It is up to you what to choose: the story will split here a bit. Choosing “Keep It” grants (+1 Karma). Jump to the section corresponding to your choice.

Valor Mountain

Head back to the room Aelita was in, then follow Tommen out. After a brief cutscene, you’ll be back in Sheridan.

Make your way to unfreeze the T.M. shop in Kristiline. You’ll be given TM110 Magma Drift!

Head back into the shop, and they’ll have wares:

Kristiline T.M. Shop (<12 Badges)

Buy these if you’d like!

Return to Teila Resort, and enter Tesla’s Villa. Head upstairs and talk to Valarie and Venam.

Head to Valor Shore, and drift across the lava and enter. Get the Emotion Powder as you walk in.

Head to the upper left and go up the ladder. Beat the Xen scientist here and activate the Fire Source Crystal! Then, take the ladder here at the bottom. Activate the Ice Crystal here.

Head down the left ladder from the entrance, and notice that the Chamber of Awakening at the top is now open.

We get to choose whether or not we are going to save Amber. You don’t have to, but if you choose not to, characters will hate you and you will not get the karma. If you choose to do so, read the saving Amber section below. If not, skip ahead to the convergence section.

Enter the chamber, and head up and stand in the circle for another titanic battle!

Kyogre (Water Surface Field)

• Muddy Water

This is a bit harder than Groudon since the field really helps it, rather than hurts it. Long story short, its Muddy Water boosted by rain and water surface will decimate your entire team. And it has 3 shields. If you have anything with Thunder, it hits 100% of the time and may be the best tool you have to take it out. I managed to win this thing on my Fire Monotype, so I’m sure you will eventually find a way.

After winning, Madelis will give you the HQ Railnet Key .

Return to Teila Resort, and enter Tesla’s Villa. Head upstairs and talk to Valarie and Venam. Accept the fast travel. Head all the way up. After a conversation, enter the door.

Talk to Venam up from here. Then, head up the ladder to 1F and head right. You’ll get the Emotion Powder.

Head down the left ladder from the entrance, and you’ll notice the Chamber of Awakening is now open. and enter the Chamber of Awakening at the top that is now open. Talk with Venam here then head up.

Enter the chamber and talk to Venam. Then head up from here and stand in the circle for another titanic battle!

Luckily in this route, Venam helps us defeat Kyogre. The field really helps it, rather than hurts it. Long story short, its Muddy Water boosted by rain and water surface will decimate your entire team. And it has 3 shields. If you have anything with Thunder, it hits 100% of the time and may be the best tool you have to take it out. I managed to win this thing on my Fire Monotype, so I’m sure you will eventually find a way.

• Don’t wait till it’s too late. (Venam +2)
• Be kind to her. (venam +1)
• … (Venam -2)

So now the routes essentially converge, so I will cover all the Pokemon and items we can get in the mountain as we scale it. Even if you choose not to fight Kyogre and save Amber, there is a Zygarde cell you can get by entering the Chamber of Awakening.

ZCell 043: Chamber of Awakening

Return to the first floor. Each mood of the mountain has different encounters we can fight.

Icy Valor Mountain

While the cave is Icy, pick up the Revive at the bottom left, as well as the Ice Heal and hidden Water Stone in the bottom right of the snow. TM132 Icicle Spear is at the top right of this area as well.

Head up at the top of this area and enter the base. Go upstairs, grab Blunder Policy and Metal Powder, and push the switch in the top right corner. Pressing the switch next to Reina grants (+3 Reina Relationship Points). Back downstairs, try to leave through the top and you’ll get teased again. Try to leave through the bottom.

After… something… Saki gives you a Revive if you kept the Magma Stone, but if not, you’ll finally get the T.M. for Magma Drift!

Head up through the newly destroyed door. Go up and activate the Neutral Source Crystal!

Normal Valor Mountain

Head back down from here, and you’ll find:

ZCell 044: Valor Mountain (Normal)

You can also get Heracross if you go down and through the barricade.

Head all the way up from here, pick up the Hyper Potion, and go up the ladder. Loop your way around to the left. Grab TM147 Tail Slap hiding behind the Ice Source Crystal, then activate it. To the left, you’ll find:

ZCell 045: Valor Mountain (Ice)

Make your way around and up. Activate the fire crystal at the top here.

Fiery Valor Mountain (Burning Cave Field)

Head down and right, then drift across to find Vulpix! Give it a GourmetTreat for a battle.

By clicking each crystal in succession, make your way to the top of the room. Back at the top of the room, fall down the hole to the left. You’ll find:

ZCell 046: Valor Mountain (Ice)

Fall down the hole again, then proceed all the way through the barricade and back up the mountain. This time, take the ladder at the top.

Exit to the Valor Cliffside. Pick up hidden HP Up and Blast Powder. On the Gave It Away Route, if you ignored saving Amber, now you will get (-2 Venam Relationship Points).

Head left to fight:

Team Xen Eli and Sharon (Mountain Field)

Time for another fight with Eli and Sharon. This is a 12v6 with the help of Venam, so it really shouldn’t be that much of a problem. Make sure Gyarados doesn’t set up!

ZCell 047: Valor Cliffside

Head down from here.

• You’re cruel. (Venam +3)
• She deserved it. (Venam -4)

Head up and into the next room. Grab TM134 Rock Blast.

• We can do this together! (Melia +3, Venam +3)
• Sorta like that, yeah. (Melia +1, Venam +1)
• Team Xen is all I care about. (Melia -2, Venam -2)

Activate the fire crystal here, then return to the main dungeon through the cliffside. On the right side, you’ll find:

ZCell 048: Valor Mountain (Fire)

Head down and go to the left. Drift across then jump in the hole twice.

ZCell 049: Valor Mountain (Fire)

Also, talk to Heatmor with a GourmetTreat for a chance to catch it.

Next, head up at the top of this room to reenter the blockade. Upstairs the rightmost door will be open now, head outside and feed Tepig a bunch of GourmetTreats for a chance to battle it.

Head back to the cliffside and enter the room beyond. Interact with the neutral crystal, then head back into the dungeon via the cliffside once more. On the left, surf and fall down the hole. Pick up a hidden Rare Candy, then fall down the other hole and grab the Leaf Stone at the bottom!

Jump down the ledge, and head up the ladder here. On the right:

ZCell 050: Valor Mountain (Normal)

Head back down the ladder, activate the ice crystal, then enter the teleporter at the bottom of this map.

Head all the way back up to the top and enter the summit.

Grab the Dragon Scale on the left of the summit.

Head up to the top when you’re ready. The first battle:

Renegade Giratina (Volcano Top Field)

• Shadow Force
• Magma Drift

If you have Blizzard it can help a ton with this fight. Volcanic Top -> Mountain -> Snowy Mountain across two blizzards, but back to Volcanic Top after it uses Magma Drift. You can also consider paralyzing and poisoning it if necessary. Ultimately this isn’t that bad of a fight if you have a decent strategy.

Heal, and follow the action to the top. Time for a double battle with Melia.

Team Xen Geara and Zetta (Volcano Top Field)

• Shell Smash
• Multi-Attack

This battle is insane, but at least a fitting final Xen boss to Act 1 of Pokemon Rejuvenation! Zetta’s Typhlosion is intense, as it’s fast and its Eruption is strong. Grimmsnarl also gets basically at least 1 free screen unless you have Brick Break to remove it, so that is also tough to deal with. Their aces, Gengar and Silvally respectively, are also insanely fast and can kill most of your Pokemon. Worst of all about half of Melia’s team kind of sucks and isn’t really that helpful in this fight!

The Volcano Top field can be used to your advantage: consider using your own Fire moves to take advantage of it. You can also transition to Sky Field with Bounce or to Volcanic Field with Dig, both of which you may be able to get a better footing in. Regardless of the field effect, the key is making sure that you have the right pairings at any given time, so Melia’s Pokemon don’t get one-shotted. Unfortunately, this means a LOT of trial and error with the AI, but eventually you’ll be able to find the exact chinks in Zetta and Geara’s armor and can take them out.

In the beach area, follow the path.

Afterwards, return to the top of the mountain, collecting the souls as you go. You’ll be thrust into a battle with Geara and Zetta again, but all their Pokemon are at 1HP and you are supposed to easily win.

Make your way to the bridge in Terajuma Jungle and approach Melia.

• Yes. (Melia +2)
• No. (Neutral)

Talk to Crescent.

Now, the next destination is the gym battle. If you want to progress, skip the next section.

We can pick up a few Pokemon and items! Head to Ranger HQ in Kakori. Talk to Crawli at the entrance for ZCrystal Buginium-Z. We can’t use it yet, though.

First, if you didn’t save Amber, enter the Chamber of Awakening in Valor mountain, where you’ll find the HQ Railnet Key.

Next, if you went down the Gave It Away Route, the T.M. Store in Kristiline is now open. The list of T.M.’s they sell is in the top of the previous section.

The people of Akuwa Town have… FINALLY been returned to their home, so head to Akuwa Town.

The girl in the top right running in place can teach you some moves:

Akuwa Town Outdoor Move Tutor

Enter the ACDMC in the upper right. At the top left corner, you can trade in 10 of each color shard for the Sail Fossil, Jaw Fossil, Skull Fossil, and Armor Fossil. At the top right counter, you can revive any fossils you’ve obtained so far. So, that means you can now get: Omanyte, Kabuto, Anorith, Lileep, Shieldon, Cranidos, Amaura, and Tyrunt.

In the house on the left side of house there are two more Tutors.

Akuwa Town Indoor Left Move Tutor

Akuwa Town Indoor Right Move Tutor

In the left house, someone will give you an Elemental Seed, the other a Cleanse Tag. In Larry Locksmith’s house to the south, a guy will give you a Nugget! Enter the mart to see a scene with Karrina. She’ll then give you a Repel.

Akuwa Town Shop

Enter the house to the right to get 5 Quick Balls.

Head to any shop that sells regular Poke Balls and make sure you have one in your bag. Now that we have Madelis’ key, take the boat over to Secret Shore. Head to the southwestern most island, and rock climb. Here begins a quest for two Hoenn Pokemon.

• Talk to Mudkip on the southwest island (requires Rock Climb/Cut)
• Talk to Mudkip on the southern middle island
• Talk to Mudkip on the center right island (requires Cut)
• Head to the back room of Xen Shadow HQ. Use Madelis’ key to take the train to the hidden lab.
• Talk to the machine, and present your Metal Powder, 3 Cell Batteries, and Poke Ball to obtain Ralts!
• Exit out the door at the bottom, then head down to Mudkip. While you’re here, pick up a Damp Rock and a Fighting Memory, and a hidden Star Piece to the south.
• Surf up from here, and enter Xen Lab from its left side. The door is sorta hard to see. Then exit to the south. Surf across and to the right, and you can battle/catch Mudkip!

We also now have Magma Drift, so there are a few places we can go. Buy a Spice Powder from the jungle if you don’t have one yet, and head to Sheridan, enter Carotos. Rock Smash the rock to the left and drift to the left. Grab TM36 Sludge Bomb! Head back to the right and drift across here. Clear this maze and grab the Rare Candy as well as the Cyndaquil egg.

Enter the next room and make your way to Madelis’ palace. Head down to the corrupted cave area. Magma Drift here and follow the path to a Poison Barb. Back on land, continue following the path to the southeast and you’ll find another spot to Magma Drift on the right. Hidden along it is another Poison Barb. Follow the path to catch Aevian Paras!

This is all we can do for now, so when you’re ready, head back to Teila Resort and enter the dance hall.

Concert Hall Left Shop

Talk to Reina in here to get a Dusk Stone and Exp. Candy M. You can also battle her. Talk to the girl at the top. She’ll tell us about building hype. Do whatever you have to do to build the hype - talk to people, battle trainers, change the song with the guy on the right.

After building some hype, an Audino trainer will appear. She uses level 55’s, so you should be able to grind your team up if need be. You’ll get 7 Exp. Candy M when you win.

Once you’ve hyped to the max, head into the battlefield.

Music Enthusiast Amber (Volcano Top Field)

• Fever Pitch
• Hidden Power Electric
• Hi Jump Kick

Fever Pitch: Fire | Special | 70, 100, or 130 power depending on Hype level | 100% accuracy | Can be used even when asleep, and wakes up all sleeping Pokemon on the field | On Volcanic Top Field, power is boosted x1.2 and triggers an eruption | Two uses transforms Cave Field into Volcanic Field.

Relationship Points are granted based on the conditions under which you end this battle:

• End the battle on Snowy Mountain field (-2 Amber)
• End the battle with <300 Hype (-4 Amber)
• End the battle with >= 300 Hype (+3 Amber)

Anyways, this battle isn’t super tough, but it can still be tricky. Her Toxtricity can hit hard once it boosts its Sp. Atk. with Throat Spray, and Chandelure hits hard as always. Speed Boost Blaziken can also be threatening. As Jan says, if you can change the field, you’ll be golden. Mountain Field, Icy Mountain, Water Surface, Underwater can all be useful fields you can use against her in a chain. You can also turn it to Sky Field with a single use of Bounce! Even if you don’t, a good Earthquake user or two with something to take out the Air Balloons can do a number on her team.

Win to get the Lyric Badge, which lets us hit Level 60, and TM50 Overheat ! Head outside and watch the cutscene.

Chapter 9: No Time Left to Lose

Talk to Amber outside the gym once you leave, then meet her in her room. Talk to her and say “they all died” for relationship points.

• Probably. (Amber -1)
• They all died. (Amber +3)

Then head up into the Poke Ball storage room. Accept Venam’s fast travel request. Talk to her and Augustus, answering her question. If you answer “A forest,” you’ll have a chance for some relationship points with her in a bit. Accept the fast travel again, then enter Valor Mountain 5F.

Relationship Point Choices (Answered “A Forest” only):

• Intuition. (Venam +2)
• Read about it. (Venam +1)
• Been here before. (Neutral)

ZCell 051: Forest of Time

In this lower area there is also a hidden Calcium and Reverse Candy.

Head up and surf to the left.

ZCell 052: Forest of Time

Surf to the right, then rock climb down to get TM40 Aerial Ace!

Talk to Venam and Melia.

• It’s okay! (Venam +3, Melia +3)
• Sorta awkward. (Neutral)

So begins Rejuvenations next major twist… time travel!

You can use this crystal to head back to the present anytime you want.

After they run off, we can explore Kugearen City! The teacher in the house to the right will give you a Quick Claw. In the house down from the stairs, grab a Revive. In the tower south of the gym, talk to the kid on 2F and answer his quiz to get a Leaf Stone.

Kugearen City Shop

Head up when you’re ready.

Route 3 (Past)

There is a hidden Aguav Berry, 2 Soda Pops, and Protein. Save this Protein for a quest later! Grab the Full Heal at the top.

Head up to Ambrette Town and enter the upper left estate. Head upstairs. Talk to the box to change clothes, but you can change back at any time. There is also a PC and bed to heal in the upper left room. Talk to Melia in the upper right corner.

• Beautiful! (Melia +2)
• Stylish! (Melia +2)
• It’s alright. (Melia +1)
• Yikes. (Melia -2)

Then sit in the open chair around the table downstairs to play through the scene. Then, talk to Irvin and the gang in the lab.

Head to Kugearen City afterwards. Enter the cafe in the bottom.

• It was excellent! (Venam +2)
• It was alright. (Venam -1)
• Awful. (Venam +2)

You’ll have to choose a Pokemon to battle Kanon, but you don’t need to win this one. Well, head out, and talk to Venam in the square. Head east.

Kugearen Woods (Past)

Head into a forest a bit and you’ll have to fend off a wild Shiftry. Down and to the right from here is 4 Rawst Berries and a hidden Zinc. Head up into Marble Garden.

• Yeah! (Venam +2)
• Nah. (Venam -1)

Enter the house and after a scene, you’ll be free to explore. Talk to Anathea in the garden for a optional scene.

Exit to the woods.

• Let’s do this. (Venam +4)
• What about Melia? (Neutral)
• I dunno… (Venam -2)

Head back to the city and enter the house in the bottom right of town. Head up.

Enter Blakeory Co. in the southwest. After the meeting, enter the forest again. Head south to follow the policeman.

Go to the northeast for a Rare Candy and a Leppa Berry. Hidden nearby is Honey. On your way to the south, you’ll get 2 Cheri Berries, Revive, 2 Oran Berries, and 2 Aspear Berries at the very top. Eavesdrop on the conversation: you’ll have to fight Gardevoir!

Angel of Death Gardevoir (No Field)

This version hits pretty hard, but luckily isn’t too tough to take it out if you target its weaknesses or use Trick Room.

• Worried? (Venam +2)
• Scared? (Venam -2)
• Taking too long to find me? (Venam +3)

Grab the shiny Apartment Key.

This isn’t strictly necessary but helps us save some Pokemon later. Head back to Kugearen and use the key on the door in the top left of the area. Head down and read the book on the table. After that, head to the right and read this book to get the Weird Diary.

Talk to Venam by Katsu’s house, then return to the mansion. Beat the first maid, then beat the second sitting on the bench. Next to her you can get a hidden Silk Scarf! Interact with the statues in the four rooms up and down from the garden: top left facing right, top right facing down, bottom right facing left, bottom left facing up. Head upstairs and enter the newly opened door. Grab the Indeedee here!

Talk to the portrait in this room to begin a puzzle.

This is what it should look like when completed. Enter the door downstairs and go down.

Head down and follow the prompts. Choose whether to save the Officer, or to save Maria. Attempting to save Maria grants (+4 Anathea Relationship Points), but saving the policeman actually works and may affect future versions. It also makes Gardevoir hate you particularly more. Either head down to untie the officer, or up to save Maria.

If you chose the officer, you could choose to refuse all Gardevoir’s requests or not. Refusing them will save the officer.

Anyways, after the scene, head outside into the forest, and then to Kugearen City. Pick North or West, but watch the scene play out. Then pick Blakeory Co. Beat the maid.

Talk to Melia in the kitchen to get some sleep. After a bunch of scenes, it’s time for a quick battle!

Gang Leader Karrina (No Field)

This battle can be kind of tough, she has some strong Pokemon! That said it’s a 6v5 on no field so you should be able to win somehow.

Enter the new grove to return to the past for now. We can use this crystal to go back to the past whenever we want.

Talk to Venam to board the boat. While onboard, say “About a 10” for relationship points.

• About a 5. (Neutral)
• About a 3. (Neutral)
• About a 7. (Venam +1)
• About a 10. (Venam +2, Melia +1)

After a lot of talking, head down and follow the path. After more talking, head out to the left then try to enter the gate at the bottom. Enter the room above and to the left and talk to the machine.

Head down and go through the path. Pick up TM84 Poison Jab. Change the water level down from here, then head up and grab the PP Up. Enter the door.

• Bye. (Erick -2)
• We’re here to help! (Erick +2)

Grab TM129 Fake Tears.

Head through the gate to downstairs.

WG Sewage Management (Factory Field)

Toxel is our next target for Zumi’s quest. Grab the Hyper Potion in here. Head up, then grab the Rift dex entry for Code: Corroso here.

After heading up, show Erick the Weird Diary if you want to save Garbodor.

• Let’s save Garbodor! (Venam +4, Melia +4)
• Ugh… Why me? (Melia -4, Venam -4, Erick -4)
• How about tomorrow? (Erick +1)

Dimensional Rift Garbodor (Corrupted Cave Field)

This thing can be tough to take out because on this field, even after destroying all 3 shields, it manages to heal 25% of its health every turn with Black Sludge. Plus, it’s Sludge Wave is boosted immensely and given Rock sub-typing. That said, with strong moves and Melia’s team as support it isn’t too difficult to wear it down. Alternatively, switch the field to Volcanic by using Heat Wave, Eruption, or Lava Plume, or, to Mountain field via Sky Uppercut.

• You’re on! (Erick +2)
• Gotta go… (Erick -2)

Once we regain control, head back down into the sewers, where we can now get:

ZCell 053: Distorted Path

West Gearen City Pool Area

You can find a hidden Mystery Bowl in the skinny ledge on the east overlooking the sea.

Head outside and enter the power plant. In the door to the left, head up. Pick up the Metal Coat here. Head down the stairs: for a quest, gather 5 Electric types, and 5 Fire types to donate. The easiest way to do this is to breed a mon of each type and take all their babies back. Return to each person with the 5 Pokemon to get the Electrizer and Magmarizer. Pick up 2 Cell Batteries next to the Electrodes.

Outside the power plant to the left, you’ll find a Data Drive.

To the west, though it is super tricky to spot, grab:

ZCell 054: West Gearen City

Use your Itemfinder south of the pool to find a Rose Incense.

Head south into the city proper.

West Gearen City Main Area

There’s a woman selling Blast Powder for $25000. It’s pretty expensive and unnecessary to get it here.

ZCell 055: West Gearen City

Use your Itemfinder all around the city. You’ll find a Telluric Seed, Yellow Shard, Max Repel, Dusk Stone, Float Stone, Green Shard, Zinc, Muscle Wing, Max Repel, Red Shard, GourmetTreat.

Cut the upper left tree to get TM21 Frustration!

Enter Gearen News HQ. In the bottom left you’ll find a Hyper Potion. Also, there’s a Level 60 Audino trainer here if you need, win to get 5 Exp. Candy L , each time you win. Very handy for grinding! Grab the Wide Lens in the upper right.

Enter the door to the right of the one with the red door in the bottom right of the city. A guy will trade you Protective Pads for three Absorb Bulbs.

Enter the red door with the sign to the left and up.

WG Rare Fossil Shop

Take the truck guy to Akuwa Town to revive Aerodactyl , Archen , and Tirtouga !

Head outside and enter the Junction Bridge from the left.

ZCell 056: Junction Bridge

Speaking of Zygarde Cells, exit Junction Bridge to the right and go talk to Ayuda, who’ll give us the Macho Brace for finding at least 45. Our next mission is for 70.

A couple shops have new wares:

Berry Emporium New Item (8 Badges)

Buy a bunch of Occa Berries now for much later.

Next, return to the Magnolia Library and show Zumi your Pokedex with Toxel inside. She’ll give us 15 Exp. Candy M, as well as tell you a hint about one way to evolve it.

Return to the help center in West Gearen.

West Gearen City Help Quests

Hquest 23: generator problems you can only do this quest if you have freed dufaux..

Start at the power plant on the north side and talk to Gabriel. Head inside to see what’s happened.

Carefully sneak to the left and into the generator room. Save and use F12 if you get spotted to reduce the backtracking.

Make your way to the generator room and watch all the events unfold. Narcissa will leave for Goldenleaf Town. Claim your reward: $3500. Also, bring a Nosepass or a Magneton to the generator room and they will evolve! This room also houses TM64 Explosion and the Electric Memory.

HQuest 24: House Sit Start at Saki’s house west of the power plant. Talk to Erina. Read the note on the table. Do 3 of the actions, then head upstairs.

Defeat the AA Grunts, then do three more actions.

Head upstairs and into Saki’s room on the right. Read the diary at the bottom. Re-enter the house, and head up and right.

Claim your reward: $5500.

HQuest 25: Hidden Library 3 Start at the park and enter the hidden library.

Head all the way up and to the back. Talk to Karen, then attempt to press the pillar switch. Talk to Karrina outside the door, then head into the southeast room. Head downstairs and grab TM77 Psych Up.

Welcome to the Unown Dimension. Grab the Max Repel at the top.

Unown Dimension

Head inside and talk to Alice and Allen.

Enter the forest to the east. Fight the grunts. In general, I recommend Special Attack -> Fierce Attack spam. If you lose you can just redo, anyways.

Grab the Carbos on the right side and the Rare Candy below the ledge. Grab the Hyper Potion up above. Return to the house, then head back through the forest to the cave at the north side.

Solve the tile puzzle. It’s the same Kabuto one as in HGSS.

Head back to the two-person door. Push the lever and enter. Pick left to get MegaStone: Banettite and right to get MegaStone: Heracronite. Again, we can’t yet use these, but good to have.

Return to grab $4000.

As a reward for finishing all the quests, you’ll get a Turtwig egg! (+1 Karma)

Now, head to the Wispy Ruins via Wispy Tower area entrance. Take the right vines down and enter the 8-badge gate to the right. Take the Elemental Seed in the chest.

• Talk to Spector in front of the Giratina statue in town
• Head into Wispy Tower. Talk to Spector in here.
• Head into the Lost Castle to talk to Spector in the upper room.
• Head into Narcissa’s gym. Head through the backstage theatre as normal and talk to Spector when you see him.
• Finally, meet him in the gym auditorium for a battle!

Gym Leader Spector (Haunted Field)

• Strength Sap
• Destiny Bond

This is a very tricky battle! He doesn’t focus on raw strength; his Mega Banette is really his only strong Pokemon. Instead, he will try to wear you down. The initial duo of Murkrow and Gothitelle forces you to stay in and stick around for a Perish Song unless you can knock out Gothitelle in the first three turns of the battle. Luckily Gothitelle will usually go for Fake Out on turn one, so one of your Pokemon will likely get in at least one hit. Once you deal with the first pair, Ninetales is particularly annoying because of its speed and increased accuracy on Hypnosis, paired with Mega Banette to knock you out, this is deadly. All in all, a tricky fight, but you can get around the specific sleep + perish song-oriented strategies with Safeguard, Taunt, and other similar moves if you must.

Win to get the Ghost Memory!

Next is a quick detour to Route 4 to get some new Den Pokemon - feel free to skip this one.

Essentially, now that we’ve beaten Amber, all four of the dens we’ve seen so far have been updated with new Pokemon! So, I will list the Pokemon in each here.

RIFT DEN 1 (8 - 12 Badges): The common encounters in this den are Graveler, Nuzleaf, Duosion , Solosis, Tropius, Sigilyph , and Dhelmise . The rare ones are Relicanth, Persian , Lumineon, Bonsly.

RIFT DEN 2 (8 - 12 Badges): The common encounters in this den are Unfezant, Wailmer, Dunsparce, Vullaby, Masquerain, Quagsire. The rare ones are Chatot, Snorunt, Glalie , Cacnea, Cacturne , Claydol.

RIFT DEN 3 (8 - 12 Badges): The common encounters in this den are Stoutland , Crabrawler, Pachirisu, Chimecho, Stunfisk, Abra . The rare ones are Rhydon , Vanilluxe , Vanillish, Purugly, Ditto , Teddiursa.

RIFT DEN 4 (8 - 12 Badges): The common encounters in this den are Lombre, Gastrodon, Seismitoad . The rare ones are Mantyke, Mantine, Jellicent .

Entering Cairo’s house, he has more available crests now!

Cairo’s Shop New Items (8 Badges)

Now that we have Ditto, head over to Sheridan Village, and use it to breed the Throh we got earlier. In the daycare, talk to the girl and trade your spare to her to get Sawk!

That’s all we can do right now. Head back to Erick’s gym and head up to challenge him.

Head outside. Enter the factory here. Attempt to enter the door to the right, and you’ll fight:

League Scout Amanda (Factory Field)

• Darkest Lariat

The good news is the field doesn’t really do anything for her team in this battle, so if you can exploit Factory Field for your own benefit, go ahead. The bad news is her team is particularly good at what it does overall and includes the first crest we must fight: Druddigon’s. Crest details are listed in the appendix below. You’ll notice that Trick Room is the central strategy she employs here: you can take advantage of that and bring in your own heavy hitting slow team or prevent it from being used. One strategy is to open with Pokemon immune to the Fake Out from Incineroar in some way, another is to have a Multi-hit move strong enough to ORKO Hatterene, and so on. If you can succeed and make sure Bronzong similarly goes down before it can use Trick Room, you will have an easy time here.

Head up for the gym battle!

Electrical Engineer Erick (Murkwater Field)

• Thunder Raid
• Fell Stinger

Thunder Raid: Electric | Physical | 3-hit move, hits are 20, 40, and 60 power | 100% accuracy | On Murkwater Surface Field, power is boosted x1.5.

I’m not saying Amanda is harder than this fight but… it’s close. He does have some threats, particularly Mega Toxtricity, whose field boosted Overdrive that hits both of your Pokemon might just knock them entirely off the map. Raichu’s ability is always activated so it will surely outspeed you. Other than that, though nothing goes too crazy on the offensive side if you can manage it right. Note that on this field all Ground moves fail, so you’ll likely need to try a different strategy to succeed here than sheer super effective move overload.

Even though there’s no mountain in sight, physically, if you use Blizzard -> Sky Uppercut here, you can turn the field into Snowy Mountain, allowing your Rock Sliders to go crazy. Or consider using just the Icy Field and letting Blizzard users go off. You can also take Snowy Mountain even further by turning it into a Mountain, then a Cave, then a Volcano… So, there are many possibilities here.

Even without messing with the field, you can do a lot with Ground types and other electric types.

Win to get the Pulse Badge, up to level 65 Pokemon, and TM72 Volt Switch.

Chapter 10: Stopped in Our Tracks

There’s just a few more things we can do before leaving on the train. Up on the Valor Cliffside, if you donate to a guy 10 Rock types, you’ll get a Protector, which you can use to evolve Rhydon. Again, I recommend breeding to get progress on the egg hatching achievement.

If you head to Theolia and enter the church, the rift will be gone, meaning you can grab:

ZCell 057: Church of Theolia

We won’t be able to come back for a little while, so I recommend you farm as much AP as you can and head to the AP vendor at the casino. We won’t be able to buy with AP until we get the HM for Strength, so get the Golden Gauntlets and any other of the AP items you haven’t yet if you’d like. Make sure you have 8 Sitrus Berries for a quest in the next chapter.

Make sure you’re ready to not come back for little while. Talk to Melia in the train station in southwest West Gearen.

If you have at least 8 Points with Venam, you’ll get (Venam +3 Relationship Points). You’ll be given a Soda Pop.

• Thank you! (Venam +1)
• I don’t like soda. (Neutral)
• I didn’t ask for this. (Venam -1, Melia -1)
• If you have 7 or less Points with Venam, say “what about me and Kanon?” for relationship points with him.
• What about me? (Neutral)
• What about Kanon and I? (Kanon +2)
• You’re gross. (Melia -2, Venam -3) If you have 7 or less Points with Venam and chose “You’re gross” in the last prompt:
• Sounds good. (Venam +2)
• No thanks. (Venam -2)

In the hallway to your car’s right, a girl will tutor you:

Grand Express Tutor

Head two cars left.

Grand Express Shop

Head into the dining car. Talk to Venam and Krystal. Then, head out and back to your room. Sleep for the night.

Head all the way left and talk to Krystal. Head two cars right and you’ll be able to exit onto Route 7.

Been a while since we walked onto a new route! We can return to the train to heal and use the PC.

To the left is the level 65 Audino trainer. Each time you win, you’ll get 5 Exp. Candy L.

Also, you can fight stationary Stantler (Night) and Sawsbuck (Day) here.

On this first screen, there are hidden items, including: Quick Ball, Rock Gem, 2 Green Shards, 2 Max Repels, Red Shard, Hyper Potion, Ghost Gem, Ground Gem, Fire Gem.

Enter the house barred by the cut tree at the top to meet the PC manager.

Head one screen up. Cut trees to get TM107 Slash and Burn.

ZCell 058: Route 7

Hidden on this map outside the fence boundary is a Yellow Shard, Max Repel, Green Shard, Blue Shard, Pecha Berry, Red Shard, Ultra Potion, and Elemental Seed.

Head up and around to the left to see the scene at the bridge.

Next, head a bit south to enter Yui’s Ranch. Pick up the hidden Moomoo Milk and grab the Brightpowder hiding behind the tree by the barn door. Enter the room to the left and pick up the hidden Moomoo Milk and Revive. Talk to Miltank . If you feed it eight Sitrus Berries, it will battle you. Pick up the hidden Stable Mulch and Moomoo Milk in the main room, then exit the barn to the right.

ZCell 059: Yui’s Ranch

Head to the back of the ranch. On the right side, pick up the hidden Fire Gem, then enter the upper right barn. Hidden inside are Moomoo Milk, Oran Berry, Sitrus Berry, and Stable Mulch.

Exit, and enter the house on the left. If you’ve finished Kristiline’s help quests, to continue a quest, head upstairs and talk to the guy here, and agree to help. At night, head into the barn on the upper right corner of the ranch. Talk to Ben, then head outside. You need to CATCH each Inkay, but it should be easy enough.

That’s all we can do up here. Head west into the Honec Woods.

Honec Woods

Surf to the left. Find a hidden Poison Gem, Tiny Mushroom, Cleanse Tag, Leaf Stone in this area. Surfing one tile to the right at the bottom, follow the path to the southwest corner, where you can get 3 Starf Berries. Head to the very top, find a hidden Reverse Candy behind the tree, then enter the map at the top when you’re ready.

Pick up 2 hidden Honey, then head across the bridge at the top. Watch the scene play out here. You can also access the honey tree at the top, but it only works once a day. Pick up the hidden Aspear Berry here.

Head back to Yui’s Ranch. You’ll get 3 Cherish Balls! (+1 Karma)

Now, the shop inside is in business during the morning and day:

Yui’s Ranch Shop

Next, reenter the woods and exit out the south to enter a new map of Route 7.

ZCell 060: Route 7

Pick the 3 Persim Berries here. Enter the house here.

Route 7 Shop

Then, head down a map. There are wild Dodrio here during the day. Hidden on this map are Red Shard, Yellow Shard, Max Potion, Blue Shard, PP Up, Reverse Candy, and Rare Candy.

Head east and talk to the group at the train.

Head south and enter Oblitus Town. Use your Itemfinder to find a Link Heart in town.

Enter the easternmost house and exit.

Then head to the west. Near Luck’s tent, talk to Melia here.

• Hapi? (Melia +1)
• The food? (Melia -1)

Enter the Darchlight Woods to the west.

There are also wild Parasect during the day, Amoongus at night, and Impidimp wandering around the woods.

We can enter Darchlight Caves by heading down immediately, and hopping down the pillars, but there is nothing of note in here yet. While you’re in this main area, talk to any of the people here 30 times. This is necessary for a side quest in a bit.

Hidden on this map are 2 Tiny Mushrooms.

Take the top exit north. Hidden here is another 2 Tiny Mushrooms, an Ether, Dark Gem, and Reverse Candy . Head up for a little scene with a girl.

ZCell 061: Darchlight Woods

Next, head through the west door in the entrance map to access Sensu Meadow.

Sensu Meadow

As in the other meadows, you can find infinite Purple Nectar here. We can’t explore much here yet, but we’ll be back. Head back to the main map and head all the way to the southwest corner via the pillars, grab the hidden Dark Gem, and enter the clearing.

Here are a couple small optional areas and quests, skip them if you’d like.

Head to the south. Hidden on the beach is a Max Repel. 2 Pearls are also hidden in the water on this map.

Azure Shore

Talk to the ranger near Samurott and agree to help find Oshawott. If you come here during the morning, two of the Samurott will give you a Rare Candy and a Star Piece respectively.

Exit the forest and head north to the broken bridge by the Grand Dream Gate. Talk to Oshawott, then bring it back to Samurott. It will then get stolen!

Head back to the crossroads and head west. Grab all 4 Sitrus Berries and 4 Persim Berries in front of the manor. We’ll enter that in a bit, but head west onto Route 8.

Pick up the hidden Red Shard, Soda Pop, Green Shard, 2 Blue Shards, as well as TM156 Air Slash at the bottom.

Head up to talk to the ranger who stole Oshawott and battle her. Try to leave after returning it, to get Oshawott! (+1 Karma)

Darchlight Manor

There’re only a few places we can go without strength, so start by entering the right room on 1F. Read the book and the doll will disappear. Next, talk to Clefairy twice in the main room, get the hidden Full Heal and Revival Herb, and then enter the room at the very top of 2F. Grab the Max Repel and talk to it again.

Rock Smash the rock on the side, then pick up the hidden Blue Shard and head upstairs. Talk to it on the couch, then in the bed in the room to the left. Exit, and smash the rocks to get to the south side of 3F. Talk to it, then enter the next room on the left and talk to it again. Move the candelabra up here and enter the fireplace to get TM12 Taunt and a Gate Key.

That’s all we can do here for now, so make your way back to the crossroads.

Head north. On this map is a hidden HP Up, Big Mushroom, and Blue Shard. Surf up here to grab TM18 Rain Dance.

Head into the top right clearing first. If you have an Odd Keystone, have talked to people in the forest 30 times, and it is nighttime, talk to the tower to battle Spiritomb.

Anyways, head out and enter the northwest clearing. Pick up hidden Tiny Mushroom, Yellow Shard, PP Up, then speak to Flora and Florin in the top area.

Darchlight Caves

After the conversation, we’ll have control in the caves. Grab the hidden Yellow Shard, Blue Shard.

Head east and choose which character to go with - this one doesn’t affect your future quite yet. Grab the hidden Max Repel abovve, then head down your ladder and in.

You’ll have another choice to make in each room - this time about whether to expose that you saw Flora earlier either to her, Florin, or Erin. Again neither of these choices will force you into a bad ending quite yet, but will affect your gym leader fight for this chapter.

Head outside, and as you’re walking, the cave will change. Head upstairs and watch whatever scene you got based on your choices. Head down the left ladder and cross the new bridge here. Hidden is a Dusk Stone. Down the right ladder there is a hidden Blue Shard.

Go upstairs and go down, then across the bridge, pick up the hidden Dark Gem at the bottom. Go into the cave entrance. Pick up the hidden Ether, then head down and watch the scene. Then follow your person south and into the cave, then across the bridge.

Basically, we’re going to have to create a Darchlight mirror. Speak to your person and interact with all the reading materials to find a solution.

Here’s the solution:

• Type in 4589758 into the password.
• Grab black shard ore and put it in the furnace.
• Push the red button.
• Push the blue button.
• Push the green button.
• Push the red button again.
• Remove the ore from the furnace.
• Push the purple button.
• Push the gold button.
• Talk to the thing on the left with the small red button to make a Darchlight Mirror!

Cross the bridge to the right, and head up. Interact with the gem on the wall up above. Head into the room on the left and go down to get a hidden Psychic Gem. Go up to get TM23 Smack Down and a hidden Rock Gem.

ZCell 062: Darchlight Caves

Head right and cross the new bridge. Up is a hidden Hyper Potion. Head all the way south, picking up the hidden Ether as you go, and then activate the crystal. Pick up the hidden Revive and Full Heal, then head back up and left. Up at the top, there is a hidden Carbos, to the left a hidden Reverse Candy and Ghost Gem. On the left is a Dark Material as well as TM115 Mega Punch.

Head back east and cross the new bridge. Head down to get TM145 Hex and hidden Everstone, then activate the gem here. At the bottom is a hidden Revive, then head up. Pick up the hidden Max Potion and head up.

Follow the path, activating crystals as you go. Climb the elevator to exit and beat the Dugtrio mech.

After you get outside, if you chose Flora, now’s your chance to expose her for real, or not. Again, this won’t necessarily rope you into the worst ending, but if you do want the option to go that route, expose Flora here.

Watch the events unfold, then head out of Honec Woods. Make your way back to the train and talk to Melia.

Two more things to do - the Sensu Meadow is now opened. Grab TM114 Leech Life , and a hidden Dark Gem, Ether, and Tiny Mushroom.

ZCell 063: Sensu Meadow

Make your way to the hole towards the top of the meadow, then fall. In the cave, grab TM97 Dark Pulse and hidden Ice Gem and Magical Seed, then exit by getting lulled to sleep in the bottom right corner of the mushroom.

Then, head back to the main map, and go to the southeast and hop down the logs. Surf up and east here to access Darchlight Cave again. Grab the Dark Memory.

Head to crossroads and go north. Find Flora/Florin in this area and get ready to battle. Florin battles Doubles and Flora singles.

Uproot: Grass | Special | 90 power | 100% accuracy | 100% chance to lower the target’s Special Defense by 2 stages | On Bewitched Woods Field, power is boosted x1.5.

Each of these battles tries to neutralize Grass’ many weaknesses. Be careful of both of their Ludicolo, who will outspeed you thanks to the rain. Mega Sceptile hits really hard and fast and can heal itself, while Mega Venusaur tanks two of its weaknesses thanks to Thick Fat and can wear you down with Giga Drain and Leech Seed. On both teams, Uproot can be threatening if you’re attempting any kind of defensive strategy, so going for a fast offense somehow might be safer.

There are lots of ways to win! Sunny Day changes the weather and the field to Rainbow, meaning Poison moves and Fire moves are particularly effective again. Alternatively, you can focus on a Tailwind based Flying-type core, since only Ferrothorn, Rotom, and Cradily take neutral damage from them. One other strategy would be field manipulation via Pyukumuku’s Purify, which turns the field to Forest and gives Bug moves a boost.

Win to get the Rose Badge, which lets us level to 70, and TM53 Energy Ball!

Head towards Darchlight Manor and talk to Erin. Then, head back to the train to get HM04 Strength! Talk to Melia in the cabin.

Chapter 11: Grand Dream City?

Head out into the station. After a chat, reenter the train station to pick up a Hyper Potion. We finally made it to Grand Dream City, which is larger than both Gearen’s combined.

ZCell 064: Dream District

Cross the bridge. You’ll observe that you can take the train between areas for $1950. Since GDC is so large, I recommend at least exploring all the connections by foot (or bike) before you start fast hopping, at least to learn.

Grand Dream City

Enter the botanical garden to the north. Hidden throughout is a Blue Shard, Reverse Candy, Ether, Max Repel, Red Shard. In the southeast corner, you’ll find a Rare Candy, a hidden Wiki Berry, TM11 Sunny Day, and:

ZCell 065: Botanical Garden

Exit the garden and enter the day care. Give the girl in here $3400 and you’ll get a Rare Candy. The day care here is a good choice for breeding: Main Street is a bit longer than any line in Sheridan Village. Head into the elevator here, and head to the 14th floor to get:

ZCell 066: Dream District

Outside, a ranger gives a Leppa Berry when they lose.

Head west out of the eastern Dream District.

Pick up the Sachet and Reverse Candy to the south, as well as the items hidden all around this map: Repel, Genius Wing, Muscle Wing, Resist Wing, Ether, 2 Max Repels, Reverse Candy, Blue Shard, Hyper Potion, Green Shard.

In the first building from the east, on 75F, there is a hidden Dusk Ball. Enter the second house from the east and go up to the 24th floor to grab a Moon Ball and hidden Ether. Then, go up to the 45th floor for a quick scene that activates a quest. Exit, and enter the building to the left of the Pokemon Center. Head to the 8th floor to grab a Hyper Potion ! Then, go to 16th to grab a Sun Stone. Talk to Igglybuff during the day for a Carbos.

Next, exit to the Grand Dream Gate area to the south. Enter the train track gap to the right and head up to get:

ZCell 067: Grand Dream Gate

Also be sure to pick up TM19 Secret Power here. Someone fixed the bridge to the south if we need to return to Route 7.

Back on Main Street, there’s one more event we can do. Talk to the big blue board on the right side of the area and change the weather to windy. This will allow us to catch Skiploom and Jumpluff here, but also, during the daytime, talk to the girl near the house with the T.M. on the roof. Then, head to the east Dream District and enter the park. Battle this guy to get TM31 Brick Break. Nice!

Head back to Main Street and head west.

Immediately head up as you enter to grab:

ZCell 068: Dream District

Head to the west and follow the tree line to nab a Rare Candy. Hidden on this map, you’ll find Green Shard, 2 Blue Shards, Health Wing, Iron, Max Repel, Ether, Red Shard.

Enter the building in the southeast, where we can buy a few incenses and herbs.

Dream District West Spice Shop

Enter the art gallery in the right side at night. Someone will give you a Green Shard. Talk to the guy on a couch, and he’ll offer to trade a Smeargle for your Masquerain!

Head back outside. At night, head to the bottom right corner of the map to get TM67 Roost!

That’s all there is in these districts for now, but we’ll be back. Head back to Main Street, but this time, head north.

Head all the way to the top for a Max Repel and a Green Shard. A ranger will give you a Sitrus Berry upon losing. Also, at the top, you’ll find:

ZCell 069: Central Square

Hidden on the map is Ether, 3 Health Wings, Resist Wing, 2 Muscle Wings.

During the day, talk to the red head in the southeast of the pond for a HP Up .

To begin a sidequest, help the lady at the bottom cross the street. Afterwords, talk to the driver in the southwest, and he’ll give you the first SPU Parcel.

Switch the weather to rain, then talk to the girl on the left side of the area. Talk to her again if you win for a trade: her Slurpuff for your Roserade . We already can access Slurpuff via a Whipped Dream, Link Heart and Swirlix, so take this if you’d like. You’ll need a Shiny Stone for your Roselia.

Enter the central building and talk to Rhodea, then head out. Choose whether you want to participate in the tournament (it doesn’t matter) and watch the rest of this scene play out.

Head north to the Dream District North. There’s not much to do there yet but attempt to cross the bridge for a conversation with Isha.

Head south, and through the northeast gate.

Head all the way to the bottom right corner to find:

ZCell 070: Shopping District

The bottom row here contains a Hidden Power checker as well as a move relearner! Talk to the little girl here who dropped her Casteliacone. If you want to be mean, pick it up: it’s hidden right under her, and give it back. If you want to be nice, change the weather to Snow or Blizzard, then buy one from the vendor and give it to her.

Shopping District Ice Cream Shop (Snow / Blizzard Only)

Hidden around the shopping district is Super Repel, Repel, Elixir, Yellow Shard, Super Potion, and $1400 total.

Then, head into the department store here. Talk to the girl here to get a Stamp Card with the first department store stamp. Side quests give us access to more floors. For now, head upstairs.

Shopping District Mall 2F Shop 1

Shopping District Mall 2F Shop 2

That’s all for this area for now, so head back to the central square. Head straight west from here into the residential district.

If you turn the weather to Sunny, you can battle wild Petilil! Hidden on this map is Green Shard, Super Repel, Yellow Shard, Ether, PP Up, Muscle Wing, Reverse Candy, Health Wing.

Enter the Dream Complex and talk to the lobby host to give him the parcel. Return to the driver in the Central District for our next assignment.

We’ll get to that in a second, but for now, re-enter the Dream Complex and talk to Rhodea. Head to the top floor and enter the bottom left room.

ZCell 071: Dream Complex

Talk to Rhodea in the living room, then attempt to leave. When you’re ready, head to the north into Dream District Northwest.

Hidden on this map is 2 Mineral Balls, Max Repel, 2 Ethers, Green Shard, Reverse Candy, Genius Wing, Red Shard.

Enter Mika’s cafe during the daytime and talk to Patty twice. She’ll give you a Link Heart! Talk to the girl next to her at night to get 10 Dusk Balls if you answer correctly: Kalos. Also at night, a guy in the upper corner will give you a Reverse Candy. Enter the building to the left and talk to the lobby worker for some Leppa Berries. Head up to 36th and talk to a guy at night for some Quick Balls. Grab the Max Revive on 13th.

Head back to the truck guy, and he’ll give you the third SPU Parcel.

Head to the park in Dream District East and talk to Lavender in the park. Accept the fast travel if you want, but either way, make your way to the Dream Complex again. Head into Talon’s Penthouse on the right. Grab the Sharp Beak in the left room, then read the stack of notes. Talk to Lavender in the living room. Talk to Huey in the middle room, then head out to fight Bladestar in the right room.

Exit, and head all the way to the Magnolia Theatre in the east side of the Shopping District.

• It’s fine. (Lavender +1, Huey +1)
• You guys dating? (Lavender +2, Huey +2)

After a lot of bizarre scenes, head back to Mika’s Cafe.

Head back to the Complex and go to bed.

Here we’re going to have a split choice based on what we chose to do in the caves.

If you are in with Flora, your next destination is the botanical gardens. Head into the backroom and talk with her. Click the trees in the order Blue -> Red -> Magenta -> Purple -> Green, then head down to the lab. Head up and up again and watch the scene here.

If you are not in with Flora, you can enter the judicial district now, via the northeast corner of Dream District East. I will save exploring this area in full until after the next gym badge, since then players on all routes can explore it.

Enter Cassandra’s office in the upper right. If you initially went with Erin or with Flora, you’ll have a choice about whether to spill the beans to Cassandra or not about what you found. If you went with Flora and exposed her to Cassandra, you’ll net (-2 Erin Relationship Points) now, and this will push you towards the bad ending.

Head out with Venam when you have a chance.

Now, the story segments should converge from here for a while.

Head to the shopping district and talk to Venam and Madelis here. Choose a color, and Venam will challenge you to a battle!

Punk Girl Venam (No Field)

It’s not required you win this one, but nonetheless it’s an easy battle. Nothing she has can set up bar Muk so beat her with good type coverage and some speed and you’ll be just fine. Charizard can be a bit tricky because it’s stronger, but a couple super effective hits from fast mons will do the trick.

Soon as that’s done, head into your villa in the Residential District. After seeing what’s in the boxes, head into your room to go to sleep.

After a bunch of scenes play out, head north and west to the sewer area to talk to Huey. Then, return to the penthouse. After a strange conversation with Alice and Allen, and sleep.

Talk to Alice and Allen in the kitchen again, then to a guy outside the building.

Enter the medicine shop in Dream District West. Buy two Nightmare Medallions for $4800 each - one for a quest later.

Now, we’re gonna do a few things now that we have access to HM Strength. If you already bought the Golden Gauntlets, now they are finally useful! Skip one section ahead if you want to continue the story.

Head into Darchlight Manor in the woods. Complete the earlier Darchlight Manor section if you have not done so yet.

Use Strength on the rock immediately to the left, pick up the hidden Ghost Gem, then head in. Pick up a second hidden Ghost Gem, and read the Journal inside.

Enter the room up the stairs to the right. After an apparition, make your way to the right side of this room…

ZCell 072: Darchlight Manor

Grab the Old Gateau and read the notebook. Exit the room.

Enter the room on the left side upstairs. Make your way through, grab the Dread Plate and hidden Carbos, then read the notebook.

Head back out, then into the top room. Use strength on the left and make your way left. There is a hidden Spell Tag in the bottom left corner. Upstairs, talk to the Clefairy doll, then push this rock into the hole.

Head back downstairs and enter the newly accessible door. Grab the Chipped Pot, and hidden Old Gateau, Elixir, and Blue Shard, then read the notebook and head up.

Darchlight Manor (Outside)

ZCell 073: Darchlight Manor

Hidden out here are 3 Tiny Mushrooms.

Talk to the well and pull up the doll. Talk to it to get a Light Ball. Not the greatest reward in the world, but we’ll be able to do more here later. With all that said and done, return to GDC.

With Nightmare Medallion in hand, enter the penthouse, and sleep in your bed.

Talk to Aelita in the first area, then head up for another scene. In this central area, grab the Apophyll Pancakes in the upper right corner and TM85 Dream Eater in the upper left. Head up at the fountain for a fight, as Aelita.

Xen Executive Zetta (No Field)

The catch with this one is that the team you must use is the same as this one! I managed to win by using my Speed Boost Blaziken with Brave Bird wisely. I’m sure you can outsmart the AI with the same advantages as you.

• Of course not. (Aelita -1)
• Well… (Aelita -3)
• I’m not a judge, so… (Aelita +2)

Grab the Vanilla Ice Cream on the left. Talk to the kid here if you did the ice cream quest to get a Rare Candy if you got them new ice cream, and a Reverse Candy if you got them the one from the ground.

Head up and into the Nightmare Casino. Zetta will explain the rules and give us 10000 coins. At the top right, grab Psychic Memory. The left vendor will give us a Coin Case if we have neglected to get one yet.

Nightmare Casino Left Shop

Nightmare Casino Right Shop

However, you need not deal with buying puppet coins or playing slots if you simply win battles. Talk to Don Carto in the bottom right: he will sponsor us with 10x the battle rate. So, by betting 10000 the first battle and 100000 the second battle we will win over 1000000.

That said, the battles are somewhat tough: each of the three randomly chosen trainers has an Ultra Beast and a Legendary Dog. Still, you should be able to set up against the starting Pokemon and overcome.

Talk to Zetta with at least 1000000 Puppet Coins, then head up. Grab the Revive.

There’s an Audino level grinder here if you want to push your levels up to 70. Win to get 6 Exp. Candy L each time. Then, talk to Zetta in front of the box for a battle.

A somewhat tough singles battle. Again, a speedy rock type can deal massive damage to his team but watch out for Silvally in particular. If it gets off a SD, Return is gonna hit hard, so find a way to whittle it down without getting one-shotted. With a good team of 6 though his group of 5 will go down quickly.

Head into the box and go into the upper room. Step on the bottom right and top left switch only to solve the puzzle, then talk to Aelita for a surprise gym battle!

Bunraku Beatdown: Psychic | Special | 75 power, but increases in power for each knocked out ally | 100% accuracy | On Psychic Terrain, power is boosted x1.5.

Time for a little lesson in Trickery. You ultimately are going to be fighting not just their team of 10 but also with the fact that Aelita’s AI isn’t always doing the best thing. Claydol’s walls are going to be annoying - you must get Aelita to, or use brick break, else there’s not a very easy way to OHKO even Magenta’s sweeper team very easily. The strategy here I recommend is knocking out Claydol first then going exclusively for Neon, as if Xatu/Bronzong are out, they’re tame to fight. If you can get to just Neon with Aelita having Hawlucha/Staraptor alive you’re in good shape but watch out for how ridiculously bulky and strong the Musharna is.

Head into the room on the right to pick up TM29 Psychic behind the post! Oh yeah! Then, head into the box.

When you awaken, talk to the box at the table to get the Trickery Badge! Nice.

Head outside to talk to Aelita.

• I’ll go with you. (Aelita +2)
• I know Erin. (Neutral)
• Maybe… (Aelita -2)

Then head over to the Grand Dream Station. Talk to her here, and enter the train headed to Route 9.

Explore the route a bit. There is also an Audino Breeder in the area, each time you win, you will get 7 Exp. Candy L.

At the top, you’ll find:

ZCell 074: Route 9

Head down to the bottom part of the route. Here, you’ll encounter wild Sandygast.

Hidden on Route 9, you’ll find a Calcium, Carbos, Big Mushroom, Resist Wing, and Swift Wing .

Surf up and around to the right here. At the top, you’ll find:

ZCell 075: Route 9

Back on the main part of the route, enter the first cave entrance on the right.

Forlorned Cavern

Pick up a hidden Yellow Shard, then head into the room at the top with the crystal and pick up a hidden Pretty Wing as well as:

ZCell 076: Forlorned Cavern

That’s all we can do in this section of the cave, so head back out and go to the left, where the hiker is, and enter this cavern. At the top, use rock climb to grab an Ability Capsule. There’s also a Dusk Stone hidden behind the rock smash path at the bottom. Pick up the hidden Mineral Ball and Ether as you go to the right.

Exit at the top right, then pick up the hidden Muscle Wing and follow the path to the next cave entrance. There is a hidden Clever Wing and Soda Pop along this path: follow it to get TM35 Flamethrower! The tree here also has hidden Honey in it.

That’s all the exploring we can do for now, so head towards the northwest portion of the route, then approach the Rose Theater. Use cut on the bamboo on the left side to encounter Komala ! Surf across:

ZCell 077: Route 9

Enter the theater.

• Don’t be so harsh… (Aelita -2)
• Stop being ignorant! (Aelita -4)
• You did what you had to do. (Aelita -1)

Once you regain control, head through either of the two hallways and enter the stage. Talk to Ayuna and agree to help her find her Kimono Sisters. This starts a quest that we’ll get to in just a bit.

While you’re in this room, head to the southeast to grab:

ZCell 078: Rose Theater

Exit the southwestern most door of the theater, and you’ll grab TM120 Solar Blade. There is also a hidden Fresh Water nearby. Exit the southeasternmost door to grab a Flying Memory. If you exit one of the top doors of the theatre, you can find a hidden Ultra Ball and listen in on a conversation between Souta and Eldest.

Head upstairs, and into the left door.

Chapter 12: Remember, I Love You

Outside, accept Aelita’s request for fast travel. There are a couple side quests and areas we can tackle right now. Skip two sections ahead for the story bits.

From the east side of Dream District East, we can access the Judicial District. You already came here if you exposed Flora, but here I’m covering the optional content within.

ZCell 079: Judicial District

Also, use your Itemfinder here for a Link Heart.

At night, turn the weather to Thunderstorm via one of the monitors, and catch a Tynamo with a GourmetTreat.

Head into the upper left building and talk to the guy on the top floor. Head back to Dream District West and talk to the museum owner and the guy near him, then return to the interested buyer. Return to the museum to learn of the painting’s fate! We’ll get the thief later.

In the Police Station, head down to the lost and found. This area allows you to catch up on limited time items, so grab any you missed while you’re here. You can also look at the criminals on B2F. You may be wondering what Cleffa did to land itself there, but trust me on this one, you don’t want to know.

That’s it for now: we’ll start the Kimono Girls’ side quest now.

We are going to find all the Kimono girls.

• Kimono Girl Beatrice: First: Judicial District Police Department. But she needs us to do something first. Head to Route 9 and go to the beach and fight the white-haired guy here. Afterwards, return to Beatrice.

To conclude the SPU Parcel quest, talk to the guy at the desk of the police station, and give him the final parcel. Head back to the trucker. Talk to him, and he’ll activate an encounter on Route 9 that we will get to in a bit.

• Kimono Girl Lana: First, northwest Dream District outside of Ruka’s Cafe. Head down into the Residential District.
• Uh… Yeah. (Damien +1)
• No clue. (Neutral)

Next, you’ll find her at Nightmare City (Left side of second map). Save her from Sableye. Then, meet at the Dream District Northwest area again.

• Kimono Girl Efi: Grand Dream Gate (east of GDC entrance). She will give you a Pearl.
• Kimono Girl Midori: Oblitus Town (top, behind the decrepit gym)
• Kimono Girl Sesilia: Sensu Meadow (right side of the maze area). Answer no to her question.
• Kimono Girl Eyna: Honec Woods (shrine area to the west of the main area)
• Kimono Girl Ruka: Route 9 (Where the Flamethrower T.M. was, via Forlorned Cave)

On our way back, enter the cave entrance on Route 9 to the north of where we fought the white-haired guy. If we do, we can get Dewpider.

Once you’ve found them all, next, head back to the Rose Theater and talk to Ayuna. You’re going to have to fight all 8 Eeveelutions in a row, at Level 80-82. Set up the best team possible and take them on. Win, and you’ll get Eevee with special moves and an Ice Stone! Head down to talk to the hiker in the crowd, to get your second Department Store Stamp!

Shopping District Mall 3F Shop 1

Shopping District Mall 3F Shop 2

Head back to GDC and go as north as you can, north of the Central Building. Lots to do here!

Axis High University

Start to the right. The guy nearby will sell you a Chatot for $15000. Grab the Ether down from here. The girl to the right is a tutor.

Axis High University Move Tutor (Right)

Up in the upper right corner, you’ll find the Name Rater and the Move Relearner, next to a Green Shard. Neat.

Talk to the high striker machine here. Pay the price, then it will randomly payoff as follows:

Note that the first time you get the Poke Doll prize, it will actually be a Stufful!

So, grab what you need from here. Talk to the guy on the left and give him a Blue Shard in exchange for a puzzle! Here is the solution:

This link may be helpful for solving this type of puzzle.

Once you win, you’ll get Darumaka.

On the left, there are more vendors.

Axis High University Right Shop

She’ll also rarely have Blue Moon Ice Cream to sell for $20000.

Axis High University Left Shop

Talk to the guy on the left. He’ll offer us a chance at a little game, depending on which bait we buy. Standard bait is $2000, Delicious bait is $7500, and Gourmet bait is $20000. Here’s a breakdown of what you can get for each:

Standard Bait

Delicious Bait

Gourmet Bait

We can catch Wishiwashi elsewhere, and we also can buy Sail and Jaw Fossils elsewhere, so this is primarily useful right now for the evolution items and Horsea.

Axis High University Move Tutor (Left Top)

Axis High University Move Tutor (Left Bottom)

Once you’re done exploring the area, talk to Erin at the top.

• You’re on! (Aelita +1, Adam +2)
• Uh… No thanks. (Aelita -1, Adam -2)

Pop Star Risa Raider (No Field)

This is a 1v1. You don’t have to win this one though. So, this may seem to be Jigglypuff, but it has the same ability, moves, and base stats as a different Pokemon, but the same typing as normal… anyways, this is a very winnable battle, you just must find something with a powerful Poison or Steel move that can survive all four of these attacks.

Head west from Axis High, then head into the first building. Grab the Thunderstone on 15F. Outside, head to the south. Grab the hidden GourmetTreat, Green Shard , Persim Berry, Blue Shard, and Aspear Berry, as well as the Soda Pop behind the dumpster.

After exploring a bit, head north through the gate. Pick up hidden Super Repel, Elixir, Rock Gem, and Yellow Shard. Enter the Hospital of Hope and enter the door on the left side. After a lengthy scene, head back out.

Fast travel to the Rose Theater! Enter the Theater and enter the right room upstairs.

• You’ll be okay. (Melia +2, Kanon +2)
• This is stupid. (Kanon -2, Erin +2)

Activate the crystal - we’re going back in.

Exit the cave you appear in onto Route 4, which has no encounters. Follow the path down and to the right.

• Yes (Vivian +1)
• Uh… (Vivian -1)

Next you have to fight a Level 1 Deoxys. Obviously it is easy, but for relationship points losing grants (Aelita -1, Vivian -1) and running away grants (Aelita -2, Vivian -2).

Get $5000 from Katsu in Kugearen, Once in Amberette Town, enter the right house and get the Time Gear Amulet!

Take the driver to Kugearen then go east through the woods to get to Sheridan Village.

Sheridan Village (Past)

Head north to the scene that plays out.

• You okay? (Melia +2, Erin +1)
• Ready for tea?! (Erin +2, Melia +1)

At the top of the village, use your Itemfinder to get a Meadow Plate and Yellow Shard. Enter Vivian’s house, and prepare for a battle. You get 3 Pokemon.

Enigma Melia & Candid Girl Erin (No Field)

This one is easy. Just make sure you don’t get annihilated by Crest Zangoose.

Exit, and go to Cella’s house in the upper right.

• I’m in! (Neutral)
• Can i think about it? (Neutral)
• Gotta go… (Melia -2, Aelita -2, Erin -2)

After the scene, go to bed in the guest house. Then, enter Vivian’s house to the left. Follow her up, then attempt to leave.

• My friends (Aelita +2)
• My family (Aelita +1)
• Myself (Aelita -1)
• I’m not sure (Neutral)
• Yes (Aelita +1)
• No (Aelita -1)

Once you get control again, enter the Heracross Woods.

Head east again into the Heracross Woods.

Heracross Woods (Past)

Grab the Max Repel here and item find to get Ultra Ball and Tiny Mushroom.

Chase this Heracross into the bottom right part of the forest, then sneak underneath the twigs in the bottom left corner of that area to get to Heracross. Run to the back part of the forest. Then, re-enter the village after Aelita’s amulet gets taken. Talk to Aelita by the berries.

Go upstairs and interact with the table to get the Garufa Spellbook. Head down the stairs after the scene.

Sensei Vivian (Blessed Field)

• Nature Power (-> Fire-type Judgement)

This one honestly isn’t too bad, but her team does make good use of the field. Her Mega Alakazam will outspeed most Pokemon and its field boosted Psychic is brutal, so you want to find some way to outspeed and one shot it. Watch out for the Assault Vest pair - they can eat up super-effective moves easily and hit back with wide coverage. If you’ve gotten this far though this battle won’t be too much trouble.

• You okay? (Melia +2)
• What’s up? (Neutral)
• Can we leave now? (Melia -1)

After the battle, you’ll be whisked away. After a few scenes, head up and into the cave. After you regain control, talk to Amber in the garden, then Kenneth in the cave. Go to sleep.

Next, you’ll regain control in a jail cell on the Renegade ship. Talk to Granny to get blankets, then to Kenneth, then to the egg.

Head down one level and avoid the shattered glass as you beat grunts. Push the red button. Head up another level. The PC and healing star are here. Beat the grunts as you push the blue and yellow buttons in this room. Head up again and go past the dead lasers, then up the stairs. Follow the path.

Captain Valarie (Murkwater Field)

As in her last fight the Swift Swim can catch you off guard, but this team is certainly much less threatening. Electricity tears through most of it as before, and a Ghost / Psychic / Dark core can also do wonders here. You can do it!

Head back up and outside to the deck.

• We needed a new sail… (Melia +2)
• She loves her new job. (Melia +1)
• Yes. (Neutral)

Enter the captain’s room to speak with Madame X, then open the door in the room to the right. Downstairs, talk to Melia.

• Who knows… (Melia +1)
• Why does it matter? (Melia -2)
• It’s necessary. (Melia +2)

And, if you have at least 5 Melia Relationship Points at this point, you’ll get another (Melia +5).

Head down to the bottom to talk to them all again. Once you wake up, exit the boat via the deck. Follow the path and watch the scenes.

• We must press on (Melia +2, Keta +2)
• It’s hopeless… (Melia -2, Keta -2)

In the room to the right, there are encounters!

Blacksteeple Playroom

Head out and up, into the right room and read the book thing here. Do the same for the left room. Then enter the top room.

Survivor Kenneth (Chess Field)

• Meteor Mash

A bit harder of a fight this time, but still nothing intense. Aevian Lapras can be threatening, as can Lucario if it gets off a Swords Dance. Otherwise, though you should be able to set something up against Banette or Muk and sweep if you need to.

Up ahead, we’re going through a maze. The order of doors we must go through to complete it is as follows: LUURULDD. If you complete the maze in time, you’ll be granted (Melia +5) Relationship Points.

Next is a battle against Melia.

Enigma Melia (Chess Field)

• Nature Power (-> Ancient Power)

This is a tough fight this time around! Every one of her Pokemon are pretty threatening in some way. Zoroark likes to prank you and murder with field boosted Sucker Punch - so know that it will be disguised as Togekiss, or Gardevoir if Togekiss is dead, etc. If Meganium gets off an Ancient Power with boost, you might be screwed as it will never die thanks to its crest! Gardevoir is also very fast, and field boosted Psychic is no joke. That said, you can overwhelm her: half of her team is weak to Poison and the other half Fighting, for example. You can also try to set up your own tank - if she can’t sufficiently set up this may work.

• About what?
• Sigh (Melia -3)

Time for a story choice.

• If you choose Hand it Over, well… you’re gonna get a game over. A game over that in fact will write to your save that you made that choice should you click Try Again. If that’s what you want, go for it. But if not, better make sure you have a backup if you want to see how that route plays out.
• Abandon Them is a passing grade! The story will continue fine, but it’s not the perfect ending.
• Do Nothing, i.e., let the timer run out, is the answer that will get you towards the best ending.
• Are you okay?! (Melia +2)
• uh… You good? (Neutral)
• What happened? (Neutral)

Time to play as Melia. Follow the path!

Hood Emma (No Field)

A pretty easy fight for her team.

Tell Melia “Are you okay!?” for relationship points, then prepare for a battle!

Little Demon Melanie (No Field)

• Parting Shot

The news is good: Melia is your ally, so this is a 12v6. Pretty hard to lose this one, thankfully.

• We have to go. (Neutral)
• It was fun. (Neutral)
• Where’s the exit? (Mosely -2)

After returning to the past, head into Sheridan Village and go up. Hidden here is a BalmMushroom. Enter the sacrificial chamber.

• I remember! (Melia +2)
• What are you talking about? (Melia +1)
• We have to save Vivian! (Melia -1)

Guardian Regirock (Blessed Field)

Time for another rift, this guy has 3 shields. Luckily since it is so slow, you’ll be able to easily wear it down with good special moves easily.

Relationship Point Choices

• We make a good team! (Melia +2)
• I did all the work. (Melia -2)
• Catch it! (Melia +1)
• Leave it in the wild. (Neutral)

Talk to Spacea and Tiempa. At this point if you have over 45 points with Melia you will get (Melia +4) Relationship Points. Take the crystal home.

Remember the GDC arc? Yeah, this is still the same game. Well, back in the Rose Theater, head out, then into the bottom room in the left hallway. Before we continue from here, we’re gonna do some side quests!

ANA Quest Part 1

As always, these are optional, but extremely recommended! There’s fewer here but they’re more in depth this time. Head to the Central Building and into the left elevator to engage with these.

HQuest 26: Missing Children First thing we’re gonna do is head to the Police Department in the Judicial District. Talk to Officer Jenny at the top.

Head over to Pokestar Studios and talk to the guy hiding here.

Go to main street and talk to him again on the east side of the south part of the street.

Return to the help center to cancel the request.

Return to Pokestar Studios to talk to the guy, then talk to the pair at the bottom of the area and give them the password. Head in.

Welcome to the Underground. Talk to the lady in the first house if you want to learn a prophecy. Talk to Dylan here, then again in the main plaza.

Head east and talk to the psychologist here. Head south. Grab:

ZCell 080: The Underground

The Underground Shop (Inside)

Head up a bit from here into the main yard. Confront the art thief if you’ve advanced that side quest.

Head into the main building to the left and speak with the guy.

The Underground Shop (Left)

The Underground Shop (Right)

Make sure you buy Metal Powder and magnets here!! We still have a quest from a few episodes ago that requires them. Also, buy a bunch of Blast Powder - we’ll need at least one when we return.

Head to the east, then up and to the left to fight the Thief from earlier. Beat him and get Family Portrait!

Directly east, you’ll find:

ZCell 081: The Underground

Talk to Dylan again, then head to the east. Go up until a scene plays out. Head to the bottom of this area then east to the docks, and grab the Toxic Orb.

Return to the Main Building, talk to Dylan, then enter and head up. Grab the Metal Coat here, and Mystery Bowl hidden in some trash.

Head up the tower, fighting grunts as you go. There is a PP Up and a Lemonade hidden on the third floor. There is also a Hyper Potion. On the fourth floor there is a hidden Full Heal and Mystery Bowl. Enter the room at the top for a battle.

When you regain control, head north and east to get to Dylan’s house.

Use the elevator, then, accept the fast travel offer to get to Route 9. Head down to talk to them. Then, watch the scene play out in Dylan’s House.

Head to the Police Department and talk to the cop. This is all we can do in this quest for now, until the next badge.

Classified Information Quest

Hquest 27: classified information take the request and talk to the person by the elevator to get to the 36f of the building..

• I was terrified too… (Melia +2)
• It’s standard procedure. (Melia +1)
• Grow up. (Melia -2)

Catch some z’s at the penthouse, then in the nightmare, head up and talk to Anabel. After your conversation, wake up, and return to the 36F of central. Accept Looker’s travel request to Darchlight Caves.

Using the mirror, make your way all the way through the cave, back to the ladder paths. Take the right ladder and cross when it is dark to see the group. Follow the path and watch the scenes.

Back at HQ, go into the left room.

• Glad to help. (Melia +3, Erick +2)
• I kinda got baited into this… (Erick +3, Melia +2)
• Eh… (Erick +1, Melia -2)

Talk to Looker again to return to the lab. Talk to the door while in the hallway and present the Rose Badge to the door. Inside, grab the Rift Notes: Code Drifio .

Dimensional Rift Ferrothorn (Burning Field)

• Steamroller

Phase 1 Base Stats: 300/80/240/80/250/115. Phase 2 Base Stats: 600/250/200/80/200/240.

This is a tough battle. It has two forms - the second comes out as soon as you destroy all three shields. Luckily the first only has 80 base attack, meaning you can take advantage of the beginning of the battle to completely abuse it. Lower its attack by six stages, its accuracy if you want, whichever defense stat you plan to attack to knock it out, even its speed so much that you can outspeed it even with its 240-base speed. Due to its typing, Earthquake or Earth Power might be your strongest choices.

Once you emerge victorious, talk to Looker and Anabel on 36F to get the Rift Notes.

Return to the help center to get $25000 and the third Department Store Stamp!

At some point, head back to the room where you fought Ferrothorn, interact with the panel in the back, then enter the right room. Read the journal and use the Itemfinder in here to get Dubious Disc!

Shopping District Mall 4F Shop 1

Buy one Protein while you’re here for a quest later.

Shopping District Mall 4F Shop 2

Return to the Rose Theater, and enter the right room of the upstairs, and enter the closet. Get whatever you’re gonna need, because it’s gym battle time.

Head out to the back courtyard of the theater and talk to Souta.

Spiritual Healer Souta (Sky Field, Strong Winds)

• Heavenly Wing
• Hidden Power Ground

Heavenly Wing: Flying | Physical | 90 power | Cannot miss | Removes target’s stat changes | On Sky Field, Mountain Field, and Snowy Mountain Field, power is boosted x1.5 | Turns Volcanic Top Field, Mountain Field, and Snowy Mountain Field into Sky Field.

GameFreak, about 8 years ago, did something interesting. They upped the BST ceiling from the impressive 720 in the god of Pokemon Arceus to 780, in Rayquaza’s mega form. What’s more, they gave Mega Rayquaza the ability Delta Stream, its own custom weather. But, in order to make Delta Stream stand out above lame Air Lock, they made a couple changes. For one, it neutralizes all Ice, Electric, and Rock moves used against flying types, greatly improving its defensive capabilities as now Mega-Rayquaza only must field three 2x weaknesses instead of three plus a 4x weakness, and gains a resistance. Second, to fit the lore, Delta Stream cannot be overwritten by any other weather. It was so strong the Smogon tier literally called “Uber” could not contain the power levels of this creature, leading to the creation of the “Anything Goes” tier. So, Mega-Rayquaza is busted, and its ability is a big part of why.

Thankfully Delta Stream does come with a few drawbacks though. The four (4) lines named Golduck, Drampa, Altaria, and Lickilicky can block it out via Cloud Nine, so even though these four are not particularly good otherwise they have a purpose - simply sending one out at the same time as Mega-Rayquaza opens up its 4x Ice and Rock weaknesses… but that effect only lasts as long as they’re in battle, so it’s not really significant. The other, more significant thing may seem like a no-brainer, but is still notable. Like Primal Kyogre and Primal Groudon’s signature weathers, when Mega-Rayquaza exits the battlefield, it’s signature weather also leaves with it. So, a singles team of all Flying types boasting Mega-Rayquaza cannot all benefit from the effect, since once Mega-Rayquaza leaves the field so does the rest of the team’s safety from their weaknesses.

So, with all this in mind, what happens when a game, maybe whose name begins with “P” and ends with “okemon Rejuvenation”, decides to just… have this weather always on for an entire 6v6 fight? Against all Flying Pokemon? On top of a field effect that already significantly strengthens Flying types via various ability and move buffs? What happens when this weather does not only remain on the field when a single Pokemon is out, when the player is faced with dealing with a nearly weakness-less team under all circumstances except bringing out one of four random Pokemon with Cloud Nine? The answers to all these questions, I believe are simple. That is, I, BIGJRA, writer of this gargantuan guide, have quite a tough time. And you might too!

His first mon comes in, a Skarmory that will likely cripple your lead as it has Sturdy and an insane field boosted Sky Attack. It also has an Elemental Seed, guaranteeing Souta 8 turns of free tailwind. Even if you change the field to mountain / volcanic top, 4 of his Pokemon have Heavenly Wing to bring it right back. In fact, all six of his team members sport at least one of Heavenly Wing/Hurricane/Sky Attack, sure to deal heavy damage and tons of OHKOs via an offensive type fielding no immunities. But, what if you can outspeed? Well… good luck killing anything. Since Flying’s weaknesses will be neutered by the weather and Normal’s one weakness is canceled by flying, Unfezant and Pidgeot cannot be hit with super effective moves under the standard circumstances. The wind will ruin whatever Rock/Ice/Electric strategies you had in mind, plus Big Pecks activations, and Dragonite’s Multiscale adding to the team’s bulk.

Luckily there are a few solid strategies to consider. As stated before, cloud nine users can temporarily disable immunities, so perhaps Drampa with an Electric move or Golduck with an Ice move can find success. There are also some field changes we can do. Using Smack Down/Gravity twice can bring you to Mountain field, which will at least stop the Big Pecks from activating. Note that Flying moves are still boosted on this field. If you go for Lava Plume or Blizzard from here, you can take it to Volcano and Snowy Mountain, allowing you to win with some strategy involving Fire/Ice moves respectively. That said, his Dragonite can get a Weakness Policy boost and rampage with boosted Thunder in the former and again, flying moves hit hard in the latter. If you really want to go crazy with the field changing strategy, from Mountain, use Dig to bring it to a Cave, which is a good way to neutralize most of his strategy. If you can live enough turns, use Blizzard to freeze the cave for a solid Ice core, or from here use Magma Drift/Lava Plume to get to play on a water’s surface, which can be nice for Water and Electric oriented teams.

Another plausible strategy is, well, if you can’t beat him, join him! The Sky Field can be beneficial for your team, too! The good news is that the first 8 turns of Tailwind that Souta gets are the only turns of Tailwind he can get, meaning equipping just two of your Pokemon with the seed means that you can nullify the effects of his tailwind for the first 8 turns and then outspeed him during a different 8 turns. Honchkrow is an option, as with Moxie, you can boost and with a Tailwind of your own, outspeed some of his team and hit incredibly hard with Sky Attack. Alternatively, although the Strong Wind stops them from being super effective on anything not named Swanna, Electric moves are still very potent on this field due to boosts, and Electric types still resist Flying. Thunder always hits and is boosted, so if you have something fast like Electivire with Thunder, you might find success.

I probably sound like a broken record by now with this one, but Trick Room is also a great choice.

Win to get TM62 Acrobatics! And more importantly, you’ll get the Golden Wing Badge.

• Are you okay? (Erin +2)
• He doesn’t matter. (Erin -4)

You’ll also get… Souta’s Cane . Well, that’s interesting.

After a conversation with Erin and Eldest, head into the middle room upstairs. After the scene, exit the building.

• Let’s save Aelita! (Melia +3, Erin +3)
• Can’t Erin just go? (Erin -3, Melia -3)

As soon as you’re ready, talk to Erin and agree to enter the rift. Head up and follow the path, it’s quite straightforward. Grab the Rift Notes on Pulse: Bella and continue. Erin is gonna help us with this fight:

Dimensional Rift… Aelita?? (Dimensional Rift Field)

Every turn you attack Aelita she gets a massive attack/special attack boost. Furthermore, she likes to use powerful doubles moves, meaning every turn she might knock out both yours and Erin’s Pokemon. Luckily Erin does help here: for example, her Absol uses super effective Superpower and has a Focus Sash. The key is to slow it down enough that you can overwhelm it with super effective attacks once the 3 shields are broken.

Back inside, head into the left room upstairs.

• You sure you’re okay? (Melia +1, Erin +1)
• Let’s save Venam! (Melia +3, Erin +2)
• Welcome back! (Aelita +4)
• Too speedy… (Erin -2, Aelita -2)

That concludes chapter 12!

Chapter 13: Conflicting Renunion

Completing all the content so far marks the recommended point in the story you should consider going to play Version -1: Where Love Lies, a separate game made by the same creators which acts as a prequel to a part of this story. It is not required that you play it but it gives perspective and history on certain events in this game. You can find it here .

If you want a guide to the side story: Lucifer on the forums wrote up a fantastic guide to getting 100% in the side game, and so I wouldn’t want to waste time by writing my own guide to it.

If you did play WLL and got a certain password at the end for getting the good ending however, head over to GDC’s Central Building during the morning or the daytime and talk to a receptionist to get Riolu! The password, if you forgot/just want the reward, the password is 489234.

Now onto the story content!

Enter the Scholar district, to the right of Axis High, or to the south of Route 9.

Using the itemfinder around this district, you’ll find a Sitrus Berry, Ether, Hyper Potion, Super Potion, Blue Shard, Honey, Lemonade, Rose Tea, Green Shard, Max Repel, and Casteliacone.

Enter the student rec. center. In the left room you’ll find another game corner! Three of the vendors are exactly the same as in Chrisola, but we can get a few new Pokemon.

Top Right Pokemon Prizes

That said, they’re ridiculously expensive. It would probably take something like 5-10 hours of Voltorb flip to get enough coins to get all of them. In the money to coins conversion, to get all of them you would need to convert $1670000, which you probably do not have unless you haven’t been buying anything and have spammed Pay Day or something. But… for all five, this is the only way to get them right now. So, grind it out now or later if you want to complete your Pokedex.

Head west and south to get to the National Park. Back-to-back, you’ll find:

ZCell 082: National Park

ZCell 083: National Park

Hidden around the park is 2 Revives, Liechi Berry, Lum Berry, Pecha Berry, and a Sitrus Berry.

That’s about it for this area for now. Talk to Melia and Erin to enter the Blakeory Anatheum, but don’t talk to Erin inside just yet if you want to continue two optional quests.

First, if we’re all caught up on the Lost Camp side quest, head to the Hospital of Hope, talk to Mosely at the top. Accept her request.

At night, head to the south part of the district. Talk to her again, then, in the hospital, talk to her again.

Go down two flights and talk to the cash register. Then, head back up and go in. Fight the cop. Go upstairs, fight the cop. Unfortunately, you get no healing, and wiping out makes you unable to continue the quest. So, make sure you heal / save before each match.

Make your way down through the gauntlet of cops. Talk to Isha.

This is all we can do for this quest right now - we will finish it later.

Head over to the Hospital of Hope and enter the door on the left side. Talk to the nurse and the cop.

Head outside and talk to Ana in front of the HOH. Head south to enter the Pokemon hospital. Enter the first door.

Return to the District of Hope when you can and cross the bridge to the south. Beat the grunts.

While you’re in this area, head to the dream district west, then go to the art museum and talk to the owner, who will let you keep the painting. Keep it for now.

Return to Dylan’s House in the Underground, and talk to Ana and Dylan here.

Head into the Blakeory Anatheum and go upstairs, then talk to Dylan and Ana.

Head out and north to Route 9 and find Ana. After a battle (win or lose is fine), agree to go to Dylan’s apartment. Talk to Ana here.

Unfortunately, we cannot proceed anymore in this quest, so head back to Scholar District.

Enter the Blakeory Anatheum. Talk to Erin at the top. Head to the east side of the library and talk to Thomas.

Walk back to the park in the center of Scholar District and talk to Huey again. Yet again our story will split a little bit depending on how we handled the Darchlight saga… oh boy.

Be prepared to not be able to return to GDC for a little bit.

If you just watched Flora escape, head up at Route 9 to fight Bladestar. Once you win, you’ll be taken to the Voidal Chasm.

If you just watched Flora talk to Jenkyl, talk to the group, then head back to the National Park with Kanon. Once you talk to him and Beheeyem, you’ll be taken to the Zorrialyn Desert!

At this point, we’re basically in the same “region”, just on opposite sides. I’ll be covering everything in this guide in the order of the group that starts at Voidal Chasm, but just know the same items, wild Pokemon, etc. can be accessed in both routes. For now, if you took the Beheeyem route, we’ll need to come here in the story anyways in a bit, so jump to the next section to explore the desert for now, then return to the chasm section after.

Again, if you’re entering the chasm from the outside, you’ll be heading from the top down, but this will cover you from the point of view of a player who started at the bottom.

Voidal Chasm (Main Areas / Backroom)

Hidden in the first room is 7 Ethers and a Dusk Ball.

On B3F, rock climb up here, and you’ll find:

ZCell 084: Voidal Chasm

Rock climb up again, and head left and down. Use your Itemfinder for a Dusk Stone . Head through the door at the top, then exit out the door to your right. Rock climb to get TM148 Phantom Force. Exit back out via Rock Climb and go to B2F.

Head straight east then north to grab an Odd Keystone , then south and east for a Razor Claw. Head up and east across the crossroad bridge to get a White Herb. Then, head to the top left and rock climb up.

ZCell 085: Voidal Chasm

There is also a hidden Ability Capsule up here. Back down from here, while exploring the main part of this room, you’ll find a Razor Claw, Odd Keystone, and a White Herb as well as hidden 5 Ethers, and PP Up.

In the vs. Bladestar route, you’ll meet up with a familiar figure at the top here. Here you will gain (+1 Reina) Relationship Point if you saved her in Mt. Valor, and (-1 Reina) if not.

Hood ??? (Dimensional Field)

• Multi Attack

Winning is optional (and easy, since it’s just one Pokemon) but will grant you (+1 Ren) Relationship Point.

Before continuing, you can grab another hidden Ether and Rare Candy.

Continue into the door. The next room hides 10 Ethers, you’ll find an Old Scarf down the rock climb path. Once you’re ready, exit at the northeast corner.

This next room contains 3 more hidden Ethers, and the final room 5 more. Why so many Ethers?

Again, this guide starts in the northeast corner outside of Voidal Chasm.

Zorrialyn Desert (Main Areas)

Make sure somewhere in the desert you catch Aevian Budew for Zumi’s quest. Interact with Mandibuzz flying around for a battle. There are also Alolan Exeggutor in various spots in the desert.

Zorrialyn is like a big loop - I will explore it clockwise, so before heading west, head to the south from the Voidal Chasm. Along this path with the itemfinder you’ll find 2 Red Shards, 2 Max Repels, Yellow Shard, Synthetic Seed. Don’t head into the southern exits quite yet though. Hidden as you go to the west from here, there is a hidden Revival Herb and Leaf Stone. Grab the Max Ether here.

We can’t do anything yet in the Alamissa Urben yet. Don’t go to the south entrance or else you’ll lose some money! Further west hidden is a Mental Herb, Max Repel, Max Ether, Yellow Shard. There is also a Mineral Ball and Ether we can pick up. Take the second set (from the east) of rock climb to pick up TM37 Sandstorm.

Head down the rocks, and to the left.

Zorrialyn Desert (Left Area)

Pick up a hidden Yellow Shard, Reverse Candy, HP Up, Thick Club, Calcium, and Green Shard as you head up. At the top is an Everstone, as well as interactable Cacturne.

Turn around and head up the second (from the west) rock climb to explore the northern side of the desert. If you want to return to the city, Claydol is your man.

ZCell 086: Zorrialyn Desert

Hidden in this area you’ll find Petaya Berry, Occa Berry, and Haban Berry.

To the east, catch the Shiny Cacturne if you’d like and pick up the hidden Rare Bone , then head back down.

As you go east, there is a hidden Ether and Green Shard. Down from here:

ZCell 087: Zorrialyn Desert (Night Only)

Head across the bridge and grab the Hyper Potion . There is also a hidden Green Shard.

This one’s a bit hard to spot:

ZCell 088: Zorrialyn Desert (Night Only)

Grab the hidden Big Root, Ether, Lemonade, Reverse Candy, as you head east.

Heading east will lead us to another rock climb. Head all the way up and then right to get a Smooth Rock . Grab:

ZCell 089: Zorrialyn Desert

Head back down then go east, and we’ll have completed the loop. Next, we’re gonna check out the map in the very southeast of the desert.

Zorrialyn Desert (Next to Poiloethal Forest)

Grab the Revive here, and the Iron at the bottom. Also hidden here is Max Repel, Ground Gem, Kebia Berry, Poison Gem, Ether, and Ultra Ball. Not much else we can do here. Don’t go to the west or you’ll lose money!

Head back to the main desert, go all the way to the left, and go south at the oasis.

Zorrialyn Coast (Southwest)

Head down, then grab the Escape Rope. Go up to the top of this area, where the cave is being blocked. To the right:

ZCell 090: Zorrialyn Coast

Hidden around this map you’ll find 2 Dusk Balls, Rock Gem, Red Shard, Ground Gem, Poke Doll, Heart Scale, Elixir, and Water Gem. Don’t head to the east, again, you’ll lose money. We will cover the cave accessible to the south and the nearby house later on.

Finally, head to the west and cross the bridges, and watch your respective cutscene.

If you’re on the Kanon + Claydol path, now’s the proper time you’re heading to the Voidal Chasm. Explore using the section above if you’d like, keeping in mind you’re going backwards: go to B3F of Voidal Chasm. Now’s your fight with the hooded figure. Beat him, then outside, talk to the crew, then make your way back to this part of the desert.

Cross the bridges and enter the village.

Head up the first set of stairs. The door to the right serves as our PC/healing site, should you need it.

Talk to the girl on the second level here, and she’ll give you some lore in exchange for some cash. There is also a Level 75 Audino Breeder here. You’ll get 3 Exp. Candy XL every time you win. Head up.

Sashila Shop

Head all the way to the top. We can surf here. Do so on the left side, and you’ll find:

ZCell 091: Sashila Village

Enter the building here and talk to a guy inside for a House Key. Back outside, there are tons of hidden items all around this map:

HP Up nearby, a Link Heart by surfing to the right and going down, and GourmetTreat, Lemonade, Max Repel, Grass Gem, and Moon Stone in the main body of land in town.

To start a little quest, exit Sashila to the east and go all the way down. Attempt to use the key we just got on the house here, and it will break. We’ll be back later.

Back at the top of the village, talk to Damien and Alexandra in their room. Then, head to the inn and talk to the innkeeper. After a brief cutscene, it’s time for a change-up!

Time for another section where we get to control a different character. Exit your room and leave to the left. Talk to the elevator, and head down the shaft.

Head down to talk to the computer at the bottom of the shaft, then head up. Interact with the B1 door to listen in on a conversation. Then, head up to 1F and exit the shaft. In the rightmost room of the floor, read all the computer files in the office.

Back down in the shaft, type 8433 in the console at the bottom.

Down here, enter the room on the left, then press the panel. Enter the room at the top and talk to Braixen. Head to the bottom-right and follow the path.

Choose whether to follow Giratina, then fight the grunts. The outcome doesn’t matter here, but it’s winnable if you can get lucky with an Ancient Power boost or Braixen living to put Muk to sleep.

Anyways, after the battle, the scenes will finish playing out… Dark.

As soon as you regain control, let’s continue the story.

If you’re on the Bladestar kidnap route, head to talk to Alexandra at the very top of the village.

• I wish for peace. (Ren +1, Alexandra +3, Ryland +1)
• I don’t know… (Ren +2, Alexandra -1, Ryland -1)
• … (Ren -1, Alexandra -1, Ryland -1)
• Alright… (Ren +1, Alexandra +1)
• No Thanks. (Ren -1)

If you’re on the Kanon route, talk to Ren at the bottom of the village.

Either way, head to Alamissa Urben, located halfway east on the lower loop of the desert.

Talk to Ren at the entrance and you’ll get Sylveon, as well as the Mysterious Black Box. I recommend training this Sylveon up, with the Misty Terrain move, and you’ll see why in a few sections.

Rock Smash all the rocks that you can along the way - they’ll permanently be gone, leaving you shortcuts for the area.

The first area contains a hidden Red Shard. Follow the door to the left, beat the grunt, and exit. Grab the Red Flute below. A Yellow Shard and another 3 Red Shards are hidden in this area. Follow the ladder down and beat the grunt.

Outside there are 3 hidden Yellow Shards. The middle section is just two optional battles, so beat them if you’d like and enter the door on the right side. Beat the grunt representing the amazing power of Gen 4 bug types, then head up the ladder.

Hidden around here and down are two Yellow Shards. Enter the bottom ladder and exit the right door: you’ll find another hidden Yellow Shard and a Falinks. Back up the ladder, head up and then right.

Via the nearby door you’ll find a Power Bracer. Behind the grunt is a Poke Toy. Head up and you’ll find, surprise, 3 more hidden Yellow Shards.

Talk to the group up at the top, then head to the left. On the left side of the area you can find 7 hidden Red Shards. Grab the Poke Toy at the bottom, then the Prism Scale inside a door.

Return to the top, find a final hidden Yellow Shard, and enter the gallery.

Beat the grunts with the assistance of Ren, then watch the scene…

Aww yeah, another different character section. Basically, you’re gonna be fighting your way to the stairs of the library. The trainers aren’t too hard.

Talk to the computer at the top of the second column. After you get control, talk to Erin downstairs. Here depending on your status with Melia you’ll gain Relationship Points with Erin:

If you have at least 45, you’ll get (+6 Erin).

Else, if you have at least 10, you’ll get (+2 Erin).

Else if you have less than 0, you’ll get (-6 Erin).

Then, head upstairs and talk to the Youngster for a battle. Talk to Erin again. Once you regain control, enter the arena.

Battle Erin! Though, win or lose, the game will continue. Finish watching the wholesome scene and proceed.

Back at it again.

Route 5 (Past)

Surf to the left to grab a Revive . On your way to the right, pick up a hidden Ultra Potion, Blue Shard and Red Shard, and a not-hidden Max Revive. Nothing to do in the Mysterious Manor for now, so head north into Hiyoshi City!

Hiyoshi City (Past)

At the east side of the town, there are some shops.

Hiyoshi City Move Tutor

Hiyoshi City Shop Top

Hiyoshi City Shop Bottom

There is also an Audino breeder here. Each time you win, you’ll get 10 Exp. Candy M.

From the south entrance to Hiyoshi City, enter the first apartment door on the right. Hidden in here is an Ultra Potion.

Once you’re ready, follow Hazuki in the northwest of the city, then head into the house via the secret tunnel and talk to Nymiera. Talk to Huey in the corner to get some crazy backstory.

Exit the house and enter the building above with the PC. Hidden in here is an Ether. Talk to the group in the southwest area of town. Then, head north to board the truck to Hiyoshi Pass.

Hiyoshi Pass

Grab the TM27 Return on the right.

When you head up, be prepared for a battle… and another change of pace. We’ll be playing as Ren now!

??? ??? (No Field)

First time we’re using Ren’s team, luckily, it’s not too awful. Greninja can beat Raichu and dent Xurkitree, leaving the rest of the team to fill in the gaps. This one is optional, but winning grants (+1 Ren) Relationship Points.

So yeah, we’ll be playing as Ren, and any captures we make will go to our main character’s PC. Nice.

Head to the south-central square in town. After the scene, head to the Hiyoshi Pass again. Attempt to enter Rejuvenation Co., then head back to the city. Talk to the woman directly above the truck, then head to Route 5.

Head west as soon as you can on Route 5 and talk to Anastasia, then enter Rejuvenation Co. by beating the guards.

In the building, head west and follow the path, beating all the trainers.

After the sequence of events, return to Nymiera’s house. Talk to the nurse in the inn, then head to the north part of town to engage with the maids. Head straight south. Beat the maids, then return to the inn one more time. Enter the tunnel, we’re going in. Make your way to the back.

We get control of our character again! Return to the tunnel. We’re gonna be pushing strength boulders onto the spiked platforms. As soon as you get to the first healing star, grab the Focus Sash to the left and press the button on the pillar.

Optimistic Guy Huey (Dimensional Rift Field)

• Double-Edge

Easy one. Continue north.

Trendy Girl Reina (Dimensional Rift Field)

Another easy one, just make sure you don’t get swept by Honchkrow.

Head up and through, grabbing the Rift Notes for Code: Angelus . Oh boy.

Angel of Death Gardevoir (Dimensional Field)

• Hyperspace Hole
• Sacred Sword

This one is tough. This time, you must break four shields just to get to be able to whittle its HP down. It loves to put you to sleep, thanks to its speed, it’s gonna be able to easily do so. It has a Lum Berry, so you need to hit it with Burn, Paralysis, or Poison twice just to get it to stick. It also has both physical and special moves, so again lowering both stats might be key. I recommend Memento as at least you will be able to live a Night Slash or Hyperspace Hole with most Pokemon afterwards. Break the shields efficiently and then hammer it hard, preferably with Poison or Steel type physical moves. Alternatively, you can nullify the field and Gardevoir’s advantagex with Pyukumuku’s Purify, then Sylveon can set up Misty Terrain, allowing you to knock it out with field-boosted Fairy moves.

After defeating it, depending on our choice in a previous past segment, you’ll get relationship points here:

If Cop saved - (Ren +3, Reina +3, Huey +3, Venam +3) If Maria “saved” - (Ren +3, Reina +3, Huey +3)

Dimensional Rift Gardevoir Round 2 (Dimensional Field)

A far easier round 2, plus, Ren will fight with you. If you could do the first this one will be easy.

… … … Well. Once you get control back, head to Nymiera’s house once again. Push the button on the back of the bookcase!

VS. Ren, Sashila Help Quests

Talk to the group, then again on top of the village. Head out to the coastline and talk to Alexandra in front of the obelisk. After the scene, we’re gonna head west across the bridge for a battle with Ren! At least we’re familiar with his team.

Outcast Ren (Desert Field)

A very, very tough singles battle, though nothing you’ve never seen before. Beat him with a better team!

Next, it’s time for some Help Quests. Enter the door in the middle of Sashila Village, on the left side.

Enter the door directly below the help center and talk to the man, Marten.

Head up two sets of stairs and enter the first door on the right side. Talk to Hyu’ro.

Talk to Marten in his house again. Exit, and take the Mudsdale rider outside the village to Voidal Chasm.

In the Voidal Chasm, pick up the shiny object on B2F.

Return to Marten, then meet him in Hyu’ro’s house.

Enter Sashila’s research room by going up, surfing left, and down. Talk to Marten at the top.

Head into Alexandra’s room and use the crystal to go back to the past…

Talk to the truck driver in Hiyoshi City and go to Gregorian Lake. Surf up and talk to the guy inside the house here to get a Lake Postcard.

Return to the present and talk to Hyu’ro. After talking to Marten at the door, head back to the Chasm, and go all the way to B3F.

Rock climb up twice and enter the door. Head left, and then go down. Battle Absol. Hyu’ro’s fate is up to you. After making your choice, return to Sashila.

Re-enter the research area and talk to Marten.

Return to the help center to claim your reward: $12.500 and MegaStone Absolite, as well as (+1 Karma). Sweet!

Head back to the research center from the last quest. Talk to the guy at the bottom right and agree to get sprayed.

Head east from the Zorrialyn Coast.

Ruined City

Rock smash your way in, then, pick up a hidden on the left side of the second building from the left, and then enter the leftmost door of this house.

ZCell 092: Ruined City

Exit, grab a hidden Sun Stone and Super Repel in the middle of the area, then sneak around the back to find hidden Yellow Shard and Red Shard . Then, enter the leftmost house. In the left door, grab Relic Copper. In the right door, grab Rare Candy.

Head back to the top of the village and go around the back of the first house on the right cliff. Pick up a hidden Ground Gem, Green Shard, and Protein. Inside, you’ll find Relic Silver.

There’s nothing in the right house, so head to the center of the city and go down. Hidden down here is a Wacan Berry as well as a Super Repel. Enter the house on the right. Grab the Relic Copper. With Blast Powder, you can get:

ZCell 093: Ruined City

Prepare yourself and enter the southwest house. Beat the first set of grunts, then head out to heal. The next one is tough. Beat the grunts in their 8v6 double battle. Make your choice with Damien.

• Convince Damien. (Damien +2). This option also grants (+1 Karma).
• Evict them. (Damien +1). This option also grants (-1 Karma).

Grab the Rock Memory on the way out.

Talk to Damien once more outside and watch the scene that plays out. Return to the help center to claim your reward: $22500, a Link Heart, Sitrus Berries , and Roseli Berries. (+1 Karma).

Head to the Voidal Chasm. Go all the way to B3F, and rock climb up twice. Enter this door and go to the right.

Head down and talk to the girl. Agree to leave with her.

Head west in the desert, taking the north loop. You’ll see Mandibuzz and the girl on top of a rock climb. Beat Mandibuzz.

Go all the way back to Zorrialyn Coast, and you’ll see the Exeggutor by the Obelisk.

Return to the help center to get $32500 and MegaStone Abomasite! Nice. (+1 Karma).

Meet Novae at the bottom of the village. It’s battle time…

Wanderer Novae (Desert Field)

Compared to some of her earlier fights, this isn’t that bad. She uses a standard desert-based sun team, meant to catch your leads off guard with sleep + heat wave. If you can change up the weather, you’ll be golden. Alternatively, fighting fire with fire works well here, as only her own Ninetales and the frail Lycanroc resist your own Heat Wave. If you got here with your double battle ability, you could do one more.

Return to the help center to get $32500 and a Scented Lure. (+1 Karma).

You can return to GDC now if you want, but there’s even more desert exploration and quests we can do!

Next, we’re gonna enter Sand Stream Cave. In Sashila, head to the top, and surf to the east (on the opposite side of the research lab). Talk to a guy here, then exit and go north from Zorrialyn Coast.

Grab the Hyper Potion up here. Hidden in this first room is 2 Yellow Shards, Carbos, Escape Rope, Berry Juice, and Grass Gem.

Now, exit the cave. Re-enter, and check for a stationary Hippopotas to the left. If it is not there, exit and enter again. Repeat this until we’re good, then take the northwest quicksand vortex to B1F. Alternatively, just wait until nighttime for guaranteed odds.

Enter the vortex in the sand pit. Grab the Revive here on B2F and find a hidden Red Shard , then another Revive and hidden Green Shard and Rare Candy past some Rock Climbs. In the center of the room is a hidden Light Clay. Grab the Full Heal, hidden Burn Heal, Clever Wing, Genius Wing, and non-hidden Moon Ball along the path. There are tons of wild Hippowdon roaming around down here as well.

Take the vortex to B3F!

Sand Stream Depths

Hidden in this room is a Green Shard, Soft Sand, Rock Gem, Rawst Berry, Sitrus Berry, Berry Juice and Lava Cookie.

Interact with the space in the ground here and put in the Scented Lure. Then, you’ll be able to catch Trapinch and Vibrava! Grab the MegaStone Sandacondanite.

That’s all there is to do in that cave for now!

Next, we’re going to do some treasure hunting. Head down south of Zorrialyn Coast, and you’ll see a cave entrance.

Time to explore: Zorrialyn Labyrinth.

I’m basically gonna list the paths I took in this section that led me to all the items. Every time you reach a junction, proceed to the next direction listed. You’ll need to return multiple times.

Trip One: URDRRDL, grab PP Max. Then, RDLDDL, grab Relic Copper. LUL, Battle with wild Cofagrigus and proceed. UU, grab HP Up. Then, DD, L all the way to a dead end, grab Relic Copper. RUUR, grab Relic Copper . LUUR, Battle, ULU, and in. Grab the Magcargo Crest! Exit this room, then go DR, Battle, RULULD, grab Relic Copper. UL, enter and grab Seviper Crest. It kicked me out shortly after.

Trip Two: ULLUULULULD, grab Dread Plate. URU, but don’t go in as there is nothing there. RURDRU (around the big crack), pick up a Heart Scale. RD, pick up a Meadow Plate. URU, pick up an Icicle Plate. RUR, follow the path pick up a Dread Plate. Back at the first junction backtracking out of this path, DRDLDL, pick up an Insect Plate. Booted!

Trip Three: ULD, then L all the way to a dead end, Battle. Rock Smash left and interact with the wall and use Strength. From the junction: U, R all the way, D, R again ALL the way, battle, finish going R all the way, DL. Grab the Oricorio Crest inside the door. Exit, RUULU, take the ladder. Now, we’ve made it to Floor 2. Repeat just the strength wall interaction and take the ladder to return to B2F.

Trip One: DRU, grab Toxic Plate. DL, D all the way, LU, in. Get the Stantler Crest. Exit, then go RUULLLU, grab Fist Plate. DRRUUL, U all the way, LURD, grab Flame Plate . Nothing in the door above, so L, U all the way, RD for an Iron Plate. U, L all the way until a door. Inside is a Hypno Crest. Exit, LLDR, to get Earth Plate. LDDRDRU, into a door. Get Fearow Crest. I got booted here.

Trip Two: RDR, then talk to and defeat/catch the Cofagrigus. L all the way, U, L all the way. Down all the way. Grab the Carbos here, but DON’T read the wall, or you’ll have to go fight Cofagrigus again. LURU, take the ladder. Repeat just the Cofagrigus encounter and take the ladder to return to B3F.

Trip One: DLU, get Relic Silver . DRURULU, get Stone Plate. Down Left Up and in to get Leafeon Crest. Exit, DLURUL, pick up Relic Silver. Rock Smash here, UURUR, pick up a Sky Plate. Booted!

Trip Two: DRURURURU, grab the Sky Plate here. UULL, pick up Stone Plate . RU, head in for a Glaceon Crest. Exit, RRULU, pick up Relic Copper . D, R all the way, D for Relic Copper. Up Left Up for Spooky Plate.

This is all we can do for now in the labyrinth! We’ll be back here not too long from now.

That covers the quests and available content in the Badlands, for now.

Talk to Damien at the top of Sashila and head back to Route 9. There, you’ll get HM02 Fly! Finally. If you have the Golden Wings you can use these now!

Technically this opens us up to return to Floria and Terajuma… which means there are tons of new areas and quests that open up. I cover these in the next chapter, though you are able to do some of them now if you’d like.

When you’re ready, hop on the Route 9 train headed to the Tournament Stadium. Enter the building. Talk to Erin at the desk, then to the attendant.

GDC Tournament Shop

Head in and into the door on the left. When you’re ready, talk to the guy at the right. We’ll be playing a 3v3 tournament. Each battle, minus the last, will be played on a random field. So, that’s interesting. The trainers aren’t too hard to beat, but so you’re aware of their strategies, here they are:

• FEAR/Sturdy Shenanigans
• Extreme Evo-boost -> Pass -> Stored Power

You’ll then get to play as Melia for a quick second. Head into the Grand Dream Ball.

The next 3 battles are as follows:

• Standard heavy offense with a Z-move
• Residual damage/stall
• Fast and hard damage

After some scenes, you’ll get a treat from Tesla.

The next set of battles:

• Nothing special
• Nothing special: Salazzle Edition

So, beat all eight of these fools and watch the following cutscene…

Gym Leader Adam (Inverse Field)

• Matrix Shot

Matrix Shot: Rock | Physical | 90 power | 100% accuracy | Uses the target’s Special Defense stat instead of the Defense stat in the damage calculation.

The Tyranitar is a tank on this field. Basically, it turns Normal type, and all its moves are turned to Normal type as well, adding to their damage. That, plus its single weakness now being Ghost, you’re gonna struggle with killing it. His Kabutops is also tough to beat if it gets a Weak Armor speed boost. Otherwise, it’s not the hardest battle in the world if you can account for the Inverse Field. Fire moves hit everything except Crustle and Tyranitar super effectively here - just watch out for the X-Scissor and Slash and Burn moves here and there. I also recommend using your own Magical Seeds - it will turn even type-disadvantaged mons into super-effective titans, crushing with Normalized moves.

Win to get the Rugged Badge, which lets us use Dive and go up to Level 85. You’ll also get TM80 Rock Slide. Nice.

Chapter 14: Death of One, Birth of Another

Neo gearen city + side quests.

• Reassure Amber. (Amber +2)
• Leave her be. (No change.)

After the cutscenes play out, head back outside. Talk to the crew in the lobby, then outside.

Before we board the ship, there are a TON of side quests that have opened on the other islands we haven’t been able to visit for a while. Skip to the next section if you want to just progress the story. This section is all doable just before the tournament arc, so if you did this part already you can skip to the next for V12 content.

We can fly now! If you have the Golden Wings, use them, otherwise, teach fly to a Pidgey or something.

Fly to Evergreen Forest, and head up. Rock Climb here, then use Strength to get to the top. Here, you’ll find an Ice Memory and have a chance to catch Sneasel ! Towards the top of the area, surf across a pond, climb some rocks and use Strength again to pick up MegaStone Audinite! Make your way to the spring. Battle and catch “The Emperor” ( Empoleon ). Back outside the forest, talk to Nana in her house for a King’s Rock!

Head to North Evergreen Cave. Melt the ice again with a move like Lava Plume to get to the top. Push the boulder into this hole. On the next floor, you need to push it into the rightmost hole… unfortunately this is the farthest one away. On the next floor, navigate it all the way around to the hole on the bottom. Once you push it down, follow it. Fish in this newly opened spot to catch Feebas!

Next, fly to Kakori, and head down to the depths of the gym. Using strength in the backroom, you’ll get TM106 Irritation.

In Terajuma Jungle, If you’ve picked up the T.M.’s for Hail, Sunny Day, and Rain Dance, show them to the guy in front of the weather institute to get the Castform Crest and TM128 Weather Ball.

Enter Aquamarine Cave next: in the chamber room, surf up and talk to Squirtle. Give it a GourmetTreat for a battle.

Go to Kristiline Town next. The T.M. shop has updated wares:

Kristiline T.M. Shop New Items (12+ Badges)

Next, we’re heading to Lost Camp. If you’ve completed all three parts of this quest so far, enter Maman’s house and go upstairs. After some scenes, you’ll get Starly, and (+999 Mosely) Relationship Points. Yes, seriously.

Enter the Locksmith’s house in Akuwa Town. Show him our broken key. If you have 2 Light Clay and 1 Hard Stone, he’ll make us a Reforged Key! Nice. Fly back to Sashila and attempt to enter the house on the coastline. Hidden on the first floor is a Yellow Shard, Blue Shard, and a Red Shard. Head upstairs and talk to the girl and pick up a hidden Poke Doll. Interact with the hook downstairs and place the family portrait. Then, head around to the left and go downstairs to get MegaStone Gardevoirite.

Fly to Goldenleaf Town and enter Wispy Ruins through the statue. Head into the 4-way junction and go right, then, push the strength boulder onto the platform. Enter, and follow the path up to the 9-badge gate. Talk to the treasure chest for a battle with Gastly!

Enter the Lost Castle and make your way straight to the back. If you’ve opened all 9 of the badge gate chests, head in to get the Vespiquen Crest, and TM61 Will-o-Wisp.

Next, head to Wispy Tower. Head around the back via Strength to get Reaper Cloth!

Exit, and make your way to Sheridan Village. Enter Carotos via the waterfall entrance and make your way to the second room. Cross the bridge to the right, use Blast Powder, and use strength to get beyond.

Carotos Pokemon Seller

Buy all of them to get Fire Memory and (+5 Karma).

Head to the Amethyst Grotto. Using Strength, get TM22 Solarbeam.

Next, fly to Rose Theater and use the Time Splicer Stone. Head to Sheridan Village, then cut down the pink sapling in front of the village. Make your way back to the present.

Next, we’re gonna fly to West Gearen City. Head into the house with the red door on the south side of town. If you’ve beat all the virtual gym leaders, accept the challenge to the virtual E4. You can “take a break” after each win: if you do, you can save between each member.

Elite Four Will (Glitch Field)

I again will cover this as on the Cyndaquil path. This one isn’t too bad, though in general you must watch out for field boosted Psychic. A bit of luck in dodging sleep allows Typhlosion to knock out Jynx and Exeggutor, and Miltank and Jolteon can easily handle Espeon, Slowbro, and Slowking with a combination of healing and attacking. The rest of your Pokemon should be able to fill in the gaps.

Elite Four Koga (Glitch Field)

It can be very tempting to start setting up Curse with Steelix, but Koga has a lot of Fire / Water special coverage, so you probably want to Stealth Rock then bail. Keeping Qwilfish alive is useful to nullify all Toxic Spikes here, unfortunately it doesn’t really help much other than setting up your own spikes if you want to cripple Muk, Qwilfish, and Ariados. Luckily Jolteon can easily take Crobat if you don’t let it Double Team too much, and Typhlosion, Gliscor, and Steelix can find ways to deal with everything else easily.

Elite Four Bruno (Glitch Field)

• Rock Polish

The good news is, a lot of his team centers around Metronome, so this might be the easiest fight yet. The bad news is, his team centers around Metronome, which only picks strong moves on this field! So, you might be extremely unlucky. Gliscor is a good choice to wear out the fighting types, as well as Golem. Steelix is useless other than Stealth Rocks here unfortunately. Miltank and Jolteon are a bit less useful but can still help by crippling Granbull and Kangaskhan. Once Gliscor goes down, Qwilfish with Intimidate and Typhlosion should be able to ride out the fight.

Elite Four Karen (Glitch Field)

• Infestation
• Laser Focus

This one is tough! Two Gyro Balls will knock out Persian luckily, and Miltank can barely take out Tyranitar. Vileplume goes down to Typhlosion, and if you save Gliscor for Houndoom, you can one-shot it. Unfortunately, the Umbreon is a pain in the ass to take out - I recommend Knocking Off its item with Gliscor and using everything you have left to make sure it can’t rest. Steelix can’t get poisoned, so getting off a couple curses might be your best bet. You can always reset if things go south.

Champion Lance (Glitch Field)

• Extreme Speed
• Future Sight

A fitting challenge to end this quest! Exeggutor can two shot pretty much your whole team, Aerodactyl can get a free knock out with Glitch Field Hyper Beam, and his other Pokemon have immense coverage. The good news: everything past his lead is weak to stealth rocks! So, use Steelix to get those out, then let Jolteon hit Exeggutor and Dragonite with 4x effective Hidden Power. Qwilfish helped me weaken Lapras and Gliscor finished it, leaving Miltank and Typhlosion to carefully deal with the rest of the team. It’s tough, but you can do it.

If you succeed, you’ll get the corresponding crest to your starter in the challenge: the Meganium Crest , Typhlosion Crest , or Feraligatr Crest ! You’ll also get 25 AP Points and your fourth department store stamp!

On Junction Bridge, push a boulder out of the way - now that we have the Dull Key, open the door here and use a GourmetTreat to get Litten!

Next, head east through Neo Gearen City (I’ll cover this revamped area later!) to Route 2.

Route 2 (Altered)

On the left you’ll find a hidden Rose Incense.

Enter the factory in the middle of the route to get a Grass Memory as well as Research Notes. Exit through the left door and grab the Dusk Stone and hidden Blue Shard and Rare Candy.

You’ll also find:

ZCell 094: Route 2 (Altered)

Return to the past again and give the guy on Route 2 some research notes so he’ll finally move out of the way. At night only, you can get:

ZCell 095: Route 2

Also, you can catch Whimsicott here (ignore the Flabebe from an earlier patch).

Talk to Kecleon in the middle of the route. He’ll offer to sell the two crests that correspond to the starters we did NOT choose in the virtual league. He’ll sell the Meganium Crest, Typhlosion Crest, and Feraligatr Crest for $250000 each. Steep, but worth it if you are using any of these three and didn’t get their crest via the virtual league quest.

As you’ve probably noticed, East Gearen City looks brand new. Fly there!

There are new trainers to fight and items on each map. The one containing the lab has a hidden GourmetTreat, Yellow Shard, Resist Wing, Elemental Seed, Super Potion, Red Shard, and 2 Grass Gems. The right contains a Resist Wing, Heart Scale, Tiny Mushroom, Repel, and Antidote.

East Gearen City (Neo)

East Gearen Neo Move Tutor: Corsola

East Gearen Neo Move Tutor: Girl

East Gearen Neo Move Tutor: Guy

Enter the lab and talk to Jan. Then, head outside and talk to Adrienn again.

Enter the sewers with Adrienn. Hidden on this map is 2 Red Shards, 2 Blue Shards, Zinc, Potion. Follow Adrienn into the next room, and pick up the hidden Blue Shard and Green Shard. Next, go to the upper right room.

Emerge on the east side of Gearen and meet Adrienn and Aya in the middle of the city.

We have our new directive: help quests. Before that though, check out Gearen Park if you want.

Gearen Park (Neo)

Hidden here is 2 Honey, Leaf Stone, Carbos, Muscle Wing, Blue Shard, and Yellow Shard.

Catch a Level 100 Budew (or catch something close and Rare Candy it to 100). Then, show it to the guy at the bottom for ZCrystal Grassium-Z.

Speaking of Budew, add Aevian Budew to your party and head up to the library. Upstairs, talk to Zumi, who will reward us with 10 Exp. Candy L and MegaStone Ampharosite! Our final task for her is to catch a Pokemon found later on at Axis University.

Enter the Help Center. If you’ve been keeping track of Zygarde Cells (At least 70), talk to the researchers to get Lucky Egg !

HQuest 32: Poke Ball Conundrum Enter the Everglade Mall and speak to the clerk at the Poke Ball shop.

Attempt to enter the door at the Tecanlite Factory in West Gearen. Head down, and Aya will let you in.

Beat the goons at the entrance. Pick up all the balls you see around!

Enter the door towards the left of the floor and get the Tecanlite Key. Use it on the door at the top to pick up TM24 Thunderbolt!

Back in the main area, use the Key at the top of the floor, then follow the path through to the right. Beat the Death Wings - they use exclusively Steel and Water types.

Return to the Help Center to get your reward - $12356, and ZCrystal Aloraichium-Z. (+1 Karma)

Now, return to the Poke Ball shop to get 15 Ultra Balls. We’ll also again be able to buy balls here - nothing we couldn’t before however.

HQuest 33: Forest Restoration Meet at the Route 1 Train Station.

Talk to Adrienn in front of where we fought Gyarados (remember that?)

We’re gonna need to submit 3 workers, 1 Scyther, and $48000. Go ahead and submit the money when you have it.

Fly to Kakori Village and enter the Jeminra Woods Safari Zone. You’ll see Scyther here now, so catch two (one to keep).

To find the people:

• Worker 1: Community room in Goldenleaf Town.
• Worker 2: Xen Battleship at the Terajuma shore, right person in sleeping chambers.
• Worker 3: House below therapist in Kristiline Town.

Return to Adrienn and hand over the Scyther, then ask to see Progress.

We’re gonna need $58000, 1 Architect, and 3 Fishermen. Submit the money.

To find the three people:

• Fisherman 1: On a bench east of the East Gearen to Route 1 Station.
• Fisherman 2: On Route 2, directly south of the Amethyst Cave entrance.
• Fisherman 3: In Aquamarine Cave, via the lighthouse path. While you’re in the Rock Climb area, talk to the worker and give him Protein. If you do, he will give you Tyrogue! Anyways, you’ll find the fisherman after you go up the ladder.
• Architect: Bridge guy in Terajuma Jungle - first left from Kakori.

Return to Adrienn and inquire about progress.

Next, we’ll need to submit $68000, 7 Tiny Mushrooms, 1 bag of Stardust, and 1 Poliwag.

If you haven’t completed the Poliwag search quest, do so now. Feel free to submit that one if you have it, or, if its evolved, breed it. Note that finishing this quest will let us catch more Poliwag, so don’t worry if this is your only one.

I had both the mushrooms and the stardust, but if not, go grind them off Paras/Staryu, respectively. Compoundeyes and Thief/Covet will make your hunt quicker.

Submit it all to Adrienn.

Goldenwood Park

| Old Rod | % | Good Rod | % | |————|——|—————–|—-| | Finneon | 70 | Lumineon | 60 | | Clauncher | 30 | Qwilfish | 20 | | | | Clawitzer | 20 | Pick: 2 Lum Berries, 2 Salac Berries, 2 Lansat Berries, 1 Enigma Berry, 2 Starf Berries, and pick up the Bug Memory.

Talk to Adrienn at the top. Beat the Deathwing.

Return to Grand Hall and talk to Adrienn. Enter the basement and take a right.

After the scene, exit this room and enter the room on the right at the bottom, and grab ZCrystal Normalium-Z.

Return to the help center to get (back) $250000, and MegaStone Mawilite. (+1 Karma)

HQuest 34: Mall Opportunities Head to the mall and meet the girl at the very top. Donate $30000 to her… Then talk to her in the shop to get Occa Berry.

Give her 5 Occa Berries after either farming them or using the stash we bought earlier. You’ll get a Passho Berry. Either farm four more or put off this quest until we get our next department store stamp, when we’ll be able to buy more.

Talk to ICSW again, then head to the berry store downstairs. Re-enter the ice cream shop. Then, enter the restaurant next door. After exiting, head to Terajuma Shore.

On the west end by the lighthouse, talk to the grunt. After getting paid off, return to the restaurant.

Then, talk to the officer downstairs.

Talk to ICSW again, then talk to Aya in the lab center.

Return to the help center to get $25840 and MegaStone Altarianite. (+1 Karma).

After doing all three quests, head over to Venam’s gym to fight Aya.

Wasteland Punk Aya (Corrosive Field)

This can be a scary battle: Lycanroc is guaranteed one turn of safety plus an attack boost. If you can knock that out, the defensive core of Mega Venusaur, Tentacruel, and Dragalge are all intense! The good news is there isn’t really anything preventing you from decimating her team with Earthquake, so if you can knock out Lycanroc and slow down Tentacruel somehow you might be able to sweep from there.

Fly over to Sashila Village. Now there is a new move tutor!

Sashila Move Tutor

One more quest we can do. Head to Oblitus Town. If you’ve done the Yui’s ranch quest, enter Kelvin’s house on the right side of town and get the PokeFlute for $45000. Then, go to Honec Woods where Snorlax is to get it.

Next is a quick detour to Route 4 to get some new Den Pokemon - feel free to skip this one as well.

Essentially, now that we’ve beaten Souta, all four of the dens have been updated with new Pokemon! So, I will list the Pokemon in each here.

RIFT DEN 1 (12 - 16 Badges): The common encounters in this den are Rockruff , Shiftry, Reuniclus , Solosis, Tropius, Sigilyph, Dhelmise. The rare ones are Relicanth, Persian, Lumineon, Sudowoodo, Lanturn.

RIFT DEN 2 (12 - 16 Badges): The common encounters in this den are Unfezant, Wailord , Dunsparce, Mandibuzz, Masquerain, Quagsire, Togedemaru. The rare ones are Chatot, Snorunt, Glalie, Cacnea, Cacturne, Claydol, Klefki .

RIFT DEN 3 (12 - 16 Badges): The common encounters in this den are Stoutland, Crabrawler, Pachirisu, Chimecho, Stunfisk, Kadabra, Mankey. The rare ones are Rhydon, Vanilluxe, Vanillish, Purugly, Ditto, Ursaring.

RIFT DEN 4 (12 - 16 Badges): The common encounters in this den are Lombre, Gastrodon, Seismitoad, Swanna. The rare ones are Mantine, Jellicent , Timburr.

Entering Cairo’s shop, he has even more available crests now!

Cairo’s Shop New Items (13 Badges)

Head up towards Den 4. You’ll spot Sobble hiding in the water. Chase it a few times for a battle!

Make sure you have 15000 Red Essence, then fly to Secret Shore, and head to the left. You’ll notice a strength boulder across the water - push it out of the way, and you’ll find a special den. Put in 15000 Red Essence and a Rift Matter, and you’ll be able to battle Beldum! It has two shields. Just make sure you don’t kill it or let it Take Down itself to death. When you catch it, your reward will be Xen Waste. Note that this is a special shadow Pokemon and needs to enter the Purify Chamber in the PC such that all 9 of the slots have perfect “flow” in order to be purified. Easiest way to do this is to stick 36 normal types in.

Real quick, fly over to Route 9. Head to where we fought Souta earlier, and you’ll find the MegaStone Pidgeotite Head south from the Rose Theater, and you’ll notice that Route 10 to the right is now open. We can’t do anything there yet except catch some Pokemon.

You can also catch the overhead Wingull and Pelipper!

That’s all we can do right now, so head back to the GDC Tournament Stadium and board the ship.

Talk to the group in the meeting room of Nastasia’s ship.

• Fine… (Ren +1, Aelita +1)
• There’s no way. (Ren -1)

Head to the right.

• We’re a team! (Aelita +1)
• You have to do it alone. (Aelita -1)

After another conversation, you can talk to Sharon for a battle against the duo. It’s optional, but winning will get you relationship points (Ren +2, Aelita +2).

Head up the ladder and talk to Nastasia and Ren. Follow her into the room on the right, then go back downstairs.

Beat the Xen grunts for relationship points (+1 Aelita) , then on the couch, accept Aelita’s request for story time. We’re now playing as her with her team for a little bit!

As soon as you get control, head over to the spot on the left side of the arena for a battle with the best character in the game.

Pseudo Sensei Texen (Forest Field)

You’ll be using Aelita’s team, so this one can be tough. I recommend starting with Cherrim and Starmie - these two are fast and strong and clean up most of his team easily. You can do it!

Afterwards, you’ll get the Cherrim Crest. Tell Aelita you want to rest for a while once you’re ready. Head outside the airship when you wake up!

First, head down and to the left.

ZCell 096: Zone Zero Outskirts

Enter the zone to the north. There are some Xen Grunts selling stuff here.

Zone Zero Left Grunt

Zone Zero Right Grunt

We’ll need a few Blast Powders to progress, so buy them now. Use the PC star above to add an Electric type to your party. You’ll need one, so catch a Helioptile out here if you don’t have one yet. Audino will heal your team if you talk to it.

Enter the building and go down to the basement. You can hop across any single-spaced gaps, so do so to get to the right side of the map. Talk to the panel with your electric type to light it up.

ZCell 097: Abandoned Apartments

After the short dialogue scene, enter the second door upstairs. Smash the rock and use the blast powder to talk to Aelita. As her, jump the two gaps and talk to the glowing spot to get a key. As the player again, head right and up to enter the door furthest right. Beat the goons and enter the first door upstairs.

Beat the grunt then go up the ladder to talk to Aelita. As her again, parkour to the right and jump down the hole. Attempt to jump across, but when you can’t, take your character to the second door to smash the rock. As Aelita, parkour down and to the right, then up. Interact with the bookshelf here, then as your character battle the grunt and enter door #3. Use blast powder, then parkour to the right twice and use the panel.

Upstairs, enter the open door and beat the grunt. You’ll then regain control of Aelita, so head back to the power room at the bottom.

Popstar Risa Raider (No Field)

You’ll win if you just use Giga Drain with Cherrim, Return with Golem! If not, surely the other Pokemon can do it. Winning grants Relationship Points (Ren +1, Aelita +1).

Back as your character, head to the right and exit this building. Pick up a hidden Yellow Shard, and enter the next building to the right. Once you enter, you’ll fall to the abandoned depths!

Once you’re in the depths, heal with Audino, then talk to the crew and learn you can switch characters by pressing the A key. To progress in this area, I recommend this order:

• As MC, go up and battle the grunt. Follow the path forward to the hole.
• As Ren, head right, then fly up and over the gap. Each gap is distinguished by an obvious indent in the floor. Follow this path to the second gap, then to the third. Head over to the left to the gap you can’t cross.
• As Aelita, push the boulder into the hole, then cross the gap to the right. Follow the path to the next gap and attempt to cross.
• As Ren, approach the gap and boost Aelita across. Then, navigate him all the way right to the stairs.
• As Aelita, head to the right, dropping the second boulder. Navigate her to the stairs to the right.
• AS MC, follow the path right, beating the grunts. Rendezvous with the crew!

Once you’ve cleared the puzzle, heal with Audino and head to the right. After a cutscene, follow the stairs up and exit the building.

In this area, smash the two rocks to the left for easier backtracking and navigation.

Head down to the bottom to find:

ZCell 098: Zone Zero

Head up and to the right. In the bottom corner of this area, grab TM93 Wild Charge. At the Lux Apartments, head up and right to grab a Rare Candy and hidden Revive. Then, head straight down past a line of grass to grab the Zone Zero Key . This lets us get to Alamissa from here, and vice versa.

Head up, battling the grunt along the way. Loop around to the left for an Ultra Potion, then go up along the upper path to get a Razor Claw. To the left is a hidden Red Shard. Once you’ve grabbed these items go all the way to the left and into the building on the top left of the area.

If you removed your electric type, readd it to your team, pick up a hidden Yellow Shard in a bookshelf, and enter the backroom. Go downstairs and power on the generator. (This is the last time we will need the electric type in V12). Enter the newly opened room and read the book with Ren, then exit this building and enter the one below it.

Grab a hidden Red Shard and enter Nymiera’s old house. Go to the basement to click the lever. Save/heal and approach the top of the Zone Zero area.

Rogue Psychic Lorna (Psychic Terrain)

• Rage Powder

This battle is a total bruh moment the first time you play it. Unless you have spread moves that are gonna be able to knock out the bulky-as-hell Aromatisse turn one or use your own Trick Room, most likely, you get eight turns of having to deal with her slow team going first and causing massive damage. Aromatisse will set up screens as well, meaning after Stonjourner and Darmanitan wear you down, you’ll be easy picking for Lapras and Solrock. I recommend knocking out Aromatisse at all costs then stalling – once the screens and the trick room go away, you’ll have a much easier time taking out the rest of her team. Alternatively, starting with two or three leads who are slow will encourage her not to use Trick Room right away, then after you take out Aromatisse you can switch to your faster sweepers.

After an… unfortunate scene, head up and to the right down a little path. Catch/fight/run from Mandibuzz, and pick up a hidden Yellow Shard if you’d like. Then follow the path around to the top left of the area, pick up a hidden Red Shard, then talk to Ren then the cracked rock.

Head up and to the left for a battle with Skarmory, if you’d like. Follow the path instead to the right and enter the building here. Go downstairs and read the journal, then head upstairs and exit.

Once in this area, go left for a hidden Red Shard, then go right to the Pokemon Center area. After the scene, grab the Full Restore below. Then head into the Center and talk to the crew.

After a few cutscenes, you’ll get to play as Melia. All you must do is follow the path through this area but be prepared for a battle!

This is a 12v6 double battle with Madelis on your side, so luckily, it’s not too bad at all. Madelis’ Houndoom can nearly one shot all the Pokemon that resist its Heat Wave under Torkoal’s sun, so just let that happen and use logical moves with Melia’s Pokemon and you’ll be just fine.

At this point, if we did the West Gearen Help Quest involving Sakitron, we will get Relationship Points (Melia +2, Erick +2). What follows is a mech-battle sequence. The mechanics are complicated, but you don’t have to necessarily win this one. If you do want to win, I recommend just using the attack she references in the text right before you attack - if she uses “hammer”, “bash”, or “top” in her text you’ll be able to know which to use. If she says the other thing, I recommend “tank engine”. I don’t know all the mechanics of this fight yet, but this strategy worked for me the two times I played it.

Once you regain control, head left and up out of the center, then enter the now-opened gate area.

After a scene, go left:

ZCell 099: Zone Zero

Also grab the Fire Stone above. When you’re ready, enter the stairs to the right. Grab the info on Pulse: Garna… heal and get ready for action.

If you grabbed the Weird Diary in the past, now is another chance to use it!

Dimensional Rift Hippowdon (Desert Field)

This one isn’t too bad… Ren’s team puts in work by supplying Arenite Wall and he also tends to burn it. Dropping its attack stats super low is a good move - it’s so slow you should be able to get off at least a Memento or something if you so choose. It holds Black Sludge which you can knock off. Using super effective moves to slowly chip away at each of its four shields afterwards will do the trick.

You can literally loot a knocked out Bladestar grunt for an Ability Capsule! Afterwards, head up and out! Nothing can be done to the left now, so head up to the next map. On the right by a gravestone, you’ll find:

ZCell 100: Zone Zero

Head up and to the left for one more cutscene.

• Sure! (Ren +1, Aelita +1)
• Define “okay”. (Ren +2, Aelita +2)

After the scene, enter the pyramid above. You’ll watch another, then on the left you’ll find:

ZCell 101: Eclysia Pyramid

Enter the spring at the top and watch the scenes play out. Next, we’re going to begin the crawl to the top, so enter the room at the right side of the lobby and head up.

We get control of Aelita and Ren again. The following is the sequence that will get us through the first section:

• As Aelita, battle the goon and click the blue switch.
• As Ren, head down, then click the green switch.
• As Aelita, position yourself above the green bridge in the middle.
• As MC, head up and battle the grunt, then click the blue switch.
• As Ren, head back up and go all the way up and right.
• As Aelita, head up and stand on the red switch here.
• As Ren, pass the red bridge and beat the grunt. Wait in this area.
• As Aelita, step off the switch and position yourself down below the blue bridge.
• As Ren, step on the green switch.
• As MC, walk up past the green bridge as far as it will let you go.
• As Aelita, walk past the green switch and press the blue switch.
• As Ren, walk up and stand on the red switch.
• As Aelita, walk as far up as it will let you go.
• As Ren, head up as far as you can
• Return to control of the MC and head up for a battle!

While the battle may seem tough, they’re just slightly beefed-up Magneton and Claydol. We’ll be fighting more of these throughout the tower, but they aren’t too tough. Every mech we will face has Steel as their primary type.

Now, onto the second part of the puzzle:

• As MC, walk up and stand on the red switch.
• As Ren, head right and fight the defense mechanism. The outcome affects relationship points: Winning grants (+1 Allen), losing grants (-1 Allen).
• As Aelita, head up and fight the defense mechanism. The outcome affects relationship points: Winning grants (+1 Allen), losing grants (-1 Allen). Then, head all the way up to click the blue switch.
• As Ren, cross the first blue bridge and head all the way up to stand next to the blue switch in the upper right area. Make sure you’re on the left side of the bridge that leads to the red switch.
• As Aelita, cross the blue bridge at the left, go left, down, left, and click the green switch.
• As MC, cross the green bridge and wait in this area.
• As Ren, click the blue switch, then cross to the right and stand on the red switch.
• As Aelita, go all the way to the right, across the red and purple bridges until you can’t go further.
• As MC, head up past the red bridge and wait there.
• As Ren, head all the way to the left until you can’t go further.
• Finally, as MC go up and rendezvous!

Head up and follow the path… after another scene, it’s time for another mech battle!!!!!

Luckily this is the same deal as before, I guided Allen to victory by doing the attack the grunt mentioned in their dialogue before our turn. It is optional, but the outcome affects relationship points: winning grants (+5 Allen, +5 Alice), losing grants (-3 Allen, -3 Alice).

After some interesting scenes, head up to battle some goons. You’ll be tag-teamed with the other characters here – these fights aren’t too tough.

After… that, head up and follow the path. In general, the next few rooms are straightforward progression, talking to characters as necessary. You’ll also find this, in the room with hoverboard dude:

ZCell 102: Eclysia Pyramid

Emerge at the Eclysia Skyview!

Forgotten Prince Ryland Flora (Desert Field)

• Arenite Wall
• Desert’s Mark
• Wood Hammer

Desert’s Mark: Changes the target into a Ground-type and inflicts them with Sand Tomb | On Desert Field, Sand Tomb deals 1/6 max HP per turn (up from 1/8).

Most of Rejuvenation’s fields have something you can exploit, something that you can do to either change the field or effectively steal its benefits for your own use. Unfortunately, Desert Field is not really one of these, as you cannot change it to any other field directly by moves, and there is no type whose attacks are boosted directly. On top of default Sandstorm (not as bad as Strong Wind, thankfully) you’re gonna really need to think outside the box to defeat our buddy Ryland. Or is it Flora?

Anyways, one of the biggest pitfalls this field throws at you is that it gives all Ground types a free 1.5x in Special Defense. Pretty annoying because it means that you’re gonna need to more heavily rely on physical attacks even though many of his team members are very defensive. Additionally, Dig comes out in just one turn and is boosted to 120 base power, so it’s an even stronger STAB Earthquake.

Nidoqueen is the only Pokemon here that doesn’t really have insane synergy with the field and weather other than this boost - even then it melts your tanky dreams by laying Toxic Spikes or piercing you with mixed Sheer Force offense. His Claydol has a crest which notably makes its special attack stronger and makes Hyper Beam not need a recharge turn, which means it hits hard. Arenite Wall on this, Torterra, and Gliscor can always come out, even if you change the weather on them, which makes his team even more hard to kill. Gliscor, particularly with its seed, is super annoying, because not only can it tank your attacks and heal, but also hit hard with Dig and 110 base Acrobatics. Torterra on the other hand is annoying for a different reason: its crest swaps its resistances and weaknesses: say goodbye to 4x Ice, Fire, Bug, Flying and say hello to… just Rock and Ground, which it hits super effectively anyways. It and Torterra’s Desert Mark attack turns your typing to Ground and fixes Sand Tomb on you as well, particularly useful for Torterra as the next turn it can use super effective Wood Hammer. Mega Camerupt also hits like a truck, especially if you take advantage of free 8 turn Sun on the field and will almost certainly one-shot most things with boosted Heat Wave. And finally, there is Sand Rush Excadrill, once deemed so good it had to be banned from competitive play. Since then, sand has gotten nerfs here and there and it’s not too bad - after all, if you can switch weather, it’s back to normal base 88 speed… right? On this field Sand Rush is always on so it will almost always outspeed you and will murder with Dig or Rock Slide.

So, as I hinted at earlier, Sun can be viable here, since Heat Wave and Burn Up are boosted on the field, and it lasts for 8 turns no matter what. This means you can slap a Telluric Seed, Air Balloon or something else on your sun setter and still get the full benefits. Alternatively, the move Scald gets a 1.5x boost, so you could switch the weather to rain and go to town with a Swift Swim user to at least rival the speediness of Excadrill and threaten Claydol, Nidoqueen, Camerupt, and Gliscor, though it does get cancelled somewhat by the 1.5x special defense boost for ground types. Like with Souta’s field, you also may get some success by simply copying what Ryland is doing: send in your own tanky Ground types with Telluric Seeds and see what havoc they can wreak. One way or another you can overcome Flora once and for all!

After the battle, heal up, because there’s more…

Head back to the top, then go up when you hear a sound at the skyview. After a few cutscenes, you’ll enter a battle! There is a catch with this one, see if you can spot it.

After a few more cutscenes, you’ll be in control of Adam and Delpha for another battle!

??? ??? (Desert Field)

• Hidden Power (Fighting)

This one can be tough, luckily nothing as bad as the previous fight with Ryland though. I recommend using Thunder Wave on Mismagius and then focusing on defeating the other side. Mega Aerodactyl and Gigalith are great clean up. Arenite Wall can be activated anytime if you need it. Be careful of Stantler’s Crest which allows it to hit Hypnosis much more frequently and boosts its attack.

That’s it for this bit, the spring will turn lush and green! If only this could’ve happened earlier to nullify desert field. Anyways, go ahead and approach the spring when you can. You’ll get the Pyramid Point Badge and TM105 Arenite Wall! After a few more scenes, you’ll be given a choice to teleport. Say yes if you want to continue the story, but otherwise we can fit in a few quests while we’re on this island.

There are a couple side quests that are now open in Zone Zero and elsewhere. Skip ahead to the hospital raid section if you want to finish the story.

Surf to the left side and the right side of the pyramid to get Ground Memory and TM28 Dig. Could’ve been useful 15 minutes ago!

Next, enter the Eclysia Skyview, then make your way down the lift. Once you use a teleporter, head left and surf up and across. Pick up the Magic Wand here! Exit the pyramid.

Head into the Apartment Depths where we were ambushed by Bladestar. Down here, you can grab:

ZCell 103: Apartment Depths

Head up after grabbing this cell to get an Ability Capsule! Then, head left and follow the path all the way to the left to grab the shiny Lux Apartment keys.

Exit this building, get the right team ready and enter the one immediately to the right.

Challenger Venus (Big Top Arena)

• Drum Beating

These mad lads did it - made Ledian half decent! It’s punching moves hit 4 times, so… it’s gonna get up to max attack quick or perhaps wear you down with priority Mach Punch! Venus has a tough team, though almost entirely because of the team’s synergy with the field. Many of Ledian, Luxray, and Steelix’s moves can be boosted by the field, and since most of them have the affected abilities, which means they’re going to hit real hard basically every time. Plus Azumarill’s 100% accurate Sing, and you’re in for a tricky fight.

Revelation/Petal/Fiery Dance are all boosted under this field, so a team using these that targets their low special defense might succeed. Dragon/Swords/Quiver Dance also boost stats even more, so a sweeper might see success here if they can get the opportunity to set up. Acrobatics also is boosted here and can help you get rid of Ledian, Rillaboom, and Centiskorch.

Succeed to nab the third Star Shard , as well as the Ledian Crest , and the fifth Department Store Stamp!

Exit the building and go straight to the right. Enter the tall apartment building with the key.

Once you enter, we’re going to be doing a puzzle like RSE’s Abandoned Ship backrooms. Feel free to solve this yourself, but the route is as follows:

• Enter the bottom left room, 1A. Interact with the upper right sparkle in this room, the one that is in the second tile from the right in the upper right corner, to grab a key.
• Exit, and enter the top right room, 1F. Interact with the upper left tile of the table to grab the next key.
• Exit and enter the top middle room, 1E. Study these sparkles, then head left and enter 1D. In the rightmost tile of the bed in this room you’ll find another key!
• Exit, and go upstairs and enter the top right room, 2F. Study the sparkles, then go into 2E. In the bottom tile of the bed in the 2F side you’ll find the next key.
• Exit and loop around to the bottom right door, 2C. Go around and exit through the 2B door.
• After falling, enter the bottom middle door, 1B. Grab the key two tiles above the rightmost rock.
• Using the door to the left to get back to the main area, head out of 1A and go upstairs to the upper left room, 2D. Grab the key in the single sparkle, as well as:

ZCell 104: Lux Apartments

• Reenter 2C, then go out the 2B door. Use the key on 1C in the bottom right door, then enter the ladder. Click the lever in this area and pick up Rocky Helmet.

Now if you head up in Zone Zero to the next map, you’ll find that a gate has opened, leading you to be able to catch Gible! Keep it unevolved for now or catch two, there is a small quest we can do in a bit with it. Also:

ZCell 105: Zone Zero Gible Cage

Now that we have the Enigmatic Key, we can do some underwater exploring. All three of the next sections are optional content, but I recommend all of it!

Evergreen Trench

Fly to the Evergreen Island first, and surf down onto Route 11. First thing we are going to do is go all the way up and right in the route, to the large mostly circular dive spot. Dive down in this area and interact with the submarine here. Hidden here is a Blue Shard and Damp Rock. Anyways, we’re activating the underwater pillars on this route, tallest to shortest.

Surface, then go straight down and dive in the blob-shaped dive spot. Down here is a hidden Dive Ball. Resurface.

Fly back to Evergreen Island (to save a few seconds of surfing) and surf right, then down. You’ll find a 2x2 square to go down, where you’ll find the tallest pillar. Interact with it to activate it.

Surface, and dive down in the main area of Route 11. This gargantuan area has lots of hidden items, including 4 Blue Shards, Revive, GourmetTreat, 3 Heart Scales, Pearl, Sea Incense, Ultra Potion, Water Stone, Max Repel, Nugget, Dive Ball, and Green Shard. Anyways, in the southwest area of the map, you’ll find a small 2x2 square to surface. Do so to grab TM33 Reflect! Dive back down, and at the bottom of this area you’ll see a little tunnel you can go through. Do so and surface to nab TM16 Light Screen. Dive again and go left after exiting the tunnel to the north. Activate the taller pillar here.

Head straight to the right until you find another pillar. Activate it, then surface in the 2x2 square immediately to the right to get Icicle Plate. Go back down and go up above the third pillar. Surface at this 2x2 square to grab ZCrystal Primarium-Z.

Head back down, then approach the tunnel / 2nd pillar area. At the bottom left, sort of hard to spot, is the fourth pillar. Activate it, then return to the submarine. After a conversation, surface, fly back to Evergreen, then dive right here and enter the door.

Head up, beating 3 sets of defense mechanisms along the way. Once you reach the top, you’ll be gifted the Empoleon Crest. Nice.

Next up, we’re gonna fly to the Secret Shore. Make your way to the Wetlands Laboratory and use the teleporter to get to the backroom. Use the downward pads to go down, then dive in the water. Follow the path and surface.

Grab TM112 Smart Strike as well as Shadow Amaura! Use the teleporter to get out.

Next, we’re gonna explore some of Terajuma Island. First, fly to Teila Resort, and enter Aquamarine Cave. Make your way to the Aquamarine Chamber. Dive down in this area. We’re going to need to activate a few panels in this area by floating over them, so follow this sequence:

• Step on the 1st panel immediately above the dive spot.
• Go straight down, then straight right. Activate the 2nd panel in this new area.
• Go up as much as possible, then left. In this area, go left from the up-most position such that you go up to the northmost area. Activate the 3rd panel.
• Go left, then down on the right tile of the two. In this small gap, head down and activate the fourth panel.

That’s all we can do in this main area for the time being, so dive back out at the light spot where we activated the first panel.

Next, make your way to the floor which Amber once fell through. Surf down and to the left, then dive down on any of the tiles in the lowest row. Once back in the current maze, go directly to the right, then go left once you stop before the green rock. Go left then down, then head to the right. Make sure you use the bottom of the two current tiles to go to the right here. Follow this path to the left and out.

In this area, grab the Water Memory, then activate the pillar in this area. Head up and swim off the side once you’ve done this.

Terajuma Coral Reef

There is also various wild dive Pokemon swimming about you can interact with for a battle.

If you head up, you can talk to Challenger Neptune for a tough battle!

Challenger Neptune (Underwater Field)

• Anchor Shot

This one is tough at first as she uses the Underwater Field well. In general, your non-water types not named Armaldo, Beartic, or Dhelmise will all have their speed quartered on this field, which is obviously not good since so many of their Pokemon can hit hard with field boosted water moves. Whiscash is dangerous here, as it has no weaknesses (except Water itself, on the Underwater Field) and surely can set up on you if you can’t take it out in time. Luckily, if either Samurott or Whiscash uses Dive, the field will be returned to water surface, at least allowing you to not suffer so much speed loss. Her Raichu is devastating, as Surf and Discharge are both boosted by the field here, and it’s given double speed by Surge Surfer. Dhelmise is good on this field as well.

One idea is to use your own water types as soon as Raichu and Dhelmise go down, as they suffer no speed loss and can take advantage of the field to hit Whiscash super-effectively and fight back against Samurott and Blastoise. The water surface field also was a bit easier to deal with in my experience - if you use Dive/Fly/Bounce/Shore Up or can bait Whiscash/Samurott to use it, it can make the fight easier. Plus, you can use Blizzard to turn the surface into Icy or Sludge Wave to turn it into Murkwater as usual. A tough fight but lots of ways to turn the odds in your favor.

Win against Neptune to get the fourth Star Shard , Popplio, and the sixth Department Store Stamp!

Make your way to the right. Surface at the spot just before the dark zone. Once on Route 6, head to the right, and dive down in the dive spot here. Follow this path around and enter the now-opened tower.

Read the lore on the green-tinted bookshelves if you want, then grab the Zangoose Crest and the Ariados Crest. Exit and resurface.

Next, fly to Kakori Village and enter Valor Mountain. Use the blue crystal and make your way to the Valor Chamber at the bottom. Dive down when you can here, then follow the path to the left and grab ZCrystal Waterium-Z. Take JUST ONE set of currents to the left, then go up and to the right. Activate this fifth panel (along with the four we found earlier), prepare for battle, and head up through the now-opened door.

Temple Kingdra (Underwater Field)

Another tough underwater field battle, but like the Neptune battle, utilizing field-change moves like Dive -> Blizzard may be the key to victory here! Alternatively, again your own water type can be quite effective in this field. Just be careful of Kingdra’s consistent critical hits!

Once you’ve won, head up to catch a Horsea ! A weird prize since we got Horsea a few badges ago, but ok…

Exit in the same spot of the maze as we entered the first time.

Last place to dive on this island is at the first place we entered - so fly to the shore. Surf to the northeast corner and dive. It’s time to explore the S.S. Oceania once again…

There is some Luminous Moss at the top of the entry room, as well as Corsola. Heading to the right you’ll be attacked by Sharpedo . There is a hidden Rare Candy to the right. In this first room, pick up 5 Dive Balls then follow the path. Pick up a Water Stone in the room next to you, then beat the next Sharpedo. More Luminous Moss is hidden here.

A room to the left will have MegaStone Sharpedonite. To the right, beat another shark then follow the path to pick up 5 more Dive Balls. Exit to the right for 5 Luxury Balls. A door at the top to the left leads you to a Dawn Stone and 3 hidden Pearls. Finally, head up the stairs here and you’ll have a chance to battle and catch Mareanie! Exit the ship the same way we came in.

There’s another major side quest we can do! One more new dive spot to explore, and it’s quite the big one! Enter Honec Woods and make your way to the upper right-hand corner. Dive down here.

Emerge at the top into the Kingdom of Goomidra. Hidden around town is 2 Red Shards, and a Tiny Mushroom. Speaking of mushrooms: there are tutor Goomy that accept them in various houses:

Left-Middle Move Tutor

Rightmost-Middle Move Tutor

In the top right area of the town, grab 3 Pecha Berries , 2 Lum Berries , 3 Starf Berries , 2 Enigma Berries , and 2 Aspear Berries .

Enter the castle at the top, then talk to Goomelda in her room. Exit the castle afterwards, then talk to Goomink in the upper left house of the village. At the top of the village, fight and beat Goomink, then fly over to East Gearen after he leaves.

Enter Venam’s gym, and head to the back. Fight Aya with Goomink. Shock Wave tends to work.

After winning, head outside the gym, then fly to Kakori Village. Head down to Crawli’s arena and talk to Goomink here. Beat Crawli here. Counter tends to work.

Fight Goomy once you’re outside the gym again. Fly to Sashila, then the Zorrialyn Coast to the south. Heal Goomy, then after the conversation head to the water in the village. Talk to the guy to add a yacht stop to the village, then talk to Goomink to embark.

Kawopundunga (Underwater Field)

• Frustration

This is also a very tough battle at first look. With 800 HP, as well as the ability Water Veil which will always be activated on this field, you’re in for a hard time taking it out. As a boss battle, there is no way to change its ability, and it has infinite PP. And, it has field boosted Dives.

One strategy is of course to change up the field on it. Two uses of Sludge Wave will bring it to Murkwater Surface permanently, which prevents Water Veil from activating, and actively hurts Wailord each turn… so literally you can just wait it out. Alternatively, as usual using Blizzard would lead to Icy Field, from which you can go to Snowy Mountain and then Volcanic Top, Mountain, Dragon’s Den, and so on, all of which would of course ruin Wailord’s strategy. Another alternative is, as we’ve seen before, just lowering its stats crazy low. Good news is it only uses Physical moves, so you can deplete its attack with Intimidate, Feather Dance, etc. Then a couple Fake Tears / Acid Sprays will allow you and Goomink’s Thunderbolt to knock its entire HP bar to zero, even if it Rests the turn before. Anyways, you can do it!

Back on land, you’ll have to face a team AA grunt as the Hero Goomink. It’s not too hard with two Sacred Swords, luckily. Afterwards, fly back to the Kingdom of Goomidra. Make your way to the castle and battle the grunts as you go up. After the events at the top of the tower, head back to the throne room, and talk to the king. You’ll get MegaStone Swampertite and Infernape Crest!

Head down the hallway to the right, into the ruins room. The first fight you do you will likely lose against Big Betty, but the second you can win by using Swords Dance, King’s Shield, Thousand Arrows, King’s Shield, Thousand Arrows, King’s Shield, Thousand Arrows, Thousand Arrows.

Concluding the quest grants Relationship Points (Ben +6, Goomink +6, Karma +5).

After these events, re-enter the ruins room. While here, grab TM08 Bulk Up.

Castle of Goomidra

You can also exit the castle out of the southwest entrance to find some grass, with a hidden Dusk Ball and Big Mushroom nearby.

Enter the house furthest to the right with the green roof and with the tutor inside. The left Goomy has a little shop!

Goomidra Crest Shop

Next, fly to Alamissa Urben and go straight up. Take the unconscious Karen back to the village, then agree to go to the labyrinth again. Add any Water/Rock type to your party - by now we’ve seen Relicanth, Tirtouga line, Drednaw, Corsola, Kabuto line, Omanyte line, Binacle line that all should work.

With that out of the way, head to the Zorrialyn Labyrinth. Make your way to the third floor just as we did before. Follow the southmost path to the east, until you reach a sign. Talk to the sign and show your Water/Rock type to it. Then, head north and west to reach the dive spot.

Note that in this area we can catch Relicanth, Clamperl, Luvdisc. We’re gonna do three more runs to explore this area of the ruins and snag all the items. Do so as follows:

Trip One: DLU, get Relic Silver . Go straight down and grab Mind Plate. ULU, pick up Calcium. Enter the door and get the Skuntank Crest. DRD, pick up a Heart Scale. L, D all the way, RD. In this big room, grab the Heart Scale and the Relic Silver. URUR to get Blue Shard. Then, I was booted.

Trip Two: DR, enter the door for Relicanth Crest. R, grab Splash Plate. DRDL, grab Pixie Plate . DR, grab the Full Restore. D into a big room, pick up the PP Up, Dread Plate, and Water Stone. This is all the items we can collect, so I was booted shortly after.

Trip Three: To progress, knock out 4 Luvdisc in the map. There’s one in the southwest corner, one in the southeast corner, one in the big room on the east side, and one in the northeast room. After, head to the middle south part of the map, and go in. Get the Zap Plate. Then, use dive in the sandy spot here. Attempt to grab the item ball and win the fight against the team. Get the Cofagrigus Crest !

Afterwards, head to the top of this map and enter the door on top with the incantation. Head up and agree to help Karen.

• Yeah, sure why not? (Karen +1)
• Maybe tomorrow. (Karen -1)

Note that leaving before the quest is over grants (Karen -1) relationship points.

Fight the AA grunt. Exit out the right door, then fight the AA grunt here. Press this switch and exit through the teleporter. Now, follow the stairs on the left up.

Interact with the purple bookshelf on the left. You’ll get Relationship Points (Karen +2)! Follow the secret path. Grab the Eviolite in the library, then the Claydol Crest outside! Go back through and enter the door down in the area with the stairs.

Immediately go left and go down the stairs here. Follow this path to a door to grab the Spiritomb Crest. Then head back to the open area and head all the way to the right, to grab the Darmanitan Crest in the door here.

Cross the bridge near the AA grunt. Go straight up and follow this path all the way through until the top of the castle. After a scene, start heading down the castle. After two sets of stairs, you’ll notice a cave has opened at the top, so head in to catch Larvesta!

Head back out, but when you reach a fork, head left and go up the stairs here to get onto the area where Karen and Karrina are fighting.

Gang Leader Karrina (Blessed Field)

A formidable team, but nothing you can’t handle. If you let Alakazam or crest Fearow come out while the rest of your surviving team is too slow/weak to take them out, you’re gonna be hurting a lot in this one. You also must watch out for Durant, who will surprise you with a speedy Continental Crush. That said, you can probably easily find a way through this one: Curse, Phantom Force, Spectral Scream, Shadow Force, Ominous Wind, Trick-or-Treat are moves which all switch the field to Haunted Field if you want to: Alakazam, Musharna, and Fearow would all go down quickly to field boosted Ghost moves. She doesn’t benefit too much from the base Blessed Field either, so you can exploit that for your victory too.

Afterwards, you’ll get a choice. If you choose the first, you will get Life Orb in a bit. If you choose the second, you’ll get the second mega stone from the Hidden Library way back when, but get (-5 Karma).

If you chose the second option, at the top, make a second choice. If you choose No, you’ll then get MegaStone Banettite or MegaStone Heracronite. If you choose Yes, then the stone will be shining on the ground as you make your way through the tower.

Either way, head back to where you fought Karrina, and head to the right. Go up to grab the Torterra Crest! Exit the castle now.

If you chose the first option, fly to Alamissa Urben and enter a door all the way on the left, accessed via the top left side of the area. Grab the Life Orb! You can also read the journal if you’d like.

In either case, with all the crests that we found in the crypt, fly to Sashila and talk to the left merchant for some lore, and a Dusknoir Crest!

Now that we’ve been diving, there is a side quest we can do. Head to the Akuwa Town Aquarium. Back in the SOS room, talk to the director, who will ask us for help with the aquarium. The Pokemon we need to submit are as follows. If you don’t care about keeping any of them, submit the ones you already have, otherwise, here are where you can go get more (or breeding is always an option). There are 34.

• Mareanie. Breed the one we got earlier twice.
• Toxapex . Evolve one of the Mareanie.
• Mantyke. Can be caught all over Terajuma.
• Mantine. Can also be caught all over Terajuma.
• Staryu. Terajuma Shore at night, catch two.
• Starmie . Use a water stone from the Lost Camp.
• Carvanha. Also, all over Terajuma.
• Sharpedo. Also, all over Terajuma, will attack you in the sunken S.S. Oceania.
• Chinchou. Wetlands Laboratory and Terajuma Coral Reef have them.
• Lanturn. Terajuma Coral Reef has them, or you can evolve a Chinchou.
• Corsola. Akuwa Town Beach.
• Relicanth. Evergreen Trench, or Zorrialyn Labyrinth work.
• Remoraid. Old Rod in Amethyst Cave, for example.
• Octillery. Good Rod in Amethyst Cave, for example.
• Bruxish. River’s End Good Rod, for example.
• Pyukumuku. Terajuma Shore.
• Clauncher. GDC Surfing/Fishing, for example.
• Clawitzer. Goldenwood Park Fishing works.
• Clamperl. Route 6 at night: get 3.
• Huntail . Evolve one Clamperl via DeepSeaTooth + Link Heart.
• Gorebyss . Evolve another via DeepSeaScale + Link Heart.
• Finneon. Fish in most bodies of water!
• Lumineon. Fish with Good Rod in most bodies of water!
• Shellder. Route 10 via Good Rod (catch two).
• Cloyster . Evolve a Shellder via a Water Stone from Lost Camp.
• Wishiwashi. Terajuma Pier Good Rod, e.g.
• Luvdisc. Akuwa Town Fishing.
• Alomomola. Also, Akuwa Town Fishing.
• Piplup. Spring of Preservation encounter.
• Prinplup . Evolve a Piplup.
• Empoleon. The “Emperor” from earlier or evolve a Piplup.
• Spheal. Route 9 Fishing is one example.
• Sealeo. Aquamarine Cave is a solid bet.
• Walrein. Evergreen Trench or evolve a Sealeo.

For submitting at least 10, you’ll get $60000 and the Super Rod. For submitting at least 20, you’ll get another $60000. For submitting all 34, you’ll get $80000 as well as Froakie. Nice (+3 Karma).

Now that we have the Super Rod, there are a whole bunch of areas that now hold strong water Pokemon. This section is pretty long because of how many bodies of water there are, so click here to skip to the next section.

The Super Rod tables for the areas we have been so far are as follows:

Goldenwood Cave / Spring of Purification

Route 3 / Phasial Cave / Moon Field / Mirage Woods

Goldenleaf Town / Forgotten Path

Route 11 / Evergreen Island

Seabound Cave / Evergreen Cave

Evergreen Cave (North)

Evergreen Cave Feebas Room

Terajuma Island / Terajuma Pier / Route 6

Deep Terajuma Jungle / Terajuma Jungle

Kakori Village

Jeminra Woods

Aquamarine Depths / Aquamarine Chamber / Secluded Shore / Aquamarine Shrine

Valor Mountain (Normal)

Route 2 (Past)

Darchlight Woods / Sensu Meadow / Darchlight Caves

Route 8 / Honec Woods Sides / Hiyoshi Pass (Past) / Seabound Cave

Honec Woods Main

Dream District / Axis High University / Residential District

If you’ve completed all the steps to the Ana questline so far, make your way to GDC.

At Pokestar Studios, head up, then talk to Ana on the right. Follow her to the left again, let the scenes play out, then at Dylan’s place again, exit and go down and right. In the north side, battle through a gauntlet of trainers to proceed. At the docks, talk to the pair to end up in Kristiline Town.

After a conversation in his house, follow Ana to the Sapphire Museum. Talk to her, then follow her to the Lava Cookie house above. After that conversation, go back to Dylan’s and talk to her there. Talk to her once more in front of the Pokemon Center.

Use the boat to get to Teila Resort and go to the lighthouse area of the cave via the hole Amber fell through. You’ll get 5 Lava Cookies!

Back in Kristiline, you’ll get offered to go to Teila Resort. Head there and talk to Ana in the middle. Gather intel from the townspeople then talk to her again. We don’t need to win the challenge, but if you’d like to, choose these options from her questions: first, fourth, second. Then talk to Gigiorno in the middle to get it started.

Back in Kristiline again, enter the house. That’s all we can do in this quest for now!

…While we’re on Terajuma, fly to Kakori Village. Enter the bottom-right house and present the Magic Wand to get Fennekin!

Time to continue the story! Fly to Yui’s Ranch, then enter GDC and make your way to the penthouse. After a quick scene, talk to Delpha and agree to go.

Enter Isha’s backroom prepared for battle.

Doctor Isha (Factory Field)

• Fishious Rend

This fight can potentially be tough - it mixes a lot of strategies and works somewhat well with the factory and dark factory fields. Weezing is pretty tanky and can spread Toxic but isn’t too crazy. Arctozolt and Dracovish both hit hard but are on the slower side, so hitting them hard with Ground / Fairy / Dragon moves respectively is the way to stop them. Crest Dusknoir hits hard with Shadow Sneak on the Dark Factory - make sure that whatever you are going to attack it with can live a Technician Shadow Sneak. And, if you could take Giratina back in your Level 30’s, you can now.

• I’ve been great! (Venam +3)
• It’s been going. (Neutral)

After the rest of the cutscenes play out… we did it! There are a couple quests we can take care of right now before progressing the story further.

As a note, if we head over to the Pokemon Hospital south from here, we can spend $50000 at night to max out one EV, max out one IV, and give Pokerus to a single Pokemon. This is really only critical for the IV itself, but the price is high. Up to you if you have a particularly bad IV.

Head over to the Botanical Gardens if Florin is still alive.

• That’s great, Florin! (Florin +2)
• You? Mayor? (Florin -2)
• I’d love to! (Florin +2)
• Sorry, I’m busy… (Florin -2)

Head over to Goldenleaf Town. Talk to Narcy by her house. Follow her to her house and head upstairs. Read her journal, then head out.

You’ll need something with Dark Pulse or Night Daze - the easiest is the Spiritomb we caught earlier which comes with Dark Pulse. Add it to your party and head down to Phasial Cave, using Rock Climb to descend to a lower level.

Phasial Cave Crystal Area

Talk to Narcissa once you cross the bridge, grab the Ability Capsule.

Next, fly to the Rose Theater, and enter Forlorned Cavern on Route 9. Enter the first room in the main area of the cave, with the time stone. After a scene with Narcissa, accept the fast travel to the Cliffside Grave if you’ve been already – if not, follow the path earlier in the game to Rift Chandelure. Talk to her again, then head to Phasial Cave.

Head up and watch the scenes play out. Then, in Narcissa’s house, talk to her upstairs. Head out and go to the Wispy Tower. Talk to young Narcy here and go in. Enter the lab, and head left. Talk to her again. Enter the western room, and surf up. Watch the CD Rom, then return to Narcissa’s house and talk to them again. Accept fast travel.

Follow the Rotom into the cave, then take the time crystal to the past. Interact with the safe here. Then, pull the lever in the top left corner, hiding in boxes. Go down the ladder and out. Here you can find hidden Revival Herb and Full Heal, and a Health Wing in the first floor right room. Unlock the gate, and head in. Pick up a hidden Blue Shard, then talk to her at the top, then the box.

After a scene, talk to Narcissa and agree to go. Enter the manor and head upstairs. Go through the back, then go upstairs again. Make your way to the bottommost room, with the fireplace. After a scene, enter the fireplace, then talk to the safe after another scene for a Fairy Memory. Exit to the well in the backyard.

Grab the Rift Notes for Code: Rembrence…

Dimensional Rift Dufaux (Bewitched Field)

Form 1: Electric/Fairy, Stats: 500/60/250/130/250/60

Form 2: Electric/Ice, Stats: 500/60/130/300/130/180

This is another potentially tough fight, this time, difficult for opposite reasons than the Wailord. Its ability prevents stat loss, so our normal strategy doesn’t work as well here. Luckily Narcissa’s Gothitelle likes to use Light Screen on Turn 1, so take advantage of those turns to batter the shields! The second form isn’t too defensive so you can wear it down if you can survive - Trick Room is an excellent choice.

After a scene in Goldenleaf which grants Relationship Points (Narcissa +6), you’ll be free to head to the Lost Castle. All the way at the top, you’ll get a chance to battle Rotom!

Fly to West Gearen and go talk to Gabriel at the West Gearen power plant. Follow him left then up then up again to get access to a room where you can change Rotom’s form! You’ll also get the seventh Department Store Stamp!

Next, fly over to the GDC and enter the department store. We’ve gotten a ton of stamps in this episode’s content, so it’s time to go on a shopping spree! Add Gible to your party and fly to Yui’s Ranch, enter GDC, then go to the shopping district and into the store.

Shopping District Mall 5F Shop 1

Shopping District Mall 5F Shop 2

Shopping District Mall 6F Shop 1

Shopping District Mall 6F Shop 2

Shopping District Mall 7F Shop 1

Shopping District Mall 7F Shop 2

Shopping District Mall 8F Shop 1

Shopping District Mall 8F Shop 2

On 7F, show the lady at the bottom your Gible and she’ll give you the Dark Core.

Exit the department store and fly over to Kristiline Town. Head up to the Isle of Angels and place the Dark Core on the pillar on the island to encounter Deino. Sweet!

There’s just one more thing we can do… If you’ve noticed, we’ve collected a lot of Zygarde Cells. Return to Gearen City to talk to Ayuda.

Fly to Sashila and make your way to the end of Sand Stream Cave the same way as we did earlier in the game. Once you have, in the back room, grab:

ZCore 1: Sand Stream Cave

Fly back to Gearen and talk to Ayuda to get Zygarde 10%! It’s not even particularly better than the Gible we got earlier, but hey another legendary!

Finally, to progress the story, return to the penthouse and talk to Melia.

• Full-time? (Reina +1)
• Part-time? (Neutral)

Chapter 15: Vague Clarity

League administration 1st visit.

In Sashila, head up when prompted. You’ll be thrown into a battle as Alexandra.

The Storm (Desert Field)

• Weather Ball

You can defeat this thing easily. Notice what weather gets activated by its ability each turn and try to use moves boosted by it if you want, but with Damien on your side it’s very winnable.

• Count me in! (Melia +3, Aelita +3, Ren +3, Venam +2, Alexandra +6)
• I’m scared… (Ren +2, Aelita +2, Erin +2, Damien +2)
• What are we talking about? (Erin -3, Melia -3, Ren -3, Aelita -5, Damien -6, Alexandra -6, Allen +3)

Me too, Allen.

Enter Alexandra’s secret passageway and enter at the top.

• You mean Marianette? (Venam +2)
• My third badge? (Neutral)
• What? (Neutral)

Afterwards, prepare yourself for a battle with Melia!

Pokemon Trainer Melia (Fairy Tale Field)

• Gilded Arrows (Flying Type)
• King’s Shield

Gilded Arrows: Type is the same as the user’s secondary type, unless the user is single-typed or their secondary type is Dragon or Fairy, in which case the type is the user’s primary type | Special | 50 power, hits twice | 100% accuracy | Increased critical hit rate.

The field effect is unalterable by moves, a broken seed effect that gives Aegislash one and Mimikyu TWO free turns turn to reach +4/+6 attack, all fire moves given an added Dragon typing hence can’t touch Togekiss, Mimikyu or Azumarill and are now neutral against Aegislash, it’s very stacked against you.

The good news is that you are given a couple options to make this fight work in your favor. For one, Steel moves also get a 1.5x boost and hit dragons super effectively, so they hit half of her team hard. Bullet Punch is a savior here. Snorlax with its berry will probably live one hit but doesn’t particularly have synergy with the field, so if you can lower its attack or burn it, that may be your opportunity to set up. Normal types are immune to Aegislash and Mimikyu’s Ghost Attacks, so since they are not the fastest in the world a speedy normal type capable of knocking them out in one attack (after Disguise) might be the way to go. I might have cried when I saw that this field made its way into this game, but if I can overcome it you can too!

To win, you’ll receive the Fate Badge!

Outside, talk to Melia again.

• Jenner was your father. (Melia +3)
• That’s kinda cool! (Melia -3)

Tell Alexandra you’re ready for training.

This day is just a quick scene!

Talk to Ren in the hallway.

• Talk to her next time (Ren +2)
• You need some work… (Neutral)

Then, enter the battle room.

• I’m pumped. (Erin +2, Damien +2)
• I’m excited, I guess… (Erin +1)
• Eh… (Erin -1, Damien -2)

Enter the rental battle with Venam. The strategy that worked for me was: Switch Manectric for Walrein, Waterfall on Houndoom turn 1. Then turn 2 was Blizzard with Walrein and Waterfall on Dugtrio, turn 3 was mega + discharge, waterfall on Dugtrio, then turn 4 was discharge + high horsepower to finish off Kingler.

Head in to talk to Aelita.

• …The statues? (Aelita +2)
• The Soul Stone (Aelita +1)
• I have no idea… (Aelita -1)
• I don’t remember… (Neutral)
• It couldn’t have been me… (Neutral)
• … (Damien -2)

Interact with the obelisk! Inside it’s straightforward. You’ll get the Interceptor’s Wish!

Back in the league administration you’ll be thrusted into a 1v1 battle as Melia. Win or lose, it doesn’t matter.

Talk to Aelita in the hallway.

• You’ll be the Sensei too! (Aelita +3)
• What about GDC? (Aelita -1)

Next is a fight with Ren, one that will pit you against Ren on a disadvantageous field with a disadvantageous team. I chose the Fire team here and, while a tough battle, you can win by starting with Marowak and Heatmor, targeting Slowbro and then sending in Pyroar to finish off Mantine then Dewgong with Wild Charges.

Sleep for the night in the leftmost room.

Finally, we get to obtain the Mega-Z Ring! This allows us to use Z-Moves as well as Mega Evolve our Pokemon!

• Thank you, everyone! (Melia +2, Ren +2, Aelita +3, Damien +1, Alexandra +3, Erin +1)
• I can’t believe it… (Melia +1, Aelita +2, Ren +1, Erin +1)
• Cool… I guess. (Aelita -1, Melia -1, Alexandra -2, Erin -1, Venam -1, Ren -1, Allen +5, Alice +5)

Gosh, Allen and Alice are so cool.

Once you get control, take the time to fly over to Eclysia Pyramid if you’d like. Head up the stairs to the right and follow the path: you’ll be able to fight Galarian Corsola up here!

Then, head back to League Administration. Interact with the thing at the table and select Path 1.

During the conversation Erin and Kanon have on the boat, if you had previously spoken to Erin in the Magnolia Library towards the beginning of the game, you’ll get Relationship Points (+2 Erin).

On the boat, choose whether you’ll activate Interceptor’s Wish. If you do, Erin will be using your team, whereas if you don’t, she uses hers. Battle advice is easier to give when I know what your team is gonna be, so for this guide I will not be activating it.

Follow the underwater path. Inside the manor, avoid the Regice, as you’ll have to fight them. Make your way through the path here, watch the scene in the courtyard, then head onto the roof.

Follow the path to the right, then talk to Angie on the rooftop. Enter the left door and beat the maid. Take the left door on the higher floor in this complicated room, then beat the maids as you follow the path. Back in the Shellder room, head east onto the rooftop, this time following the path right through the dance room!

Enter the window to the baby’s room, then follow the path down the stairs. Try to exit the bottom door in the next room. After a conversation with Kanon return to the rooftop. Head back out the window at the bottom, then drop down the first spot on the roof you can from the right.

Inside, get the Dungeon Key and talk to the book for some relationship points (Erin +4, Kanon +4). After exiting the office on top, go left, down, across the outside area, left through the lower level left door, then left, up, and left into the Ballroom.

Ice Soldiers Erin and Kanon (No Field)

Nothing too bad: Blizzard from Ampharos can take care of Salamence and Florges can take Absol.

Get the Dungeon Key up at the top of this room, then make your way back to the big hub room and use it to enter the courtyard.

Step on the red tile. Beat the maids as you follow the path. Enter the ship and head downstairs. Then, talk to Patty in the nearby room and beat the maid. Next, reenter the cellar and defeat the maid looking at a wall. Return to Bonita, then head upstairs to get another Dungeon Key.

Enter the locked door in the cellars. After you see all of the scenes here, back in the dungeon, exit to the left. Back in the courtyard, head to the top door to confront Angie.

Angie and Cera (Frozen Dimensional Rift Field)

This one can be tough, but not as bad as our first encounter with Angie. Erin’s Aevian Ampharos is good here, able to survive a decent chunk of the ice attacks and then hit back like a Truck. I would recommend starting with something fast like Zangoose on the left side and Ampharos on the right, then focus all your attacks on Angie’s Pokemon (Mamoswine, Beartic, Walrein) to start, since they’re all the most threatening. Once you knock them out Cera’s three are easy to knock out.

That’s it for the Diamond Route!

Again, you’ll be given the choice to activate the Interceptor’s wish. I choose not to for this guide.

As Melia, take a stroll around the town. Head into the mart, then defeat Sariah.

In the grove, talk to the Arceus statue. Head down and prepare for a battle. You get to pick whether Ren or Venam is your partner, or perhaps you can do it alone if you want.

Rogue Psychic Lorna (Blessed Field)

I picked Ren, and this was a cakewalk compared to last time. Let Mega Snorlax come out during the trick room and it will go first and can hit hard with Heavy Slam, and the rest of yours and Ren’s Pokemon can fill in the rest.

In the Den of Souls, head up. You’ll have to defeat a couple more mechs! Afterwards, follow the path to the right and find the open building. Explore upstairs then head out. We’re looking for three green rods: one is hidden up and to the right, another is up from where we found Ren, and the other is near where we started. Reactivate the generator.

Prepare to fight a mech Gyarados!

Defense Mech Gyarados (Crystal Cavern)

Every time it attacks, it attacks twice. Luckily, it’s not too hard with Ren assisting - Meganium’s Light Screen will help you survive.

Afterwards, return to the building and head upstairs. Head back out and go up when you’re ready.

Team Xen Madelis (Crystal Cavern)

• Wake Up Slap
• Sludge Bomb.

This is a tough fight in general, but I found a pretty easy way to win with Melia’s team. Simply knock out Cinccino and damage Crobat with Mega Snorlax’s Return, then when it goes down swap to Mimikyu. Swords Dance, Shadow Sneak to finish Crobat. Then Play Rough to Shadow Sneak Houndoom who should turn the field dark, then Shadow Sneak Salazzle to one shot it, then Play Rough Tsareena. Now it will go down but Hydreigon, Gardevoir, and Meganium can deal with the rest.

Head up and into this building. Make your way up, battling grunts as you go. When you reach the gatling gun, spam the up arrow. Enter the door after defeating the mechs and grab the shining key. Enter the door on the right: read each letter in each open room and open the next door. Finally, enter the last door in this area and go up. Make your way through and watch the scenes, and when you’re able, exit back to where we started. Take the elevator up, then the second elevator to the Den of Souls.

After a scene, head up.

Team Xen Admin Cassandra (Blessed Field)

• Shadow Break

This is a tough battle as Cassandra has a lot of threats, and if you’re playing as Melia’s team, well, then Serperior, Cinccino and Lycanroc can outspeed your entire team. As such you need to leverage your team correctly - for instance, Togekiss can easily dispatch the Shadow Bisharp and Serperior, while Meganium can tank Cinccino and chip Mega Mawile well. Aevian Milotic will go down to a couple of Earthquakes from Mega Snorlax, and Mimikyu is a good choice to throw out a Swords Dance boosted move when you need it. Even if it takes a couple tries Cassandra is easily beaten with the right approach.

That’s it for the Pearl Route!

With both of those completed, you’ll be in control of your character again. Choose path 3 and be given the Rotom Phone.

• I had an idea… (Aelita +2)
• Nope! (Aelita +1)
• School sucks. (Aelita -1)

Head up and into the school.

Axis High Shop

A little note here: it turns out that as soon as you get the Zygarde 10% from Ayuda, the new cells won’t appear. For completeness I will list them anyways in the guide going forward, but keep in mind if you already did the Zygarde exchange you won’t be able to find these. Anyways, downstairs on the left, you’ll find:

ZCell 106: Axis High University

Then, head upstairs in the middle, and talk to Huey.

• That’s right! (Lavender +2, Huey +2)
• Uh…. (Lavender -2)
• Not really, no. (Huey -3, Lavender -4)
• Where’s Reina? (Neutral)

In a room at the bottom is the… bobsled club? If you can defeat all the students, you’ll be gifted the MegaStone Cameruptite!

In another room on this floor you’ll find:

ZCell 107: Axis High University

Head back downstairs, where you’ll find Amber! You’ll be given Concert Tickets and Amber’s Letter! Talk to Saki in the cafeteria to the right. Then, find Aelita upstairs.

Time for a 2v2 battle with Risa Raider downstairs.

• Helping Hand

As before this is very winnable, surely you can figure out a way.

• I trust you! (Amber +6, Aelita +3)
• Uh… (Amber -2, Aelita -1)

Interact with the fountain next, then head to the dorms downstairs to sleep. The next day, head to the auditorium for the announcement!

I will begin with Path 1. Once more you’ll be given a choice to activate the Interceptor’s Wish, I declined.

Head outside. Enter this classroom to the left and use the ‘A’ key to do a group investigation in here. Back outside, you’ll find that Zetta has taken up the shop.

Nightmare University Shop

Do a group investigation on the three entryway areas if you’d like, then head to the left area to give the Masked Men the password: “Sorry”.

Downstairs talk to Ms. Erable, then to the student on the right with the “!” over his head. Say no to battling them, then you’ll battle. Then say yes to the person on the left and return to Ms. Erable.

Axis High University Student Jean (No Field)

• Bolt Strike

This has two shields. Take advantage of Granbull and Staraptor’s Intimidates, then hit it hard with your strongest moves.

After all that, find the fifth door from the bottom on the third story, right side and enter “Dreamyard”. Enter Huey’s door!

Talk to the Rapidash rider then the girl in the bottom corner. Press the red panel here, then in the next area, follow the stairs to the next panel. The third panel is all the way at the bottom from here. At the top, defeat the trainer then head to the right and fight her again at the bottom. Then follow the path to finish Huey’s area.

Head outside and enter the pyramid. At the top left talk to the girl and agree to help. Then go left and across the bridge to make friends with Grigus. Battle Huey, but intentionally lose to progress. You’ll be awarded 10 Phantom Candy S!

Pick a partner or choose to go alone, time to fight Grigus.

Axis High Student Random Student (No Field)

It has three shields and hits twice; however, this fight is very easy. Spam your strongest moves and you’ll easily win. Pick up the piece of the treasure afterwards! Head back into the main room, you’ll find the invisible person near the bottom. Talk to the girl at the top then enter this new room at the bottom.

Grab the thing when you get a chance and head back to the main room to reassemble the bridge. Enter Aelita’s door!

Talk to both pink bookshelves then the pink plant. Then follow cyborg Deagan! Talk to each nurse from behind, then head out once Deagan touches the sunflower.

Easy enough for your team!

Once this part finishes up, interact with the box outside. Time for another battle!

Masked Man ??? (Desert Field)

If you can get some chip damage off on Hippowdon with Cherrim and Granbull, Hawlucha can take care of most of this team.

Return to the auditorium, then reenter the Pyramid area where we fought Grigus, then return to the auditorium. Go up here, then follow the path to Lavender’s door.

Enter the moon base and grab the crimson quartz in the upper room then heat it in the bottom. Head out… and we must run away from Risa!! Don’t let yourself get hit too many times. Maneuver your way through the path, hitting switches as you go. Press the last green switch then back into the hallway and go up. Get the thing here then push the button and head down and to the right.

Grapple to the right and then do so again. Follow the path to the yellow switch in here, then in the previous room head down. Follow the path here to the green switch then return and go up. Through here you’ll have to fight Risa. This one is impossible with Lavender’s team, but that’s ok.

Up in the next room try to escape, then interact with the panel. Now we have a real team for a real fight!

Pop Star Risa Raider (Factory Field)

• Fusion Flare

Winning this one seems to rely on luck, but oh well. Yawn first turn with Espeon, then Pyrokinesis with Delphox. Swap in Exeggutor next and spam Pyrokinesis as much as you can while it’s asleep, then put in Mega Alakazam when it wakes up and kills you. Thunder Wave it, then High Jump Kick and Play Rough from your remaining members should do just enough. If it wakes up too early and always hits through paralysis, you might still lose though, so a couple resets may be in order.

Exit the auditorium and talk to the student here who has lost his brain. SEC is the storekeeper here and has the same items as Zetta did. Do a group investigation of the cafeteria here. Return to the guy to get Mysterious Black Box and some Phantom Candy S. The first trainer to the top will also give us Phantom Candy S.

Talk to the masked man and you’ll be given a clue. Enter the classroom and do a group investigation. Return and try entering “ants troubled” if you like. The actual answer is “student labor.”

Enter a room on the left and say you don’t want to battle to battle someone. Win to get Phantom Candy S and another Mysterious Black Box. In the top left room answer the bottom answer, and you’ll get Phantom Candy M and another Mysterious Black Box. Try to enter the machine in the lower area of the main room. Talk to it again. You’ll need to generate different students based on their attributes, the chalkboards in the lower left classroom are the guide. So, make the following:

Student 1: Determined, Math, Medical Proficiency, Internship Experience

Student 2: Studious, English, Drama Proficiency, 10 or more performances

Student 3: Whimsical, Botany, Botanical Proficiency, Hugged a Tree.

• Give her space. (Saki +2)
• She has amnesia. (Saki +1, Amber +1)
• … (Saki -2)

Student 4: Studious, Engineering, Engineering Proficiency, 3 Years’ Experience

Talk to the door at the top.

• Of course (Amber +2, Saki +2)
• Um… I’m scared! (Saki -2, Amber -2)

Team Xen Zetta (Factory Field)

• High Jump Kick
• Extrasensory

This one is somewhat tough but luckily not as bad as Mt. Valor! You’ll need to watch out for Absol, who critical hits frequently thanks to its ability and item. The Typhlosion, Dragonite, Weavile, Minior we’ve all seen before and know how to deal with by now. Watch out for Hitmonlee who will get an Unburden boost after using Fake Out.

• You got this Amber! (Amber +3)
• Good luck. (Amber +2)
• … (Amber -2)

Inside, complete the first few tasks just as we did as Aelita. Now enter the right-side door. Beat the scientists in here then pick up the key and unlock the left door. Go down the elevator, into the door, and get the key. Use it back up from the elevator. Pick up the final key and reenter the main hallway.

A bit harder since you only have three this time, but nonetheless very doable.

• I’m happy for you! (Amber +2)
• … (Amber -1)

Make your way all the way back to the auditorium as soon as you are prompted to.

Masked Individual ??? (No Field)

Again, probably easy for your team at this point.

Head upstairs. Interact with a terminal on the right. Your goal is to get the red box into the green space. With enough tinkering you can figure it out. Do this at all the other terminals around the room.

After you finish, talk to the main table thing, then go around the room bashing suspicious walls. That is, any that don’t fit it with what’s around them. Then return to the table.

• Are you doing okay? (Amber +2)
• You done? (Saki -2, Amber -2)

Then head upstairs and enter your building on the left. Answer however you like.

• Yes. (Saki -2)

Return to the underground to the broken machine in the upper left room. It’s time for a great sequence. Destroy all the robots you can find, eventually making your way to the third floor. Bust your way through the panels.

• My body screams for more. (Saki +5, Amber +3)
• It was awesome! (Saki +3, Amber +2)
• It was… interesting. (Amber +1)
• Eh. (Amber -2, Saki -3)

Take the teleporter then go up.

Masked Individual (No Field)

• Techno Blast (Water)

Obviously, a fast fire move will do the trick here.

Head back to the teleporter and talk to the Saki door.

• Kick ass, Saki! (Saki +3)
• Uh… Good luck? (Saki +/-2)

Put the mannequins into pods… yikes.

Head up and interact with the monitor thing. Then go up and talk to the box thing. Then input 7496 into the monitor. Talk to Amber then push the red switch at the bottom then go down the newly opened stairs.

• It did. (Neutral)
• I don’t know. (Neutral)
• I’m hungry. (Saki +2)

Then when you return head out and go down the lift.

After learning about all this, it’s finally time to enter the player’s door!

This area is straight forward. When all is said and done, you’ll have to fight… your protagonist. Each protagonist has a different team, so find the one that applies to you.

Pokemon Trainer Ana (Snowy Mountain Field)

• Dragon Darts

Pokemon Trainer Aevis (Snowy Mountain Field)

• Spirit Shackle

Pokemon Trainer Aevia (Snowy Mountain Field)

Pokemon Trainer Ariana (Snowy Mountain Field)

• Cotton Guard

Pokemon Trainer Axel (Snowy Mountain Field)

Pokemon Trainer Alain (Snowy Mountain Field)

• Volt Tackle

Pokemon Trainer Aero (Snowy Mountain Field)

They’re not insanely difficult, and you will succeed with the right strategy if you’ve made it here!

• Don’t let her get to you. (Aelita +4)
• It’s alright. (Aelita +2)
• Watch what you say. (Aelita -2)

When you can, return upstairs and enter the stairs at the fountain. Follow the path to fight SEC again, who has a Shadow Machop. SEC in the next room has a Shadow Clobbopus. Get the Fire Stone here then follow the path. On the left side of the area, you’ll be able to grab a Nightmare Fuel.

Head up - it’s time to fight illusions. You get relationship points depending on if you’re right - choosing Erick 2 grants (+6 Erick), choosing Erick 1 grants (-4 Erick). Choosing Aelita 2 grants (-4 Aelita) and will open you up to one more question:

Relationship Point Choices (Aelita 2 Chosen):

• Aelita, I’m sorry… (Aelita +1)
• Could’ve been more clear! (Aelita -2)

…but it is a higher net to just choose Aelita 1 no matter what.

Anyways, time for a battle!

??? Clear (Factory Field)

The Naganadel has two shields, and her Stantler and Beheeyem each have crests that make both much better. That said, if you don’t let Naganadel get too many Beast Boosts her team is overall slow and you can sweep them with the right Pokemon.

That said, winning this battle is technically optional. Losing takes away Relationship Points however (Aelita -1, Adam -1, Braixen -1, Erick -1).

• I’m going too! (Aelita +3)
• I hate this. (Erick +3)
• Uh… on second thought… (Aelita -2)

Head back up to Axis High.

Land of Broken Dreams

Make your way to the left here as you fight puppet masters.

• Whoey? (Lavender +1)
• Sorry… (Neutral)

Then after the scenes at the top, head down and to the right. Pick up another Nightmare Fuel as you go.

• Kinda Cool! (Amber +1)
• Super Cool! (Amber +2)
• Mega Cool! (Amber +3)
• Eh… (Amber -1)

Return to take the teleporter.

Prepare yourself for a battle and head up.

Rogue Hero Hazuki (Starlight Field on top of Fairy Tale Arena)

• Meteor Assault

This is a tough battle that takes full advantage of both field effects in play here! On the first turn, you’ll notice that Chandelure’s and Corviknight’s abilities cause tanky Mega Corviknight to be targeted. This means Chandelure will likely get off a Trick Room on the first turn which will last 8 turns on the field, greatly benefitting her slow team. When her Aurorus comes in, the field will return to Fairy Tale since the hail blocks out the weather, which as in the Melia fight makes Sirfetch’d, Samurott and Aegislash particularly deadly.

That said, luckily there are no fairies this time, so Heat Wave + Sun can work well on most of the team. You can either anticipate the Trick Room and bring a slow team or manage to somehow knock out or prevent Chandelure from moving on the first turn if you can. The field effects are not ridiculously stacked against you this time though, so take advantage of Fairy Tale Field and you will find a way to win.

• I’m so sorry. (Saki +2, Aelita +2)
• It’s going to be okay. (Neutral)
• She was lost. (Saki -1)
• That wasn’t Hazuki. (Saki -2)

Head up and follow the path to obtain the ZCrystal Intercept-Z!

Puppet Master (Starlight Field)

• Bunraku Beatdown

Equip the Intercept-Z to a Pokemon first and you’ll have a much easier time, but it’s not necessary. It’s very slow, so you can easily drop its defenses or use Knock Off for its Leftovers and wear it down. Aelita will help you break the 4 shields too with field boosted Dazzling Gleam. If you use any weather, you’ll change the field to nothing, which can be useful.

Even easier than the first time. The Intercept-Z helps as before!

Optimistic Guy Huey (Starlight Field)

• Frost Breath
• Water Spout

Huey is not too bad! Just make sure he doesn’t get stupidly powerful with Octillery or Glalie’s moody and you’ll be fine.

Now we get to play as Saki for a bit. Interact with all the … as well as Saki’s parents then pick up the phone in the upper left corner.

Back as the player, enter the first room.

• Why me? (Erin -1)
• I’m on it. (Erin +2)
• Goddamnit… (Melia -2, Aelita -2, Erin -3)

Accept the fast travel to Axis. Head through the path then go back to the left. You’ll find Aevian Munna roaming about!

ZCell 108: Hidden Axis Lab

Follow the path up. After this scene is over, head back out and down to Saki’s gym!

Axis Factory

Make sure you catch an Aevian Litwick to show to Zumi.

Make your way through the path to the left. There is a sneakily hidden door at the bottom of the left-most side, follow that down. Make your way to the right and open a chest for 3 Green Shards. Then step on all three of the yellow switches and make them blue.

In the next area using the rail cart, step on the switch and open the chest for 3 Yellow Shards. Then follow Sakitron down from where she starts.

In this next area, use the rail carts to go left and step on the switch. Activate Sakitron, follow it and go left for Exp. Candy XL. Defeat all the trainers in this area and a Dungeon Key will appear. Get it and open the nearby door. Head down, beat the trainers and grab the Dungeon Key behind them.

Before we go, we can solve a puzzle with these statues. Turn the top-left one South, the top-right one West, the bottom-left one East, and the bottom-right one North. You’ll get an Adamant Mint!

Use the key above.

Xen Executive Geara (Haunted Field)

Man, this guy keeps showing up and is never any less annoying. First, for some arbitrary reason, compared to all the previous encounters with Haunted Field, this time you can’t change the field at all. All his Pokemon hit hard, and he even walks in with some of them burned, so you can’t status them. Mega-Gengar is insanely fast and with field boosted Shadow Ball can kill almost anything, Krookodile starts strong and can go on a Moxie rampage starting with its Z-move, Aevian Parasect’s ability guarantees it a second life after you knock it out the first time, Unaware Clefable is as annoying as ever, and so on.

If you can knock out Clefable, a speed boosted sweeper of some sort might be all you need to tear into his team. As before, your own ghost types will do well here, and since some fire moves gain Ghost typing, once you can knock out Chandelure, one might tear through him.

Push the button and enter the teleporter. Go left then down and enter the newly opened door to get a Master Key.

Head into the gym door at the top and get ready for quite a battle.

Gym Leader Saki (Glitch Field + Wonder Room)

• Super U.M.D. Attack

Super U.M.D. Move: Steel | Physical | 100 power | 100% accuracy | Alternates between lowering the target’s Attack & Special Attack by 1 stage each, and lower the target’s Defense & Special Defense by 1 stage each.

The first 10 or so attempts you’ll have at this battle will probably be wrapping your head around what is happening. Basically, on Glitch Field, special defense and special attack are calculated by whichever of the two is highest. This, plus Wonder Room, which swaps a Pokemon’s raw defense and raw special defense, means that Saki’s extremely defensive team members now hit their special moves with their defense stats: Mega Metagross uses 150 base special attack to power field boosted Zen Headbutt. On top of this, Super U.M.D. Attack is a 100 power physical steel move that every single one of her team carries which alternates between lowering your attack stats and your defense stats. Bronzong and Aggron also have the notorious Glitch Field Synthetic Seed boost, which grants +1 in defense and special defense as well as replacing their types with ???, removing their weaknesses to make them very tough to take down. Bastiodon is also very gnarly thanks to its crest which deals recoil damage to the player and heals Bastiodon in addition to Sturdy.

That said, as one of the developers kindly told me when I was stuck, there is an advantage built in to the field! All the Pokemon except Mega-Metagross are slow, and on Glitch field, the faster Pokemon has a +1 critical hit chance. This means that any Pokemon holding a Razor Claw or Scope Lens that is faster than any of Saki’s Pokemon has a 50% chance of doing critical hits, meaning that half of the time you can ignore the defense boosts granted by the seeds of Bronzong and Aggron. What’s more, a high crit move like Night Slash will have a 100% chance of breaking through! Another strategy you can consider is bringing your own defensive Pokemon. Just like with Saki’s team, defense will then translate to special attack, allowing you to hit hard Special type moves (especially Fire). Physical type moves (especially Ground and Fighting) are also decent here, as the wonder room swaps Saki’s team members’ relatively poor special defense to the defense stat.

Win to get TM91 Flash Cannon as well as the Forgery Badge. At this point, if you have at least 3 points with Saki you’ll get more Relationship Points (Saki +4, Amber +4, Venam +4).

Right afterwards, if you have at least 3 points with Amber, you’ll get even more Relationship Points! (Amber +4, Venam +4)

• You got it, bro (Adam +3)
• Sure. (Adam +1)
• Really? Ugh… (Adam -3, Venam -2)

Next, return to Sashila, and enter the second room on the right to talk to Crescent.

• They’re my friends. (Neutral)
• None of your business. (Crescent -4)

Then enter the leftmost room to talk to everyone else. We did it! Only side quests remain, for now.

Return to the Gearen Lab and show your Aevian Litwick to Zumi, who’ll reward you with Exp. Candy L and MegaStone Manectite. That’s the end of this quest!

Next, make your way to the Den of Souls via Goldenwood Grove. Head up to pick up the HP Up. Follow the path to the city area and find a Revive on the left. Hidden here is also Nugget, Damp Rock, and Red Shard. Make your way to the 3rd HQ, and head to the 3rd floor. In the rooms with the notes, you can grab an Antidote, a Full Heal, a Revival Herb. A room to the left has an Elixir in it. On the second floor, you can find a Max Potion.

Exit to the 3rd Layer. On the right is an Ultra Potion. Down, you’ll find a hidden Rare Candy. Head to the left. We can surf here!

Den of Souls

Wild Kabuto can also be found by surfing north here. Grab the TM82 Dragon Tail .

Back on land, head down and talk to the broken mech-Gyarados. Inside, you’ll get a Dragon Memory. Head up to get the MegaStone Glalitite! Proceed left and pick up the Tiny Mushroom.

Surf down at the bottom area. You’ll find Wild Omanyte here, and a hidden Blue Shard. To the right, you can get TM149 Draining Kiss. Further to the right, you’ll find a hidden Ether. An island on the north side of the pond contains a hidden Heart Scale. Head all the way out the way we came in.

Head to Route 4: Cairo now has one more crest he’ll sell us for 14K Red Essence!

Cairo’s Shop New Item (15 Badges)

Finally, fly to Eclysia Pyramid and talk to Ryland on the summit. You’ll get Relationship Points (Ryland +6) and MegaStone Steelixite!

That’s all the content in Rejuvenation! If you want to complete the dex as much as possible, read on. Thanks for reading.

Complete the V13 Dex

While you wait for the next episode, if you’d like, you can fill your dex as much as possible. Note that I assume everything in bold above has been obtained already. I will only be listing everything here that you must evolve/breed in V13 that we haven’t already done so for a quest.

The best place to post up for battles is the Route 9 grinder. Lead with a Ghost/Fighting type and go nuts, you’ll get Exp. Candy for winning. Friendship berries are available at Maman’s Camp. As for item evolutions

• they’re all available in the Shopping District.

V13 Unobtainable Pokemon

You can only get at most one of these lines, when selecting your starter:

You can only get at most one of these lines, when randomly obtaining your mystery egg:

• Corvisquire
• Corviknight

You can’t get any of the following Pokemon yet under any circumstances:

• Hisuian Growlithe
• Hisuian Arcanine
• Galarian Slowpoke
• Galarian Slowbro
• Hisuian Voltorb
• Hisuian Electrode
• Hisuian Typhlosion
• Galarian Slowking
• Hisuian Qwilfish
• Hisuian Sneasel
• Hisuian Samurott
• Hisuian Lilligant
• Galarian Darumaka
• Galarian Darmanitan
• Hisuian Zorua
• Hisuian Zoroark
• Hisuian Braviary
• Hisuian Sliggoo
• Hisuian Goodra
• Hisuian Avalugg
• Hisuian Decidueye
• Basculegion

At the moment, none of the following legendaries are available either:

• Galarian Articuno
• Galarian Zapdos
• Galarian Moltres
• Blacephalon

This section is a quick lookup to help you combat enemy Pokemon with crests.

• Fearow: Grants innate Sniper ability, always crits when opponent has <50% health.
• Hypno: Multiplies raw Special Attack by 1.5, multiplies Accuracy by 1.5.
• Meganium: Multiplies damage taken by self and double battle allies by 0.8, recovers 1/16 of own and ally’s HP each turn.
• Typhlosion: Physical attacks use the Special Attack stat, contact moves now hit twice: the second with power multiplier 0.2.
• Feraligatr: First attack out is given +2 priority. Multiplies damage of its biting moves (Bite, Crunch, Ice Fang) by 1.2 after first attack.
• Noctowl: Grants STAB on Psychic moves, gains resistances to Fighting and Psychic.
• Ledian: Its punching moves (Comet Punch, Drain Punch, Dynamic Punch, Focus Punch, Ice Punch, Mach Punch, Power-Up Punch, Thunder Punch) now are used four times. Bonus effects only can happen on the first two.
• Ariados: Multiplies raw Speed by 1.5, always hits target critically if they are slowed or poisoned.
• Magcargo: Swaps Speed with Defense, adds 10 to Special Attack.
• Stantler: Multiplies raw Attack by 1.5, multiplies Accuracy by 1.5.
• Delcatty: Multiplies every raw stat by 1 + 0.1 x number of allies.
• Swalot: Gains stockpile after each attack. Belch is usable regardless of held item and is followed by Spit Up.
• Zangoose: Poisons user, grants innate Poison Heal.
• Seviper: Multiplies raw Speed by 1.5, multiplies damage by 1 + 0.5 x opponent’s health as a percentage.
• Whiscash: Nullifies Grass moves, raises attack when hit by one.
• Claydol: Special attacks use the Defense stat. Beam moves (Signal Beam, Charge Beam, Solar Beam, Ice Beam, Hyper Beam, Psybeam) have damage multiplied by 1.5, Hyper Beam and Solar Beam are now one turn moves.
• If Rain: Base Stats = 100/70/80/70/80/70, Ability = Rain Dance.
• If Sun: Base Stats = 70/70/70/90/70/100, Ability = Solar Power.
• If Hail: Base Stats = 70/70/70/100/70/90, Ability = Slush Rush.
• Relicanth: Multiplies raw Attack by 1.2, multiplies Special Defense by 1.3.
• Torterra: Swaps weaknesses and resistances (Now weak to Rock, Ground. Now resistant to Fire, Flying, Ice (4x), Bug).
• Infernape: Swaps Attack with Defense, swaps Special Attack with Special Defense.
• Empoleon: Grants STAB on Ice moves, doubles speed in Hail, Icy Field, Snowy Mountain, and Frozen Dimensional Field.
• Luxray: Grants STAB on Dark moves, gains resistances to Ghost and Dark.
• Rampardos: Always lives with 1HP once during each battle.
• Bastiodon: For each attack it takes, heals 50% of the damage taken and deals this amount to opponent.
• Vespiquen: Attack Order gives 1.5 multiplier to offenses, Defense Order gives 1.5 multiplier to defenses. Only the most recently used stays in effect.
• Cherrim: Flower Gift is always activated.
• Skuntank: Nullifies Ground moves, raises attack when hit by one.
• Spiritomb: Multiplies damage by 1 + 0.2 x number of fainted allies, recovers number of fainted enemies/16 HP each turn.
• Leafeon: Resists Fire and Flying moves instead of being weak to them.
• Glaceon: Resists Rock and Fighting moves instead of being weak to them.
• Probopass: Grants innate Levitate. Attacks now hit twice: the second with power multiplied by 0.2.
• Dusknoir: Multiplies raw Attack by 1.2, grants innate Technician.
• Phione: Multiplies raw Defense and raw Special Defense by 1.5. Grants Aqua Ring when switched in.
• Darmanitan: If ability is Zen Mode, stays in Zen Mode always.
• Cofagrigus: Multiplies raw Special Defense by 1.25, multiplies raw Special Attack by 1.25.
• Cinccino: All attacking moves now hit 2-5 times at 0.35 times power each. Bonus effects only can happen on the first two.
• Beheeyem: When it moves second, multiplies damage taken by 0.67 and disables enemy’s first move used.
• Druddigon: In sun, recovers 1/16 HP each turn. Heals HP when hit by Fire moves and nullifies them. Fire and Dragon moves have damage multiplied by 1.3.
• Dedenne: Physical attacks use the Speed stat.
• Oricorio: Multiplies raw Special Attack by 1.25, multiplies raw Speed by 1.25.
• Thievul: Adds half of opponents raw Attack to Thievul’s raw Attack.
• Boltund: Multiplies damage of biting moves (Bite, Crunch, Fire Fang, Psychic Fangs, Thunder Fang) by 1.5 if it moves before opponent.
• Normal Scrappy
• Grass Flower Veil
• Water Marvel Scale
• Fighting Defiant
• Flying Gale Wings
• Poison Regenerator
• Electric Motor Drive
• Bug Tinted Lens
• Ground Sheer Force
• Rock Solid Rock
• Steel Heatproof
• Ice Thick Fat
• Psychic Magic Bounce
• Dark Strong Jaws
• Ghost Mummy
• Fairy Unaware
• Dragon Multiscale

Safari Zone

A Safari Zone (Japanese: サファリゾーン Safari Zone ) is a special Pokémon preserve where Trainers can enter and participate in the Safari Game (Japanese: サファリゲーム Safari Game ) to catch rare wild Pokémon .

Safari Zones can be found in the following regions :

• The Safari Zone in Kanto , located north of Fuchsia City .
• The Safari Zone in Johto , located north of Route 48 beyond the Safari Zone Gate in Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver .
• The Safari Zone in Hoenn , located north of Route 121 .
• The Great Marsh in Sinnoh , located north of Pastoria City .
• 1.1 Differences between games
• 1.2 Similar examples
• 3 In other languages

In the games

The mechanics of the Safari Zones are similar to each other. Most have a $ 500 entry fee, a step limit, a series of distinct areas with different wild Pokémon in each, and 30 Safari Balls , with which players may catch the Pokémon they come upon. The most important of their specific mechanics, however, is that Trainers do not initiate Pokémon battles with the wild Pokémon, but instead must catch them without battling them. The wild Pokémon within Safari Zones are capable of fleeing at any given time.

Differences between games

• The Johto Safari Zone has no step limit.
• In Pokémon Omega Ruby and Alpha Sapphire , the Hoenn Safari Zone does not use typical Safari Zone mechanics, instead functioning like normal routes .
• Pokémon: Let's Go, Pikachu! and Let's Go, Eevee! effectively do not have a Safari Zone; the area that used to be the Safari Zone is replaced with GO Park , while the zoo area in front is referred to as the "Safari Zone" instead.

Similar examples

• Johto 's National Park is somewhat similar to a Safari Zone, being a nature preserve for Pokémon and having a thrice-weekly Bug-Catching Contest which shares several aspects with a Safari Game.
• Kalos 's Friend Safari area, located in Kiloude City , also bears some similarities with Safari Zones, differing in the available wild Pokémon (which are dependent on the Nintendo 3DS Friend Codes of other players) as well as allowing Poké Balls of any variety as opposed to solely Safari Balls.
• The Pal Park in all Generation IV games bears some superficial similarities to a Safari Zone, being a special area where only a specific type of Poké Ball can be used, featuring possible Pokémon species that otherwise cannot be found, and where the player cannot battle the Pokémon found there. Additionally, in Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver , the Pal Park is placed in Fuchsia City where it replaces the Safari Zone.
• In Hisui , the Safari Zone was not yet established, but the main gameplay of Pokémon Legends: Arceus is similar to the Safari Zone.

Unova , Alola , Galar , Paldea , and Kitakami have neither a Safari Zone nor anything similar to or resembling a Safari Zone.

• In the Generation II games, there is some data for a beta Safari Zone in Fuchsia City , but it was ultimately unused.

In other languages

• Articles needing more information
• Safari Zones
• Pokémon world
• Locations by type
• Game mechanics
• Methods of obtaining Pokémon

Navigation menu

Page actions.

• View source

Personal tools

• Create account
• Editor's Hub
• Frequently asked questions
• Bulbawiki forum
• Recent changes
• Random page

Bulbagarden

• Bulbagarden home page
• Bulbagarden Archives
• Bulbagarden Forums
• Bulbagarden Discord server
• What links here
• Related changes
• Upload file
• Special pages
• Printable version
• Permanent link
• Page information
• Cite this page

• This page was last edited on 11 December 2023, at 19:29.
• Content is available under Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 2.5 . (see Copyrights for details)
• Privacy policy
• About Bulbapedia
• Disclaimers
• Mobile view

• PRO Courses Guides New Tech Help Pro Expert Videos About wikiHow Pro Upgrade Sign In
• EDIT Edit this Article
• EXPLORE Tech Help Pro About Us Random Article Quizzes Request a New Article Community Dashboard This Or That Game Popular Categories Arts and Entertainment Artwork Books Movies Computers and Electronics Computers Phone Skills Technology Hacks Health Men's Health Mental Health Women's Health Relationships Dating Love Relationship Issues Hobbies and Crafts Crafts Drawing Games Education & Communication Communication Skills Personal Development Studying Personal Care and Style Fashion Hair Care Personal Hygiene Youth Personal Care School Stuff Dating All Categories Arts and Entertainment Finance and Business Home and Garden Relationship Quizzes Cars & Other Vehicles Food and Entertaining Personal Care and Style Sports and Fitness Computers and Electronics Health Pets and Animals Travel Education & Communication Hobbies and Crafts Philosophy and Religion Work World Family Life Holidays and Traditions Relationships Youth
• Browse Articles
• Learn Something New
• Quizzes Hot
• This Or That Game New
• Train Your Brain
• Explore More
• Support wikiHow
• About wikiHow
• Log in / Sign up
• Hobbies and Crafts
• Video Games
• Multi Platform Games
• Pokemon Video Games

How to Catch Pokémon in Safari Zone

Last Updated: May 21, 2023 References

This article was reviewed by Ishrak . Ishrak is a Gaming & Video Expert specializing in sharing Pokémon and Minecraft videos. With over seven years of gaming and streaming experience, Ishrak has a follower base of over 30,000 YouTube subscribers and over 8 million views. He is also a Pokémon ROM-Hacker and some of his most popular videos highlight tips and advice for people learning how to play Pokémon games. This article has been viewed 111,010 times.

In the Pokémon series of games, Safari Zones are special unique areas in each game where rare Pokémon that don't appear anywhere else in the game can be caught. Safari Zones always operate with different rules than the rest of the game world - instead of battling Pokémon in the wild like you normally would, you'll need to carefully use baits and deterrents to get Pokémon to let down their guards so you can catch them. This can be quite challenging, so knowing the ins and outs of Safari Zone mechanics in each game is vital for success.

Navigating the Safari Zone

Fighting and capturing pokémon.

• Note that the "run away" option functions as normal, so we won't be discussing it.

• However, using bait will also make the Pokémon more difficult to catch in a safari ball. Thus, striking a balance here can be difficult — the longer you get the Pokémon to stick around for, the harder it will be to actually capture it.

• However, there's an important downside: using rocks will also make the Pokémon more likely to run away. In fact, after taking more than a few rocks, a Pokémon is virtually guaranteed to run away — some will exit the battle sooner. Thus, once again, using rocks means striking a delicate balance as you try to capture your Pokémon.

• Note that you only have a limited supply of safari balls (depending on the game, usually 30), so save them for Pokémon you want to catch. It's generally the best use of your time to use your safari balls for Pokémon that are only found in the safari zone.

• Note that safari balls are weak compared to the pokéballs you can use in the rest of the game. In addition to this, especially rare Safari Zone Pokémon are extra-difficult to catch. [2] X Research source This can lead to some very frustrating situations — for instance, it can easily take 20 or more tries to catch an exceptionally rare Pokémon like Clefairy.

General Tips

• Bulbapedia, an online user-supported Pokémon encyclopedia, has extensive information about each game's Safari Zone, including maps and guides covering where to look for the Pokémon in each zone. See the Bulbapedia Safari Zone article to get started. [3] X Research source
• Note that there is no step limit in the Safari Zone in Pokémon HeartGold and SoulSilver. [4] X Research source

• Across all of the games in the series, the entrance fee has stayed the same: 500 P . This includes the Great Marsh in Pokémon Diamond/Pearl/Platinum, which is not technically a Safari Zone but behaves very similarly.
• One smart strategy is to save your game before you enter the Safari Zone. This way, if you don't catch any Pokémon you want, you can re-load to avoid paying the entrance fee again.

• As an example of the sort of equation used in the games to determine whether certain Pokémon are captured, consider the equation from the Generation games (Gold and Silver): a = max((3 × HP max - 2 × HP current ) × rate modified / (3 × HP max ), 1) + bonus status where HP max is the Pokémon's maximum HP, HP current is the Pokémon's current HP, rate modified is the catch rate of the Pokémon modified by the ball used (every Pokémon and every ball modifies this in a certain way, and bonus status is the modifier for any status condition (sleep and freeze are 10, all others are 0). [5] X Research source When you throw a ball, a random number between 0 and 255 is generated. If this number is less than or equal to a, the Pokémon is caught.

Catching Pokémon in the Kanto Safari Zone

In the following sections, we'll highlight the rare Pokémon in each Safari zone and give specific advice where applicable. To keep these tables to a reasonable size, we've included only the rarest Pokémon in each area — for exhaustive information, consult the Safari Zone guides at Serebii.net and Bulbapedia.

Catching Pokémon in the Hoenn Safari Zone

Note that the Generation 4 Hoenn Safari Zone (Omega Ruby/Alpha Sapphire) won't be covered here as the player is allowed to engage in ordinary battles in this zone.

Catching Pokémon in the Sinnoh Great Marsh

Though Sinnoh's Pokémon preserve has a different name, it functions virtually identically to Safari Zones in other regions.

Catching Pokémon in the Johto Safari Zone

Note that the Safari Zone is not available in Generation 2 (Gold/Silver) but is available in the Generation IV games that visit Johto (HeartGold/SoulSilver). Note also that in this Safari Zone the player can arrange the six different areas in any arrangement desired. Finally, many of the areas in the Johto Safari Zones have Pokémon appearance rates that are not yet known — only data for the known areas has been included. See Bulbapedia for more information. [6] X Research source

Expert Q&A

• Once again, the data in the tables above only deals with the most noteworthy Pokémon in each area. In fact, many more Pokémon appear in each Safari Zone. Thanks Helpful 3 Not Helpful 2
• Remember — you have a limited number of steps inside the Safari Zone, not a limited amount of time. Thus, you can take as long as you like if you control your movement carefully. Thanks Helpful 1 Not Helpful 3

You Might Also Like

• ↑ http://bulbapedia.bulbagarden.net/wiki/Kanto_Safari_Zone
• ↑ https://strategywiki.org/wiki/Pok%C3%A9mon_Red_and_Blue/Safari_Zone
• ↑ https://bulbapedia.bulbagarden.net/wiki/Safari_Zone
• ↑ https://bulbapedia.bulbagarden.net/wiki/Johto_Safari_Zone#Areas
• ↑ https://bulbapedia.bulbagarden.net/wiki/Catch_rate#Capture_method_.28Generation_II.29

About This Article

• Send fan mail to authors

Reader Success Stories

Jan 16, 2017

Did this article help you?

Apr 1, 2018

Featured Articles

Trending Articles

Watch Articles

• Terms of Use
• Privacy Policy
• Do Not Sell or Share My Info
• Not Selling Info

wikiHow Tech Help Pro:

Level up your tech skills and stay ahead of the curve

Kanto Safari Zone

A positional vantage point of Kanto Safari Zone in Kanto.

Kanto Safari Zone is Kanto 's iterative Safari Zone , which is accessible within Fuchsia City .

• 1.1 Safari Effort Wald
• 1.3 Vendors
• 1.4 Poison Jab Tutor
• 1.5 Shiny Stone seller
• 2.1.2 Surfing
• 2.1.3 Fishing
• 2.2.2 Surfing
• 2.2.3 Fishing
• 2.3.2 Surfing
• 2.3.3 Fishing
• 2.4.2 Surfing
• 2.4.3 Fishing
• 2.5.2 Surfing
• 2.5.3 Headbuttable Trees

Notable miscellanies

Safari effort wald.

The Effort Wald is separated in two areas, both of which have three patches of grass. Each patch of grass has only Pokémons that give 3 EV points of the same stat, making it by far the best place to EV train any Pokémon.

HM03 ( Surf ) can be found claimable on Safari House 4, which is situated in Safari Zone 3. Once it is in your inventory, water will be surfable contingent that you have a Surf-wielding Pokémon, a surfable mount , or other surfable navigational devices .

Two purveyors can be found stationed in the area's entry lobby.

Another vendor will also sell the following apparatus for your Safari Zone trip:

Poison Jab Tutor

Shiny stone seller, wild pokémon, safari entrance, safari area 1, safari area 2, safari area 3, safari exclusive.

This zone is accessible to active members from Safari Area 3.

Headbuttable Trees

• Kanto areas
• Pages with broken file links

Navigation menu

• Pokemon Rejuvenation

• Remember me Not recommended on shared computers

Forgot your password?

Or sign in with one of these services

Terrain changing... In the Safari Zone?

By Arlaxeon December 29, 2018 in Pokemon Rejuvenation

Recommended Posts

In Pokemon Reborn there are certain areas (mostly caves) where you enter and then a certain message pops up like "The cave walls seem unstable".

I was exploring the Safari Zone and found a Corrupted Cave that also displayed a message like that and it's highly suggested that you should use Purify or Solarbeam to purify the cave.

However, the keywords in that sentence were  in the Safari Zone.  Where you umm.... can't really use any moves....

Anyone here who knows what the intention of that Cave is because it's making me anxious thinking about how you are supposed to change the field there lol.

Did Jan straight up forget you can't use moves in the Safari Zone?

Image of the area im talking about:

Link to comment

Share on other sites.

There's a small cave on the southern end of Route 5 that can be accessed via Rock Climb. Bring a Pyukumuku, use Purify in a battle, and then come back to the safari zone cave with a Pokemon that can Surf/Golden Surfboard.

Recently Browsing    0 members

• No registered users viewing this page.
• Existing user? Sign In
• Online Users
• Staff Contact
• All Activity
• Leaderboard
• Reborn Dev Blog
• Development Blog
• Troubleshooting
• Rejuvenation
• Starlight Divide
• Create New...